Formula Technical Manual Ed. 10 18 (Rev 04)

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
CONTENTS
Section 1
1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION (Ed.10/18)
Manufacturer identification
Main features of the machine
Table of treatments/models
Safety philosophy
Symbols on the machine
Forclean test procedure
Nurce call
Applied standards
1.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION (Ed.07/16)

Product code
Software identification
1.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA – (Standard non Therapy models (Ed.07/16)

Front panel : Description
Rear panel : Description
Operator interface
1.3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA – ( Formula 2000 HDF version )(Ed.07/16)

1.3.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA – ( Standard Therapy models )(Ed.07/16)

1.3.3 DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES (Ed.07/16)

Single clamp vs double clamp
Bidry vs perforation system
ENG –Ed. 10/18 Contents - 1 of 8

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
I.V. pole support

Onboard disinfectant
Instrument table
“EASY”options of Formula model
1.4 FORMULA DOMUS (HOME CARE SYSTEM): HOME DIALYSIS EQUIPMENT

(Ed.07/16)
Front panel
Adjusting the monitor
Warnings
1.5 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Ed.10/18)

Dimensions and weight
Ambient and storage conditions
Hemodialysis water requirements
Electrical data
Blood section
Dialysis fluid section
Disinfection/cleaning
NATRIUM technical characteristics
HEMOX technical characteristics
PULSAR technical characteristics
LECTOR technical characteristics
SPHYGMO technical characteristics
KT/V technical characteristics
Materials
Requirements of the standard IEC 60601-1-2
Section 2
2.1 INSTALLATION AND DISASSEMBLY (Ed.07/16)
Unpacking the machine
Installation, electrical and hydraulic connection
Installing the ultrafilterson on Formula Therapy models
Installing the object tray
2 of 8 - Contents ENG-Ed. 10/18

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
Installing the on board disinfectant kit

Installing the battery on machines that require one
Replacing the mains plug
Information for the user
Uninstalling the machine
2.2 CHECKING AND TESTING (Ed.07/16)

Visual tests
Power supply tests and references
Checks during machine Autotest phase
Machine testing:
Dialysate section in Rinsing-Blood section in Priming
Machine testing:
Dialysate section in dialysate Preparation-Blood section in Patient Connection or Dialysis
Testing machine carrying out complete dialysis treatments
Testing machine disinfection
Electrical safety checks
2.2.1 ADDITIONAL DEVICES PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE (Ed.07/16)
2.3 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION (Ed.02/09)
2.4 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION (Ed.05/11)

Procedure for modifying the configuration
Complete configuration (only for authorised technical personnel)
Partial configuration (accessible to the user)
Flag configuration (only for authorised technical personnel)
2.5 CONFIGURATION PAGES (software rev. 5.8 – 6.0) (Ed.07/16)
2.6 CHANGE PC OR LOSS OF PC BIOS CONFIGURATION (Ed.02/09)
2.7 SOFTWARE REVISION UPDATE (Ed.07/16)

Procedure with installation CD
Procedure with USB MASS STORAGE

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
2.8 DOWNLOADING FORMULA *.LOG FILES (Ed.07/16)

Procedure with USB MASS STORAGE
2.9 DESCRIBING AND USING *.LOG FILES (Ed.05/11)

Describing and using theautocalibration and error file
Descring and using the file dplus*.log
Importing the dplus*.log to the templates
Describing and using the Profiler file
2.10 TRANSFERRING PROFILE FILES FROM ONE FORMULA MACHINE TO ANOTHER

(Ed.03/10)
2.11 TEST SOFTWARE (Ed.02/10)
2.12 INSTALLING AND RUNNING THE DEFRAG APPLICATION (Ed.02/09)
Section 3
3.1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM- Non Therapy Models (Ed.07/16)
Hydraulic circuit legends
Hydraulic circuit non Therapy Models (from REV.20)
Hydraulic circuit non Therapy Models (from REV.25)
Hydraulic circuit Formula “EASY”options
Modification for positive pressure filling of the powder bicarbonate cartridge (without pressure
switches)
Modification for positive pressure filling of the powder bicarbonate cartridge (with pressure
switches)
Modification for dialysate out probe for Kt/V measerement (Formula Plus and Formula 2000
Plus Models)
Modification for 3-way EV2 (EV2 kit) solenoid valve (Formula and Formula Therapy Models )
Modification for reinforced hydraulic circuit KIT (Formula and Therapy all Models)

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
3.1.1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM- Therapy Models (Ed.07/16)

Legend
Hydraulic circuit Therapy Model (from rev.05)
Hydraulic circuit Therapy Model (from rev.10)
3.2 BLOOD CIRCUIT- Therapy Models (Ed.07/16)

Double Needle
Single needle single pump, with single clamp
Single needle single pump, with double clamp
Single needle double pump, with single clamp
Single needle double pump, with double clamp
HDF
HFR
HFR (Aequilibrium)
PHF PRE (only on Formula 2000 and Formula 2000 Plus)
PHF POST (only on Formula 2000 and Formula 2000 Plus)
PHF PRE (only on Formula Therapy and Formula 2000 HDF)
PHF POST (only on Formula Therapy and Formula 2000 HDF)
HDF PRE (only on Formula Therapy and Formula 2000 HDF)
HDF POST (only on Formula Therapy and Formula 2000 HDF)
MID-HDF (only on Formula Therapy and Formula 2000 HDF)
Blood circuit legend
Section 4
4.1 LAYOUT OF BOARD (Ed.05/11)
Analog board (Analogica)
CPU board
CPU Therapy board
DFM board (Formula Therapy)
Hematic board (Ematica)
Additional Pressure Transducers board (HFR Evolution)
Addictional Pressure Transducers 30 psi (HFR Evolution)
Dual Driver Sonceboz

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PHF board
SPI Interface
Formula Plus board
Formula Plus biofeedback board
4.2 BLOCK DIAGRAMS (Ed.05/11)
Section 5
5.1 TROUBLESHOOTING (Ed.02/09)
5.2 TESTING THE ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM (Ed.02/10)
5.3 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (Ed.10/18)
5.4 ALARMS AND WARNINGS (Ed.07/16)

Dialysate side warnings
Blood side warnings
Dialysate side alarms
Blood side alarms
5.5 DESCRIPTION AND INTERPRETATION OF ERROR CODES (Ed.02/10)
5.5.1 ERROR CODES UP TO REV. 5.8-33 (NON THERAPY MODEL) AND 6.0-57 (THERAPY
MODEL) (Ed.05/11)
5.5.1.1 Errors 0 - electrical tests up to rev. 5.8-09 e 6.0-39 (Ed.03/10)

5.5.1.2 Errors 0 - electrical tests from rev 5.8-15 e 6.0-44 (Ed.05/11)
5.5.1.3 Errors 0 (Ed.03/10)
5.5.1.4 Errors 1 – Dialysate (Ed.03/10)
5.5.1.5 Errors 1 – Haematic (Ed.05/11)
5.5.2 ERROR CODES FROM REV. 5.8-57 (NON THERAPY MODEL) AND 6.0-77 (THERAPY
MODEL) (Ed.05/11)
5.5.2.1 Errors electrical tests(Ed.05/11)

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
5.5.2.2 Errorr 0 (Ed.03/10)

5.5.2.3 Technical Alarms (Ed.03/10)
5.5.2.4 Hydraulic Alarms (Ed.03/10)
5.5.2.5 Errors 1 Dialysate (Ed.05/11)
5.5.2.6 Errors 1 Haematic (Ed.05/11)
Section 6
6.1 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE (Ed.05/11)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION
COMPANY NAME
To contact the Technical Service Department:
Tel : ++39 0535 29271 (Italy)

Tel : ++39 0535 29402 (International)
Fax : ++39 0535 29400
e-mail: [email protected]
CERTIFICATIONS
formula bears the CE mark in compliance with the European Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June
1993 regarding Medical Devices.
Notifying body: TÜV SÜD Product Service - Munich (D), number 0123.
MANUFACTURER RESPONSIBILITY
The manufacturer is liable for the safety, reliability and correct operation of formula® only if the
electrical and hydraulic systems in the dialysis room are in compliance with local laws, if the
machine is used according to the instructions in the user manual and if installation and any other
maintenance work is carried out by Post Sales Personnel or authorised technical staff.
ENG - Ed. 10/18 chap. 1.1 - General description - 1 of 12

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
MAIN FEATURES OF THE MACHINE

The single-patient delivery system is produced in the following models:
▪ formula (single pump)
▪ formula 2000 (double pump)
▪ formula plus (single pump)
▪ formula 2000 plus (double pump)
▪ formula 2000 HDF (double pump)
▪ formula Therapy (double pump)
The basic model, formula is equipped with a single pump and can be used to carry out standard
dialysis treatments (double needle haemodialysis) and emergency treatments (single needle
haemodialysis).
In comparison to the basic model, formula 2000 is equipped with a second pump for infusion in the
hemodiafiltration treatments and some sensors necessary for monitoring the infusion circuit.
formula plus/ formula 2000 plus are “enriched” with innovative and advanced sensors
(conductivity sensor, haematocrit measuring sensor, heart rate meter, ultrafilter recognition sensor,
sphygmomanometer) able to control the progress of dialysis and its dose, monitor the patient and
prevent any complications from arising.
formula Therapy introduces, based on the formula 2000 plus, a double filtration of the dialysis
solution, in order to produce a replacement solution in on-line hemodiafiltration treatments.
The formula dialysis system is able to operate in different treatment modes, subdivided according to
the preparation of the dialysis solution and to extracorporeal circulation and the treatment of infusion
solutions.
As regards the preparation of the dialysis solution:

• treatments with acetate concentrate
• treatments with liquid bicarbonate concentrate
• treatments with bicarbonate concentrate powder
• treatments with acetate-free concentrate (Lympha)
As regards the extracorporeal circulation system and the management of infusion solutions:
• Double Needle Hemodialysis
• Single Needle Hemodialysis with single pump (SNsp)
• Sequential hemodialysis with isolated ultrafiltration
• Haemodiafiltration (HDF) with scale accessory
• Haemodialysis with extracorporeal circulation with single needle/double pump (SNsp)
• Haemodiafiltration with endogenous ultrafiltrate reinfusion (HFR)
• On-line haemodiafiltration with the infusion of dialysis fluid (PHF PRE, PHF POST, HDF PRE,
HDF POST, MID-HDF).
2 of 12 – chap.1.1 - General description ENG – Ed. 10/18

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
TABLE OF TREATMENTS/MODELS
X indicates that the treatment shown at the start of the row can be carried out using the model/version
indicated at the top of the column.
formula formula formula formula formula formula

plus 2000 2000 plus 2000 HDF Therapy
AD X X X X X X
ASsp X X X X X X
ASdp X X X X
HDF X X
HFR X X X
PHF PRE X X X X
PHF POST X X X X
HDF PRE X X
HDF POST X X
MID-HDF X X
Additionally formula is manufactured into a configuration specifically suited for use in the home
environment as the display, keyboard and flow regulators can be positioned at various heights from the
floor with variable inclinations.
formula has an electronic multiprocessor architecture composed of control and protection

microprocessors which control functioning of all the actuators/detectors/transducers, and a Personal
Computer which supervises all the operating functions and facilitates operator/machine interaction
making the management approach to dialysis immediate and safe.
The PC architecture of formula allows using high-level software; the operator can communicate
with the machine in a flexible and simple manner. Guide messages on the display make all the
operating functions easy for the operator to understand. The significant data to manage the dialysis
session are highlighted on one single display page on the operator interface, both in numeric terms
and with ideograms to facilitate reading.
The hydraulic circuit has been optimised in volume, and is rigorously single-pass in any operating
state. For ultrafiltration control a Coriolis flowmeter is used, able to measure the mass of fluids
which flow through the circuit without interrupting dialysis. Ultrafiltration accuracy is independent
of UF pressure.
Use of the Multipure antibacterial filter, placed on the water inlet of the machine, and of the
ultrafilter for endotoxin removal, placed on the dialysate inlet, allows preparing a dialysing
solution of high microbiological quality, and improves biocompatibility of the haemodialytic
treatment administered by formula.
The hydraulic circuit of formula can be completely disinfected.
Short, automatic, high-flow rinsing cycles mechanically remove any salt or biofilm deposits before
disinfection.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
The vertical structure (monolithic type) of formula makes the external surfaces easy to clean, and
thanks to the side panels which can be opened and rotated by 180º, access to the internal
components is improved thus facilitating maintenance/repair operations.
formula has four rotating wheels that can be locked individually, allowing safe transport and
positioning in any operating environment.
formula optimises the consumption of:

• electricity: it is fitted with a high-efficiency heat exchanger which increases the inlet water
temperature by conduction, recovering part of the heat emitted by the dialysis fluid running to
the drain reducing the amount of electricity required by the machine.
• concentrates: both during the patient standby phase and during dialysis using isolated
ultrafiltration formula reduces the dialysis fluid flow to a minimum level
• water supply: in all standby phases during rinsing, formula reduces the inlet water flow to a
minimum.

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
SAFETY PHILOSOPHY
formula has a multiprocessor architecture and guarantees the safety of the patient even in single fault
condition (first failure proof IEC 513).
The self-tests, run automatically when switching on and at the beginning of each dialysis session,
allow checking proper functioning of the components. Any failure recognized during the tests prevents
starting of the treatment.
The operator interface is structured in such a way that the operator has to confirm any commands
“twice” and thus ensures that the actual intended action is carried out.
formula immediately transmits every alarm condition to the operator giving him a visual, optical and
acoustic warning:
• visual: messages and/or ideograms on screen in bright red
• optical: red flashing light located at the highest point of the I.V. pole
• acoustic: warning signal of different intensity according to a scale of priorities.
Direct access keys allow the operator to manage the alarm condition.
formula combines technological innovations with tradition, maintaining a rapidly accessible

potentiometer knob for blood pump control: any critical condition can be controlled by simply setting
the blood flow to zero by turning the knob.
formula is equipped with non-invasive measuring transducers, free of stasis points and not subject to
contamination because the dialysing fluid flows across them at high speed. The transducers are fitted
with auto-diagnostic systems which check functioning before each treatment and do not require any
particular calibration except in the maintenance phase.
formula warns the operator of some faults which may affect the efficiency of the dialysis
treatment:
• dialysate flow lower than an adequate threshold
• incorrect connection between patient and machine
• presence of electrically conductive substances in the machine's water system which could
produce unsuitable conductivity levels for the set treatment
• incorrect completion of the disinfection programs.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
SYMBOLS ON THE MACHINE

The following symbols are found on the machine or identification plate:
Applied part TYPE B

(ref. IEC 60601-1
Applied part TYPE BF

(ref. IEC 60601-1)
IP21 Degree of protection against penetration of solids and/or liquid
Year of manufacture
Alternating current
Off (not powered)
On (powered)
WARNING.
Ground protection
Potential equalization hollow connector
Water inlet and drain
Remote alarm (nurse call)
Socket for auxiliary keyboard
Connectors for serial ports

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
CE compliance
Connector for Pulsar
Connector for Hemox
Disposal
Consult the instructions for use
Consult the instructions for use
Machine weight, including safe working load
Risk of overturning
Centralised distribution system concentrate inlet
Dialysate tube connector (red) at dialyser outlet
Dialysis fluid tube connector (blue) at dialyser inlet
Dangerous voltage
Manufacturer's data
Catalogue number

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
Keep away from heat sources
Fragile
Keep dry
This side up
Temperature limit
Do not stack
Venous chamber level regulator
Battery
IMQ Certification
Heat exchanger
Power value (Formula)

Power value (Therapy)
High Temperature

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
FORCLEAN TEST PROCEDURE
During the self-diagnostic tests run before accessing the treatment, a procedure (FIT test) is performed to
check the integrity of the ForClean ultrafilter fibres, consisting of the following phases:
• Draining out the water in each filter.

• Infusing air, waiting for 10 seconds and then checking that the pressure has not dropped to below 300
mmHg.
• Waiting for 20 seconds and then checking that the pressure drop is not more than 20 mmHg.
The test accuracy is such that it can detect the rupture of a single fibre.
CAUTION
Should the test fail, it is recommended to replace the ForClean ultrafilters.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
NURSE CALL
This function advises the nurse every time an high priority alarm (blood side) or an error 0
occurs.
When the alarm occurs, the equipment turns itself in alarm mode and in the same time
rises a correspondent alarm in the nurse room.
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS

Voltage [V] Current [A]
24 DC 1
The Nurse Call can be connected only to a circuit separated from the power supply by
means of a double or reinforced insulation (obtained for example with a suitable isolation
transformer). Refer to the standard IEC 60601-1.
WARNING
The installation of Nurse Call must be performed by Bellco authorized technicians.

Technical Manual
form ula
TM
APPLIED STANDARDS
formula has been designed and manufactured in compliance with National, European and
International regulations for the safety of electrical medical equipment:
IEC 60601-1
IEC 60601-1-6
IEC 60601-1-8
IEC 60601-1-9
IEC 60601-1-10
IEC 60601-1-11 (Domus version only)
IEC 60601-2-16
IEC 80601-2-30
IEC 62366
IEC 62304
ISO 14971
WARNINGS
There are no user-serviceable or revisable parts of the machine.
Do not modify this machine without permission of the manufacturer.
During the dialysis treatment, the manteinance of the whole or parts of machine cannot be
performed.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
1.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
formula® is equipped with a specific product label located on the packing and a specific serial
number identification plate on the rear panel.
ENG- Ed.07/16 chap. 1.2-Equipment identification - 1 of 8

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
PRODUCT CODE
The product code, as here below explained, is composed of 9 alphanumeric characters:
I B F X M X 7 0 0
The first two characters (IB) are identical for all equipment and identify the product.
The third character (alphabetic) identifies the machine:

F: formula® or formula® 2000
The fourth and fifth characters (alphanumeric) identify the model:

XM: formula® (single pump)
XB: formula® 2000 (double pump)
PM: formula® plus (single pump)
PB: formula® 2000 plus (double pump)
TB: formula® Therapy (double pump)
The sixth character (alphanumeric) identifies the version:

X: standard system
D: formula® Domus (Home Care System)
H: formula® 2000 HDF
The seventh character (numeric) indicates the pre-set voltage.

2: 110 Vac
3: 115 Vac
4: 120 Vac
6: 220 Vac
7: 230 Vac
8: 240 Vac
The eighth and ninth characters (numeric) are digits included between 00 and 99. They identify
the option devices mounted on the machine.
Formula model
CODE Sphygmo Number Bic. Heat Venous drip Hour Multipure Forclean
of clamps powder exchanger chamber level counter predisp. predisp.
system regulation
00 - 1 Bidry x x x x x
01 - 1 Perforation x x x x x
02 - 2 Bidry x x x x x
03 x 1 Bidry x x x x x
10 x 1 Perforation x x x x x
20 x 2 Bidry x x x x x
30 - 2 Perforation x x x x x
40 x 2 Perforation x x x x x
55 - 1 - - - - - -
50 - 1 Bidry - - - - -
51 - 1 Perforation - - - - -
65 - 1 - x - - - -
60 - 1 Bidry x - - - -
61 - 1 Perforation x - - - -
2 of 8 – chap.1.2-Equipment identification ENG - Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
The sets of options with the codes 55, 50, 51, 65, 60 and 61 are hereafter identified as “Easy”
Legenda:
x available
- not available
Formula Plus, Formula 2000 and Formula 2000 Plus models
Always available:
• heat exchanger
• venous drip chamber level regulation
• hour counter
• Multipure and Forclean predisposition
CODE Sphygmo Number of clamps Bic. powder system

00 - 1 Bidry
01 - 1 Perforation
02 - 2 Bidry
03 x 1 Bidry
10 x 1 Perforation
20 x 2 Bidry
30 - 2 Perforation
40 x 2 Perforation
Legenda:
x available
- not available
Formula Therapy model
Always available:
• heat exchanger
• venous drip chamber level regulation
• hour counter
• Multipure and Forclean predisposition
• Sphygmo
• Lector
• Natrium
CODE Number of clamps Bic. powder system

00 1 Bidry
01 1 Perforation
02 2 Bidry
30 2 Perforation

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
SERIAL NUMBER
The first two characters (numeric) identify the equipment (traceability for Post Sales Department):
91: formula®
92: formula®2000
93: formula®2000 Plus
94: formula® Domus
95: formula®2000 Domus
96: formula®2000 Plus Domus
98: formula® Plus
99: formula® Plus Domus
9T : formula® Therapy
9D: formula® Therapy Domus
The third, fourth, fifth and sixth characters (numeric) identify the serial number of the equipment
in sequence, independently from the model:
0001: first equipment manufactured over the year.

9999: last equipment manufactured over the year.
The seventh and eighth characters (numeric) identify the manufacturing year.
99: year 1999

00: year 2000
01: year 2001

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
SOFTWARE IDENTIFICATION
The formula® system software is located on the CPU printed board and PC printed board built into
the equipment.
This software is found on the following components:
• 2 FLASH MEMORY (on the CPU printed board)
• 1 DISK ON CHIP (on the PC printed board).
formula® performs a control on the software revision, to detect any components with different
software revisions.
These components can be identified by the stickers shown below:
Flash Memory protection system Disk on chip
CP U67 1999 05 05 CP U_ _ 1999 05 05
P FP3101XX H FH3101XX
Flash Memory control system
CP U05 1999 05 05
C FC3101XX
Software revision
N.B.: the date is only given as an indication.
NOTE
When the equipment is turned on, the software revision is displayed (generally only the first
three characters, e.g. 2.00).
From software revisions 5.8-60 and 6.0-80, to view the complete software revision code you
may access to help (machine parameters).

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
formula® also uses other programmable components such as Pal, Gal, PIC.
These components can be identified by the stickers shown below

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
N.B.: the Sw revision is only given as an indication.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF MACHINE AND COMPONENTS –
Standard non-THERAPY Models
FRONT VIEW
26
25
22
24
23
8
5
9
10 4
7
6
3
ENG – Ed. 07/16 chap.1.3- Description of machine and components - 1 of 10

FRONT PANEL: DESCRIPTION
Pivoting wheels
1 To easily move the machine. The wheels are fitted with a braking system. It is
recommended to lock the wheels during treatment.
Container base
2 To house the containers of the concentrate solutions and chemicals used for
disinfection/cleaning.
Disinfectant connector (yellow)
3
Acetate/acid concentrate connector (white/red)
4
Bicarbonate concentrate connector (blue)
5
Powder bicarbonate cartridge supports
6
Allow the use of the powder bicarbonate cartridge.
Powder bicarbonate cartridge connector
7
Dialyser fluid outlet connector (red)

8
To connect the dialysis fluid tube to the dialyser outlet.
Dialyser inlet connector for dialysis fluid (blue)
9
To connect the dialysis fluid tube to the dialyser inlet.
Dialysis fluid drawing connector
10
Electric safety clamp

11 To close the blood line interrupting the blood flow to the patient during an alarm
condition.
Air detector
12
To detect foam or air bubbles in the venous line. Ultrasound device.
Blood detector
13
To detect presence of the line and blood in the arterial line. Infrared-ray device.
Heparin pump
To administer heparin. 20, 30 and 50 cc syringes can be used. The syringe
14 capacity is set by the operator, while the internal diameter is fixed by the
technician during configuration. When the blood pump stops, also the heparin
pump interrupts infusion.
Heparin syringe positioning keys
15 To push the heparin syringe plunger up or down or to automatically load the
pump segments.
Arterial pump flow regulator
To change the blood flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase flow,
16
anticlockwise to decrease it. Set to zero to stop the pump. It also allows
automatic opening of the clamp.
2 of 10 - chap.1.3-Description of machine and components ENG – Ed. 07/16

31b
20
21
31 19
18 17
16
27
14
30
15
29
13
28
11
12
23b
34
32
33

Arterial pump
17 To move blood through the extracorporeal circuit. The pump stops when the
cover is opened. In case of power failure, the pump may be manually moved by
turning the cranking handle.
Level detector
18
Optical device to measure the level in the venous chamber.
19 Luer-lock connector to measure the arterial pressure (red)
20 Luer-lock connector to measure the venous pressure (blue)
21 Clips to fix the blood lines
Display
22
Colour display.
23 I.V. pole
23b I.V. pole hooks
24 Expansion chamber support
Scale Formula 2000 (optional)
25 To be used only in haemodiafiltration (HDF) for bags containing infusion liquid.
Maximum load: 16 Kg.
Alarm lamp (red)
26
To indicate an alarm or warning condition by flashing.
Fixing clips
27 To fix the switching chamber in Single Needle with Double Pump (SNdp) or the
infusion chamber.
Blood/infusion/ultrafiltration pump (formula 2000)
28 To move blood in single needle with double pump. In haemodiafiltration
treatments it permits the handling of infusion liquid. The pump stops when the
turning the cranking handle. The pump is bidirectional.
Infusion/ultrafiltration pump flow regulator (formula 2000)
29 To change the infusion/ultrafiltration flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase
flow, anticlockwise to decrease it. Set to zero to stop the pump.
30 End Infusion detector (formula 2000)

Ultrasound device which detects the absence of infusion liquid during
haemodiafiltration treatments.
31 Luer-lock connector for infusion pressure measurement (formula 2000)
31b Blood leakage detector (formula 2000)
32 Natrium (formula plus) (accessory)
33 Hemox (formula plus) (accessory)
34 Additional pressure transducers:

- formula 2000: luer-lock connectors for prefilter arterial pressure transducers
/haemofilter ultrafiltration (in HFR) / auxiliary pressure (other treatments) .
- formula: luer-lock connector for the prefilter arterial pressure transducer.

REAR PANEL
19
4
1
5
2
6
7 3
9
8
10
12
11
13
20
14
15
18
16
17
Fig. 5

REAR PANEL: DESCRIPTION
1 Cooling fans
2 Main switch
3 Hour counter
4 Acoustic warning indicator
5 Battery label
Only present on machines equipped with battery.
6 Identification plate
Indicates the serial number and the mains voltage (V).
7 Connector for external keyboard
Only for technicians authorised by the manufacturer.
8 Connector for heart rate meter - Pulsar
9 Connector for hematocrit and oxygen saturation measuring system -
Hemox
10 Connector for serial communication RS 232 C
Available for connecting data acquisition systems with formula protocol.
11 Tube winding supports
To be used to wind the inlet and drain tubes.
12 Cable winding supports
To be used to wind the power cable.
13 Forclean support and protection cover
Ultrafilter for dialysis fluid. The protection cover is purposely arranged to avoid
contact with the ultrafilter connecting tubes.
Pay extreme attention because the temperature of the liquid

circulating in the tubes during certain disinfection/cleaning cycles is
very high.
14 Multipure filter support
Water inlet antibacterial filter.
15 Auxiliary socket for external machine power supply (if present)
To connect external machines or accessories. At present, no connection is
available. Do not remove the cap from its housing.
16 Power cable
To be connected to the mains; it must be inserted in a suitable wall socket.
17 Drain connector
18 Water inlet connector
19 Sphygmomanometer - Sphygmo
20 Equipotentiality (if present)

OPERATOR INTERFACE
The operator interface consists of a graphic display, a keyboard to the right of the
screen and a series of keys/icons (below the screen) to enable specific functions.
It is divided into functional areas in which the operating status is shown, both of the
dialysis fluid preparation and of the extracorporeal circuit section.
The ideograms make it possible to graphically reproduce the progress of the main
dialysis variables.
The on-line help with messages makes operation easier for the user; the alarm
messages and/or warnings displayed on differentiated colour bars help identify the
situation and correct it immediately.
12 13 14
lun 08:00
1
15 2
11 3
10 4
9 8 7 6 5

1 On-line Help
Side keys
2
To activate the corresponding function indicated on the screen.
Enter key
3
To confirm the selection made.
Arrow keys
4 To increase or decrease the values of the selected parameters. The horizontal keys act on
the horizontally displayed tools; the vertical keys act on the vertically displayed tools.
Key to silence acoustic warning signal
5 To silence the acoustic warning signal. This period lasts 2 min. in dialysis and 5 min. in
priming.
Key to temporarily disable alarms
6
To disable an alarm. This period lasts 2 min. in dialysis and 5 min. in priming.
Key to stop the blood pumps
7 To stop the blood pumps. Consequently, the clamp automatically closes and the min. and
max. pressure thresholds are recalculated.
Bypass key
8
Isolates the dialyser from the dialysate circuit. Only active during dialysis.
9 Keys to adjust the level in the venous drip chamber
Power key
Turns on the screen when the main switch is in the on position "I".
orange LED = indicates that the machine can be turned on.
10 green LED = indicates that the machine is operating.
red LED = indicates that the power supply is off
This key cannot be used to turn the machine off.
Flashing orange LED = the back-up battery is functioning.
Bar to display operating instructions and alarm messages.
During the operating phases this bar displays messages for the operator. It is normally grey.
The bar changes colour depending on the operating conditions. It turns
11 - red if an alarm occurs
- orange if a warning occurs
- yellow if the key has been pressed.

Dialysate section status bar
12
Indicates the machine operating status for the dialysate fluid preparation section.
Blood section status bar
13
Indicates the machine operating status for the extracorporeal circuit section.
Clock/Heparin icon
14 Indicates the day of the week and the time expressed in hours and minutes. In dialysis, it
turns into the syringe heparin icon which indicates the status of the heparin program.

Functions
15 Indicate the functions which can be activated depending on the machine operating status.
To activate, press the corresponding key on the keyboard on the side.
NOTE
The LED next to keys and indicates:

- led off = function not active,
- led on = function active.
The LED next to keys and indicates:

- led off = function not active,
- led permanently on = function active,
- led flashing = function activable.

Technical Manual
1.3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA

FORMULA 2000 HDF Version
FRONT PANEL
ENG- Rev. 07/16 chap.1.3.1- General description of Formula 2000 HDF version - 1 of 6
Technical Manual
Pivoting wheels
1 To make it easier to move the machine. The wheels are equipped with a braking
system. It is advisable to lock the wheels during treatments.
Container base
2 To house the containers of the concentrate solutions and chemicals used for
3 Disinfectant connector (yellow)
4 Acetate/acid concentrate connector (white/red)
5 Bicarbonate concentrate connector (blue)
6
7 Powder bicarbonate cartridge connector
8
9
10 Dialysis fluid drawing connector
Electroclamp
11 Closes the blood line interrupting the blood flow to the patient during an alarm
condition.
Air detector
12
Detects foam or air bubbles in the venous line. Ultrasound device.
Blood detector
13
Detects the line and blood in the arterial line. Infrared-ray device.
Heparin pump
To administer heparin. It is set up for installation of 20, 30 and 50cc
14 syringes. The syringe capacity is set by the operator while the inner
diameter is set by a technician during configuration. When the blood pump
stops, the heparin pump also interrupts infusion.
15 To push the heparin syringe plunger up and down and to automatically load the
pump segments.
Arterial pump
To move blood through the extracorporeal circuit. The pump stops when the
16
cover is opened. If the power fails, the pump can be manually activated by
rotating the drive handle.
2 of 6 - chap.1.3.1- General description of Formula 2000 HDF version ENG – Rev. 07/16
Technical Manual
Technical Manual
Arterial pump
17 To move blood through the extracorporeal circuit. The pump stops when
the cover is opened. If the power fails, the pump can be manually activated
by rotating the drive handle.
Level gauge
18
Measures the level in the venous chamber.
19 Luer-lock connector for measuring arterial pressure (red)
21 Clips to fix the blood lines.
Display
22
Colour display.
23 I.V. pole
24 Expansion chamber support.
25 Infusion connector
Device for connecting the infusion line in on-line treatments.
WARNING!
Opening of the cover must be done only in system ready mode or after having
set the priming.
Do not under any circumstances open the cover if rinsing or
disinfection/cleaning is being performed.
Alarm lamp (red)
26
Fixing clips
27 To fix the switching chamber in Single Needle with Double Pump (SNdp) or the
infusion chamber.
Blood/infusion/ultrafiltration pump
28 To move blood in single needle with double pump. In haemodiafiltration
treatments it permits the handling of infusion liquid. The pump stops when the
turning the cranking handle. The pump is bidirectional.
Infusion/ultrafiltration pump flow regulator
29 To change the infusion/ultrafiltration flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase
flow, anticlockwise to decrease it. Set to zero to stop the pump.
30 End-infusion detector
Ultrasound device which detects the absence of infusion liquid during
haemodiafiltration treatments.
31 Pressure transducer
To measure the infusion pressure.
31b Blood leak detector
luer-lock connectors for prefilter arterial pressure transducers and
haemofilter ultrafiltration / auxiliary pressure (other treatments) .
Technical Manual
REAR PANEL
Technical Manual
1 Cooling fans
2 Main switch
3 Hour counter
5 Battery label
8 Additional hydraulic protection cover
9 Support for Forclean ultrafilters, Forclean ultrafilters and protective
covers.
Ultrafilters for dialysis fluid. The protection cover is purposely set-up to avoid
contact with the ultrafilter connecting tubes.
Pay careful attention since the temperature of the liquid circulating

in the tubes during certain disinfection/descaling cycles is very high.
10 Power cable
11 Drain connector
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
1.3.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA - STANDARD
THERAPY MODELS
FRONT PANEL
26
23b
23
22
24
8
5
9
10 4
6
3
7
ENG- Rev. 07/16 chap.1.3.2-General description of Formula Therapy model- 1 of 6

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
Pivoting wheels
1 To make it easier to move the machine. The wheels are equipped with a braking system. It is
advisable to lock the wheels during treatments.
Container base
2
To house the containers of the concentrate solutions and chemicals used for disinfection/cleaning.
3 Disinfectant connector (yellow)
4 Acetate/acid concentrate connector (white/red)
5 Bicarbonate concentrate connector (blue)
6
7 Powder bicarbonate cartridge connector
8
9
10 Dialysis fluid drawing connector
Electroclamp
11
Closes the blood line interrupting the blood flow to the patient during an alarm condition.
Air detector
12
Detects foam or air bubbles in the venous line. Ultrasound device.
Blood detector
13
Detects the line and blood in the arterial line. Infrared-ray device.
Heparin pump
14 To administer heparin. It is set up for installation of 20, 30 and 50cc syringes. The syringe capacity is
set by the operator while the inner diameter is set by a technician during configuration. When the
blood pump stops, the heparin pump also interrupts infusion.
15
To push the heparin syringe plunger up and down and to automatically load the pump segments.
16 To change the blood flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase the flow, anticlockwise to decrease it.
Turn to zero to stop the blood pump. It allows the automatic opening of the clamp.
Arterial pump
17 To move blood through the extracorporeal circuit. The pump stops when the cover is opened. If the
power fails, the pump can be manually activated by rotating the drive handle.
Level gauge
18
Measures the level in the venous chamber.
19 Luer-lock connector for measuring arterial pressure (red)
2 of 6 – chap1.3.2-General description of Formula Therapy model ENG - Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
31b
20
21
31 19
18 17
16
27
14
30 25
29 15
13
28
12 11
34
32
33

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la

Display
22
Colour display.
23 I.V. pole
23 b I.V. pole hooks
Device for connecting the infusion line in on-line treatments.
WARNING!
Opening of the cover must be done only in system ready mode or after having set
the priming.
Do not under any circumstances open the cover if rinsing or disinfection/cleaning is
being performed.
Alarm lamp (red)
26
Fixing clips
27 To fix the switching chamber in Single Needle with Double Pump (SNdp) or the infusion
chamber.
Blood/infusion/ultrafiltration pump
28 To move blood in single needle with double pump. In haemodiafiltration treatments it
permits the handling of infusion liquid. The pump stops when the cover is opened. In case
of power failure, the pump may be manually moved by turning the cranking handle. The
pump is bidirectional.
Infusion/ultrafiltration pump flow regulator
29 To change the infusion/ultrafiltration flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase flow,
anticlockwise to decrease it. Set to zero to stop the pump.
30 End-infusion detector
Ultrasound device which detects the absence of infusion liquid during haemodiafiltration
treatments.
31b Blood leak detector
32 Natrium sensor
33 Hemox sensor (optional)
luer-lock connectors for prefilter arterial pressure transducers and haemofilter
ultrafiltration (in HFR) / auxiliary pressure (other treatments) .

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
REAR PANEL
17
1
4
5
2
6
3
7
9
8
10
11
12
18
13
16
14
15

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
1 Cooling fans
2 Main switch
3 Hour counter
5 Battery label
8 Connector for heart rate meter - Pulsar
9 Connector for hematocrit and oxygen saturation measuring system - Hemox
10 Connector for serial communication RS 232 C
Available for connecting data acquisition systems with formula protocol.
11 Additional hydraulic protection cover
12 Support for Forclean ultrafilters, Forclean ultrafilters and protective covers.
Ultrafilters for dialysis fluid. The protection cover is purposely set-up to avoid contact
with the ultrafilter connecting tubes.
Pay careful attention since the temperature of the liquid circulating in the
tubes during certain disinfection/descaling cycles is very high.
13 Support for Multipure Filter and Multipure Filter
Water inlet antibacterial filter.
14 Power cable
15 Drain connector
17 Sphygmomanometer - Sphygmo

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
1.3.3 DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
OPTIONS
Single clamp vs double clamp
SINGLE CLAMP
VENOUS
CLAMP
ARTERIAL
TUBE GUIDE
CLIP
DOUBLE CLAMP
ARTERIAL
CLAMP
VENOUS
CLAMP
WARNING
Do not introduce the fingers between the clamps during functioning.
ENG- Ed. 07/16 chap.1.3.3-Description of accessories and components - 1 of 8

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
BIDRY VS. PERFORATION SYSTEM
Bidry Cartridge
BIDRY CARTRIDGE
CONNECTOR
BIDRY CARTRIDGE
SUPPORT HOOKS
Perforation System
PERFORATION SYSTEM
NOTE
The expression “perforation system” also extends to cases where the powder bicarbonate
cartridge used does not require a connection by perforation.
In the machine operator interface the term “bidry” generally refers to the powder
bicarbonate cartridge irrespective of the connection system (with hooks or by perforation).
2 of 8 – chap.1.3.3-Description of accessories and components ENG - Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
I.V. POLE SUPPORT
1 Dialyser holder
To hold the dialyser to the IV pole.
2 Lines fixing clips
To hold the blood lines firmly to the dialyser.
3 Fixing clip
To fix the dialyser to the holder
4 Concentrate bags holder
Holding device for positioning of the concentrate bags during treatment.
5 Bag hook
Support device for hanging the bags of physiological solution.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
WARNING
The concentrate bags holder is suitable for the positioning of two bags, and has a maximum
load capacity of 13 kg.
To transport or move all formula equipment models, the bag support holder must be left
empty.
The holder cannot be installed on the right I.V. pole of the formula Domus version.
The holder cannot be installed at a height above the ultrafiltration/venous pump flow
regulator.
WARNING
The bag hook has a maximum capacity of 5 kg.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
ONBOARD DISINFECTANT
The onboard disinfectant kit has been designed so that the chemical agent can be drawn directly
from the container placed at the rear of the machine. The advantages offered by installing the kit are
the following:
- the container of the chemical agent remains closed and hence no unpleasant fumes are emitted
into the environment
- the machine can more easily be moved with the container housed in its rack.
The kit can be installed on all formula machines. The kit must be installed by technicians
authorised by the manufacturer.
The rack can house 5-6-litre containers and has a load-carrying capacity of maximum 15 kg.
WARNING
Do not use the container rack in a manner or for uses different from that indicated.
Always check the quantity and the type of chemical agent in the container before starting the
Do not mix chemical agents with a different composition.

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la
INSTRUMENT TABLE
The instrument table has been designed to hold all those devices normally used in the dialysis room,
for example, tubes, dialysers, syringes, clamps.
The table is divided into two compartments, a deeper one to house the more bulky items, and the
other larger but less deep for smaller items.
The table can be installed on all the formula  machines. The kit must be installed by technicians
authorised by the manufacturer.
CAUTION
Small bags can be placed on the table, however, it has a maximum load-carrying capacity of 5
kg.
Do not use the table in a manner or for uses different from that indicated.
During haemodiafiltration do not place the bags containing the infusion fluid on the table.
To transport or move the formula Domus equipment, the instruments table must be left
empty.
The instrument table must regularly be cleaned with a cloth moistened in a neutral detergent.
The retaining screws can be loosened and the table lifted upwards and removed so that the top
cover of the machine can also be cleaned.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
FORMULA MODEL “EASY” OPTIONS
With the term “Easy” we identify the sets of options which characterize the Formula model codes 55,
50, 51, 65, 60 and 61 (see “Introduction”).
Formula model machines with Easy options show the following features:
1. Sphigmometer is not available
2. Bicarbonate powder preparation system is not available on codes 55 and 65
NOTE
On codes 55 and 65 select dialysate preparation with liquid bicarbonate (see “Dialysis fluid
preparation” chapter)
3. Heat exchanger is not available on codes 55, 50 and 51
NOTE
On codes 55, 50 and 51 do not select heat disinfection (see “Disinfection/cleaning” chapter)
NOTE
On codes 55, 50 and 51 water inlet temperature must be at least 20 °C.
4. Venous drip chamber level regulation is not available
NOTE
Pressure on the keys to regulate the level in the venous drip chamber has no effect (see
“Operator interface” chapter)
5. Hour counter is not available on the rear panel of the machine
6. Multipure and Forclean predisposition is not available

Technical Manual
TM
fo rm u la

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
1.4 FORMULA DOMUS (HOME CARE SYSTEM) : HOME
DIALYSIS EQUIPMENT
The operator planned to use formula Domus is the patient himself.
WARNING
This chapter includes only specific information related to formula Domus,
therefore anything which is not expressly mentioned in this chapter remains
unchanged relative to the information contained in the formula user manual.
Contact the manufacturer for assistance in setting the parameters, use and
maintenance of the device and / or to report adverse events or operations.
The equipment, installed by an authorized technician, used and maintained
according to the instructions given in this manual, does not require to the user
any verification regarding the basic safety and essential performance.
Keep the equipment out of the reach of children.
It is user responsibility to contact the local authorities for disposal of material
associated with biological hazard.
The presence of dust and sunlight do not affect the functionality and safety of the
equipment.
ENG - Ed. 07/16 chap.1.4-Formula Domus: home dialysis equipment - 1 of 6

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
FRONT PANEL
Monitor
1
Adjustable colour display, supported by a monitor support arm.
Functions
2 Indicate the functions that can be activated depending on the machine operating status.
Please refer to the user manual.
3 Changes the blood flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase the flow, anticlockwise to
decrease it. Turn to zero to stop the blood pump.
Infusion and/or ultrafiltration pump flow regulator (formula 2000)
4 Changes the infusion and/or ultrafiltration flow. Turn the knob clockwise to increase the
flow, anticlockwise to decrease it. Turn to zero to stop the pump.
5 Monitor support arm
Right I.V. pole
6
Used to fix the monitor support arm.
2 of 6 – chap.1.4-Formula Domus: home dialysis equipment ENG – Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
ADJUSTING THE MONITOR
To adjust the display to the most comfortable viewing angle, proceed as indicated in fig. 1 for the
monitor arm version with locking pin knob and to fig. 2 for the monitor arm version without
locking pin knob.
fig.1 fig.2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(3) (2) (1)

(1) monitor arm
(1) monitor arm
(2) locking pin knob
(2) vertical adjustment clamp
(3) vertical adjustment clamp
(3) friction system
(4) friction system
• Loosen the screw of the friction system clamp. • Loosen the screw of the friction system
• Loosen the screw of the vertical adjustment clamp.
clamp. • Loosen the screw of the vertical
• Adjust the arm to the most comfortable height. adjustment clamp.
Exert pressure on the clamp not on the arm, in • Adjust the arm to the most comfortable
order to prevent jamming while moving up or height. Exert pressure on the clamp not on
down. the arm, in order to prevent jamming
• Tighten the screw of the vertical adjustment while moving up or down.
clamp. • Tighten the screw of the vertical
• Hold the display with one hand and with the adjustment clamp.
other hand pull the locking pin knob outward. • Hold the display with one hand and with
• Adjust to the height and angle needed, then the other hand pull the arm outward.
release the locking pin knob. • Adjust to the height and angle needed,
• Again holding the display with one hand then release the arm.
move it down until the arm locks into place. • Tighten the screw of the friction system
• Tighten the screw of the friction system clamp clamp enough to allow the arm to swivel.
enough to allow the arm to swivel.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
WARNINGS
To avoid possible harm to the patient, do not perform monitor adjustment during dialysis treatment,
but only when the patient is disconnected from the equipment.
The sole function of the monitor arm is to support the display. Therefore:
• Do not use monitor, arm or cable management tube to support bags or any other object or
weight.
• Do not lean on and pull the monitor and/or arm when you get up from the bed or the armchair.
• Never push or pull directly on monitor and/or arm to transport or move the equipment.
The manufacturer does not undertake any responsibility for possible damages when these directions
are not followed, such as the machine falling over when leaning on the monitor or arm.
Take care not to spill any liquids above the display.
Take care not to rotate the flow regulators accidentally during dialysis.
Do not install the concentrate bags holder on the right IV pole.
To move or transport the home haemodialysis system, proceed as follows (refer to fig. 3):
• lower the monitor arm along the right-side I.V. pole to the lowest position above surface.
• fold the monitor arm in vertical position.
• place the display in front of the machine facing onward.
To transport or move the equipment, proceed as follows:

• push the machine from the back.
• leave the instruments table empty, if there is one.
• unload the IV pole hooks and scale.
• unload the concentrate bags holder.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
MONITOR ARM WITH LOCKING PIN KNOB MONITOR ARM WITHOUT LOCKING PIN KNOB
fig.3

Technical Manual
TM
form ula

1.5 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT

Height, depth, width 1740 x 755 x 500 mm
Standard model
Height, depth, width
Domus model 1740 x 800 x 1000 mm - max.-
(with monitor arm)
Weight (formula) 85 kg
Weight (formula 2000) 89 kg
Weight (formula 2000 HDF) 91 kg
Weight (formula plus) 85.5 kg
Weight (formula 2000) 89.5 kg
Weight (formula Domus) 94 kg
Weight (formula 2000 Domus) 98 kg
Weight (formula plus Domus) 94.5 kg
Weight (formula plus Domus) 98.5 kg
Weight (formula Therapy) 91 kg
Weight (formula Therapy Domus) 100 kg
MAX. APPLICABLE WEIGHT

I.V. pole hooks 10 Kg
Scale hooks 16 kg
Bag hooks 5 Kg
Instrument table 5 Kg
Concentrate bags holder 13 Kg
Onboard disinfectant container rack 15 Kg
WARNING
The maximum load that can be applied to the I.V. pole on the single pump models
(formula, formula plus) is 10 kg, and 16 kg for double pump models.
AMBIENT AND STORAGE CONDITIONS

Operation:
Temperature +10ºC to +40ºC
-5ºC to +40ºC (Domus)
Relative humidity 0-95% non-condensing
Pressure atmospheric
Storage and transport (without liquids)

Temperature -19ºC to +70ºC
Relative humidity 0-95% non-condensing
Pressure atmospheric
If the period of transport or storage exceeds 15 weeks, refer to the ambient operating conditions (see above).
In case of battery-equipped formula machines, if the transportation and/or storage period exceeds one
month, it is recommended to contact After-Sales Service Department for battery removal.
HAEMODIALYSIS WATER REQUIREMENTS

ENG – Ed. 10/18 chap.1.5-Technical characteristics - 1 of 24
Bellco
The water used for haemodialysis treatments with formula must meet the requirements as specified by the
National or European Pharmacopoeia, and the American AAMI standards for haemodialysis systems. In
particular, the European Pharmacopoeia and the American AAMI standards suggest the following values:
European Pharmacopoeia IV Ed. AAMI WQD,1998
Pollutant Maximum level suggested Maximum level suggested

Calcium 2.0 mg/l (0.10 mEq/l) 2 mg/l (0.1 mEq/l)
Magnesium 2.0 mg/l (0.165 mEq/l) 4 mg/l (0.3 mEq/l)
Sodium 50 mg/l (2.17 mEq/l) 70 mg/l (3.0 mEq/l)
Potassium 2.0 mg/l (0.05 mEq/l) 8 mg/l (0.2 mEq/l)
Fluoride 0.20 mg/l 0.2 mg/l
Chlorine 0.10 mg/l 0.5 mg/l
Chloramine 0.1 mg/l
Chloride 50 mg/l
Nitrate (N) 2.0 mg/l 2.0 mg/l
Sulphate 50 mg/l 100.0 mg/l
Copper, Barium and Zinc 0.10 mg/l (Zinc) 0.1 mg/l each
Aluminium 0.010 mg/l 0.01 mg/l
Arsenic, Lead, Silver 0.005 mg/l each
Cadmium 0.001 mg/l
Chromium 0.014 mg/l
Selenium 0.09 mg/l
Ammonium 0.20 mg/l
Heavy metals 0.10 mg/l (Lead)
Mercury 0.001 mg/l 0.0002 mg/l
Endotoxin 0.25 I.U. /ml
Bacterial level 100 CFU /ml 200 CFU /ml
WARNING
The user is responsible for evaluating the quality of the water supplied so that when mixed with the
concentrates no potentially dangerous conditions for the patient are created.
suitable for dialysis treatments in conformity with

WATER AAMI standards or European Pharmacopoeia.
Temperature (min-max) 5ºC ÷ 32ºC
If the kit for centralized disinfection/cleaning is

installed:
5ºC ÷ 32ºC in dialysis
5ºC ÷ 94ºC in rinsing and disinfection/cleaning
Input pressure (min-max) 0.9 ÷ 4.0 bar

If the kit for centralized disinfection/cleaning is installed:
0.9 ÷ 7.5 bar
Flow (minimum inlet) 1000 ml/min
2 of 24 - chap.1.5-Technical characteristics ENG – Ed. 10/18

Consumption 500 mL/min 120 L
800 mL/min 192 L
CAUTION
Ensure that the haemodialysis machine is appropriately separated from the water mains, that there
are no flows from the machine that can reconnect to the drinking water source, and that there is no
contamination from the machine drain to the sewerage.
DRAIN
at atmospheric pressure to prevent siphon effects.
Height of drain from ground max 800 mm

Flow 60 l/h max.
Temperature • 60 °C max (during chemical-heat descaling)

• 15° C (in dialysis)
If the kit for centralized disinfection/cleaning is installed:

• 94 °C max (during centralized disinfection)
• 15° C (in dialysis)
ELECTRICAL DATA
Nominal voltage 220V~, 230V~, 240V~ ±10%

220V~, 230V~, 240V~ -15% ÷+10% (Domus)
110V~, 115V~, 120V~ ±10%
110V~, 115V~, 120V~ -15%÷+10% (Domus)
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz (220V~,230V~,240V~)

60 Hz (110V~,115V~,120V~)
Average power absorbed during dialysis (Tin
water = 17.5°C, 1.0 kW
Tdialysate = 37.5°C,
Troom = 20°C,
Dialysis solution Flow = 800 ml/min)
Max. absorption 8A ( 220V~, 230V~, 240V~ )
16 A ( 110V~, 115V~, 120V~ )
Energy exchanged with the environment ~500 W

(Tdial =39°C,
Tamb = 20°C, Dialysate flow = 500 ml/min)
Power cable with Schuko moulded plug

( 220V~, 230V~, 240V~ )
with NEMA 5-20 moulded plug
( 110V~, 115V~, 120V~ )

Bellco
Potential equalization WARNING

For treatment of patients with central venous
catheter, it is necessary to:
• connect the equipment to a potential
equalizer.
• If other devices are connected to the patient or
located in the area that can be reached by the
patient, it is necessary to check that all
leakage currents of these devices are within
the limits for type CF applied parts.
Leakage current to earth  0.5 mA
Leakage current to patient  0.1 mA

in conformity with IEC 60601-1.
Type of protection against direct and indirect Class I
contacts
Applied part Extracorporeal circuit including needles, dialysis fluid and

all the conductive parts connected to it (type B), and the
BPM (type BF).
Degree of protection against ingress of solid IP21

bodies and/or liquids Legend:
2: protection against ingress of medium size bodies(> 12mm)
1: protection against dripping water with vertical drop
Electromagnetic compatibility In conformity with IEC 60601-1-2
Power failure The system is able to maintain the current dialysis

parameters in memory for a maximum of 2 minutes.
An acoustic alarm instantly intervenes which cannot be
silenced. When the power is restored, the system
automatically restarts from the same values.
NOTE
In case of power failure for longer than 2 minutes, the equipment does not guarantee the
maintenance of the state (it restarts by the initial test) and if so, the values in configuration
(including the parameters of the alarm system) will be set.
Battery operation Lead battery 12V 7.2Ah
Service life of the equipment and accessories 10 years, with the right use
Service life in storage of parts and 10 years
accessories
NOTE
The equipment is electrically insulated from the power supply through a
magnetermic switch with the following characteristics:
16 A (230 V)
8 A (115 V)

BLOOD SECTION
BLOOD FLOW
in double needle and in haemodiafiltration 20 - 700 ml/min
treatments
In single needle (instantaneous) 20 -700 ml/min
During rinseback (initial phase) 20 -250 ml/min
During rinseback (final phase) 20 -180 ml/min
Resolution 10 ml/min
Accuracy (*) ± 10 % for inlet pressure above -250 mmHg and any
outlet pressure in the working range
± 20 % for inlet pressure between -250 mmHg and -150
mmHg
NOTE
The blood flow , and the efficacy of the treatment, should decrease in case of pre blood
pump pressure extremely negative.
NOTE
An alarm is generated when the blood pump stops.
PERISTALTIC PUMP ENCODER

Type Optical (part of the protection system)
Range 0 to 1.7 Hz
Accuracy ±1%
Alarms ±20% of value set
INFUSION FLOW
in HDF 0.5 – 8 kg/h
in PHF PRE, PHF POST, HDF PRE, HDF 0.5 – 21 kg/h
POST, MID-HDF
in HFR 0.5 – 8 l/h
Resolution 0.1 l/h

Accuracy (*) ± 10 %
(*) Accuracy with the blood lines indicated in the Disposable materials chapter.
VENOUS PRESSURE
Type Pressure transducer (part of protective system)
Reading -400 to +800 mmHg
Resolution 5 mmHg
Accuracy ± 20 mmHg, ± 3% of actual value
Alarms:
- during dialysis (min/max) + 10 mmHg ÷ 450 mmHg
- during priming (min/max) AD, HDF, HDF -150 mmHg ÷ +300 mmHg
PRE, HDF POST, MID-HDF, PHF PRE,
PHF POST, HFR
- during priming (min/max) SNsp, SNdp and -150 mmHg / +450 mmHg
reinfusion DN, SNsp, SNdp, HDF, HDF

Bellco
PRE, HDF POST, MID-HDF, PHF PRE,

PHF POST, HFR
Alarm thresholds (during dialysis and 50 to 150 mmHg, intervals calculated with respect to
reinfusion DN, SNdp,HDF, HDF PRE, HDF average value.
POST, MID-HDF, PHF PRE, PHF POST,
HFR )
CAUTION
Venous pressure monitoring is not always able to detect disconnection of the venous
needle from its access point, which causes blood to leak into the surrounding
environment. Disconnection of the venous needle may cause a decrease in venous
pressure although remaining within the permitted alarm range. In this case,
therefore, the machine is unable to detect disconnection of the venous needle despite
the alarm thresholds being set correctly.
In order to reduce the risk of venous needle disconnection:
• Check that the needle and the venous line of the patient are properly secured to
the access site as specified by your clinic's protocol.
• Check that the patient access site is continuously visible during the dialysis
treatment.
• Frequently check the patient access.
• Adequately set the venous pressure alarm limits; in particular, it is advisable to
set the absolute minimum alarm limit as close as possible to the real venous
pressure value of the patient in order to avoid the alarm from continuously
intervening.
ARTERIAL PRESSURE
Resolution 5 mmHg
Alarms:
Therapy model/
Formula 2000 HDF version
- during dialysis (max) 100  300 mmHg, configurable
(min) - 350  -100 mmHg, configurable
-during priming with bags and priming on- -300/ +200 mmHg
line(HDF PRE, HDF POST, MID-HDF, PHF
PRE, PHF POST) and rinseback (min/max)
- during priming on-line DN, HFR, SNsp and -300/ +770 mmHg
SNdp (with second clamp configured)
- during rinseback online (min/max) -300/ +700 mmHg
Alarm thresholds (during dialysis) 50 to 250 mmHg, intervals calculated with respect to
average value.
other models:
-during dialysis (max) 100  300 mmHg, configurable
(min) - 350  -100 mmHg, configurable
- during priming and rinseback (min/max) - 300 / + 200 mmHg
- in on-line reinfusion (min/max) - 300 / + 700 mmHg
Alarm thresholds (during dialysis) 50 to 250 mmHg, configurable intervals, calculated with
respect to average value.
PRE-FILTER ARTERIAL PRESSURE

Reading Depending on the additional pressure transducers board
installed and configured in Service configuration (
parameter Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd.)
-400 to +800 mmHg
(Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd. =0)
-800 to +1600 mmHg
(Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd. =1 or 2)
Resolution 5 mmHg
Alarms:
-during patient connection (min/max) -350 mmHg/ +770 mmHg
-during patient connection MID-HDF -350 mmHg/ +770 mmHg
(min/max) (Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd. =0 or 1)
-350 mmHg / +1200 mmHg
-during filter replacement (min/max) -350 mmHg/ +770 mmHg
-during filter replacement MID-HDF 350 mmHg/ +770 mmHg
(min/max) (Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd. =0 or 1)
-350 mmHg / +1200 mmHg
- during dialysis (min/max) + 20 mmHg / + 770 mmHg
- during dialysis MID-HDF (min/max) + 20 mmHg / + 770 mmHg
(Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd. =0 or 1)
+ 20 mmHg / + 1200 mmHg
- during priming and rinseback (min/max) Not available
Alarm thresholds (during dialysis) Not available
INFUSION PRESSURE (ONLY IN HFR, HDF PRE, HDF POST, MID-HDF, PHF PRE,
PHF POST)
Resolution 5 mmHg
Alarms:
Therapy model/
Formula 2000 HDF version
- in on-line priming and in on-line -200 mmHg ÷ +770 mmHg
rinseback, (HDF PRE, HDF POST, MID-
HDF, PHF PRE, PHF POST) (min/max)
- in priming with bags, rinseback with + 20 mmHg ÷ +770 mmHg
bags, rinseback with air and during
dialysis (min/max)

Bellco
other models
- in on-line priming and during dialysis +20 mmHg / +770 mmHg
(min/max)
- in priming with bags and in on-line -200 mmHg / +770 mmHg
rinseback (PHF) (min/max)
HEMOFILTER ULTRAFILTRATION PRESSURE (ONLY IN HFR)

Resolution 5 mmHg
HEMOFILTER TRANSMEMBRANE PRESSURE (ONLY IN HFR)

Hemofilter TMP Pre-filter arterial press.
- Hemofilter UF press.
Alarms:
- during dialysis (min/max) - 100 to +300 mmHg
- during priming and rinseback (min/max) Not available
Alarm thresholds (during dialysis) Not available
VENOUS SWITCHING PRESSURE IN SINGLE-PUMP SINGLE NEEDLE

Setting range:
- min +10  +200 mmHg
- max +200  +400 mmHg
Resolution 5 mmHg
Alarms:
- during dialysis (min/max) +10 mmHg/ +450 mmHg
- during priming and rinseback (min/max) -150 mmHg / + 450 mmHg
respect to average value
VENOUS SWITCHING PRESSURE IN DOUBLE-PUMP SINGLE NEEDLE

Setting range:
- min -100  +100 mmHg
Resolution 5 mmHg
HEPARIN PUMP (WITH SYRINGE)

Syringe capacity 20, 30, 50 cc
Syringe internal diameter (configurable) 18 - 30 mm (increments of 0.1 mm)

Infusion flow 0.1 -10 ml/h (increments of 0.1 ml/h)
Accuracy ± 2% (if internal diameter is correctly set during
configuration)
Max operating pressure 900 mmHg
Type of protection magnetic encoder (part of protective system)
Alarms ±12. 5% of set value
AIR/END INFUSION DETECTOR

Type ultrasound
Sensitivity bubbles  100µl
The protocol used to determine the sensor sensitivity is available on request.
CAUTION
The air detection sensor reading may be compromised by the presence of clots or the use
of gel for ultrasound devices.
CAUTION
Air might enter the extracorporeal circuit at connection points downstream of the air
detection sensor when negative pressures occur.
BLOOD DETECTOR FOR END PRIMING

Type infrared rays
BLOOD LEAK DETECTOR ON THE BLOOD FILTER

Type optical - green
DRIP CHAMBER LEVEL GAUGE

Type infrared rays (part of protective system)
DIALYSIS FLUID SECTION
DIALYSIS FLUID
Temperature:
Type PT100 (part of protective system)
Setting 35ºC to 39ºC (increments of 0.5°C)
Reading 25ºC to 50ºC
Resolution 0.1°C
Accuracy ± 0.5°C
Alarms (min/max) 34 / 40ºC
NOTE
The actual temperature of the dialysis fluid coming into the dialyser might differ from the
temperature measured by the machine because of a temperature drop of approximately
0.5°c.
INFUSION FLUID
Type of protection PT100 (part of the protection system)
Setting 35-39°C (see Dialysis fluid temperature)
Reading 25-50°C (see Dialysis fluid temperature)
Resolution 0.1°C
Accuracy ± 0.5°C (see Dialysis fluid temperature)
Bellco
-1.5-0.5 °C if infusion flow >5 l/h

-3÷0.5 °C if infusion flow >3 l/h and< 5 l/h
>-3÷0.5 °C if infusion flow <3 l/h
Alarms (min/max) 34-40°C
NOTE
If the substitution liquid is supplied from bags, the temperature will be that of the
environment or of the heater in use.
Powder bicarbonate cartridge filling

pressure (only with kit for filling the
powder bicarbonate cartridge under
positive pressure)
Max. 2.5 bar
Concentrate inlet pressure (only with

installed kit for concentrate centralised
distribution)
Max. 3 bar
UF Pressure
Reading - 625  +625 mmHg
Resolution 5 mmHg
Alarms: (configurable) min. -200  -400 mmHg (increments of 10 mmHg)
max +200  +400 mmHg (increments of 10 mmHg)
respect to average value.
TMP :
In double needle, HDF, HFR, PHF VP – (Pdo + 30 mmHg)
PRE, PHF POST, MID-HDF, HDF
PRE, HDF POST
In single needle Min switch P. + max switch P. – (Pdo +30 mmHg)
2
where:
VP = venous pressure
Pdo = dialysate pressure measured at dialyser outlet
Switch P. = switching pressure in single needle
30 mmHg = load loss of the dialysate compartment.
Reading within the configured alarm limits
Resolution 5 mmHg
Alarms: (configurable) min -300  0 mmHg (increments of 10 mmHg)
max +200  +400 mmHg (increments of 10 mmHg)
Alarm thresholds (during dialysis) from 30 to 300 mmHg, settable intervals, calculated against
the average value.

AVERAGE TMP:
In on-line haemodiafiltration with
automatic control of the infusion flow
enabled
in HDF PRE, HDF POST, MID-HDF Pfilt + Pv – (Pdo + 30 mmHg)
2
in PHF PRE (Pfilt – 20 mmHg)+ Pv – (Pdo + 30 mmHg)
2
in PHF POST Pfilt + (Pv + 20 mmHg) – (Pdo + 30 mmHg)
2
where:
Pv = venous pressure
Pdo = dialysate pressure at the dialyser outlet
Pfilt = prefilter arterial pressure
30 mmHg = dialysate compartment pressure drop
20 mmHg = blood filter pressure drop
Resolution 5 mmHg
MAXIMUM TMP:
In double needle, HDF, PHF POST, Pfilt – Pdo
HDF PRE, HDF POST
in HFR, PHF PRE (Pfilt – 20 mmHg) – Pdo
in MID-HDF Pfilt + Pv – (Pdo + 30 mmHg)

2
where:
Pfilt = prefilter arterial pressure
Pdo = dialysate pressure at the dialyser outlet
20 mmHg = blood filter pressure drop
Resolution 5 mmHg
Signalling (max. only) +600 mmHg
FLOW RATE:
Setting 300, 500, 800 ml/min
Reading 200 to 1000 ml/min
Resolution 1 ml/min
Accuracy ± 10 % (except as indicated in the note on DIALYSIS FLUID
FLOW in chapter 2.5)
CONDUCTIVITY
Final solution
Type Conductivity sensor (part of protective system)
Setting 12.1  15.7 mS/cm (increments of 0.1 mS/cm
The displayed minimum value depends on the value set in
configuration (see parameter "Min.Lim.Tot.Cond. (mS/cm)"
Reading 11.5  16.5 mS/cm

Resolution 0.1 mS/cm
Accuracy: 0.1 mS/cm
Alarm limits on value set ± 5%
Bellco
Consumption
FLOW STANDARD ACID ACETATE-FREE ACID STANDARD ACID ACETATE-FREE

ml/min CONCENTRATE CONCENTRATE CONCENTRATE ACID
5l 5l 5l CONCENTRATE
(dilution 1:35) (dilution 1:45) (dilution 1:35) 5l
(14.0 mS/cm) (14.0 mS/cm) (17.0 mS/cm) (dilution 1:45)
(17.0 mS/cm)
500 5.5 h 7.5 h 4.5 h 5.5 h
800 3.5 h 4.5 h 3.0 h 3.5 h
Basic section during bicarbonate dialysis

Type Conductivity sensor
Setting (3 mS/cm) 2.4  3.6 mS/cm (increments of 0.1 mS/cm)
Setting (5 mS/cm) 4.0  6.0 mS/cm (increments of 0.1 mS/cm)
Reading 2  8 mS/cm
Accuracy: 0.1 mS/cm
Alarm limits on value set ± 5%
Consumption
FLOW BIDRY 750 g BIDRY 950 g BIDRY 750 g BIDRY 950 g

(3.1 mS/cm) (3.1 mS/cm) (3.6 mS/cm) (3.6 mS/cm)
500 ml/min 8.5 h 10.0 h 7.0 h 10.0 h
800 ml/min 5.5 h 6.5 h 4.5 h 6.0 h
ULTRAFILTRATION
Ultrafiltration control continuous flow single-pass differential flowmeter
Accuracy ± 1 g/min, ± 1% of total ultrafiltrate
SCALE (only in HDF with bags):

Accuracy ± 0.3% of total infused fluid
WEIGHT LOSS
Programmable weight loss 0.1 to 4.0 Kg/h (min/max limits configurable)
Accuracy:
- In double needle, single needle, HFR, ± 1 g/min ± 1% weight loss
PHF PRE, PHF POST, HDF PRE, HDF
POST, MID-HDF
- in HDF with bags ± 1 g/min ± 1% weight loss ± 1.3% of the total infused fluid
DIALYSIS TIME
Accuracy ±3 s/h (dialysis)
PISTON PUMPS ENCODER

Type Magnetic (part of the protection system)
Range 0 ÷ 5 Hz

Accuracy ±1%
BLOOD LEAK DETECTOR
Type optical (part of the protection system)

Accuracy 0.35 ml/min (hematocrit 32%) at a flow between 300 and
800 ml/min
Alarm limit attenuation higher than 10% corresponding to less than 0.35
ml/min for the entire flow range (from 300 to 800 ml/min)

Bellco
DISINFECTION/CLEANING
CHEMICAL DISINFECTION/CLEANING (NOT PRESENT ON THE THERAPY

MODEL/ FORMULA 2000 HDF VERSION):
Chemical agents - Hypochlorite >7%
- Amuchina
- Peresal
- Acetic Acid (10%) (descaling agent)
- Tiutol
- Instrunet
- Puristeril
- Oxagal
- Renaxid
- User Agent
Dilution ratio 1:30 Hypochlorite, Peresal, Tiutol, Puristeril , Renaxid
1:6 Amuchina, Acetic Acid, Instrunet, Oxagal
1:6 - 1:30 (settable during configuration), User Agent
Contact time settable during configuration
Hypochlorite, Peresal,Tiutol, Puristeril , Renaxid = 7 or 11 min.
Amuchina, Acetic Acid, Instrunet, Oxagal = 6 or 10 min.
Consumption (cc)  90 (dilution ratio 1:30, contact time 7 min)
 120 (dilution ratio 1:30, contact time 11 min)

Water temperature in circuit 38°C 
Dwell time None
Rinsing time settable during configuration

- 25 or 30 minutes if contact time is 6/7 minutes for every chemical
agent except Peresal and Puristeril.
-30 or 35 minutes if contact time is 6/7 minutes if chemical agent is
Peresal or Puristeril.
- 30 minutes if contact time is 10/11 minutes for every chemical
agent except Peresal and Puristeril.
-35 minutes if contact time is 10/11 minutes if chemical agent is
Peresal or Puristeril
Total duration -32 or 37 or 41 min. for Hypochlorite, Tiutol, Renaxid.

-37 or 41 or 45 min. for Peresal and Puristeril
-31 or 36 or 40 min. for Amuchina, Acetic Acid, Instrunet, Oxagal

CHEMICAL-FULL DISINFECTION/CLEANING
Chemical agents Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:
- Amuchina
- Oxagal
- User Agent
Other Models:
- Hypochlorite >7%
- Amuchina
- Peresal
- Tiutol
- Dialox
- Instrunet
- Oxagal
- Renaxid
- User Agent
Dilution ratio 1:30 Hypochlorite, Peresal, Tiutol, Renaxid
1:6 Amuchina, Instrunet, Oxagal, Dialox
Consumption (cc)  45 (dilution ratio 1:30)
 166 (dilution ratio 1:6)
 250 (dwelling - dilution ratio 1:6)
Intake + contact time (minutes) Therapy Model/Formula 2000 HDF Version:
11 (14 with OXAGAL + dwelling)
Other models:
8 (12 with DIALOX/OXAGAL + dwelling)
Dwell time max 80 hours only with DIALOX and OXAGAL
Rinsing time (minutes) settable during configuration

Therapy Model:
- 23 ÷ 33 (AMUCHINA)
- 25 ÷ 35 (OXAGAL)
Other Models:
- 23 or 33
Total duration (minutes) Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:

- 34 ÷ 44 (AMUCHINA)
- 36 ÷ 46 (OXAGAL)
- 39 ÷ 49 (OXAGAL + dwelling)
Other Models:
31 or 41 (35 or 45 with DIALOX /OXAGAL+ dwell)

Bellco
COLD DESCALING (PRESENT ONLY ON THE THERAPY MODEL/FORMULA 2000

HDF VERSION):
Descaling agents Acetic Acid (10%) (descaling agent)
User descaling agent
Dilution ratio 1:6 Acetic acid 10%
Consumption (cc)  166
Intake + contact time (minutes) 11 (ACETIC A.)
Rinsing time (minutes) settable during configuration

28 ÷ 38 min (ACETIC A.)
Dwell time none

Total duration (minutes) 39 ÷ 49 (ACETIC A.)
HOT DESCALING:
Descaling agents Citric acid 12% , descaling agent
User descaling agent
Dilution ratio 1:6 Citric acid 12%
Consumption (cc)  166
Average temperature in circuit 50°C 
Contact time (minutes) Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:

13
Other Models:
13
Heating time + intake (minutes) Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:
Phase not foreseen
Other Models:_
settable during configuration 15 or 20 min.
Rinsing time (minutes) Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:

23 ÷ 33 min
Other Models:
23
Dwell time None

36 ÷ 46
Other Models:
51 or 56
HEAT DISINFECTION:
Chemical agents none
Average temperature in circuit 85°C 
Pre-heating time (minutes) Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:
8
Other Models:
8
Contact time (minutes) 15 or 20 (settable during configuration)

Cooling time (minutes) Therapy Model/ Formula 2000 HDF Version:
16
Other Models:
15

31 or 36
Other Models:
30 or 35
RINSING automatic when turning on and after each dialysis

Water temperature 37.5°C 
Flow 750 ml/min
Life cycle 3 min.
NOTE
Centralized chemical disinfections and disinfection/ descaling with USER chemical agents
are not validated for use with FORCLEAN ultrafilter.

Bellco
NATRIUM TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Temperature (blood and ultrafiltrate):
Operating principle Thermal resistance and thermal conduction
Reading 25 – 50 °C
Resolution 0.1°C
Accuracy ± 0.5°C
Conductivity (blood and ultrafiltrate):

Operating principle Electromagnetic induction
Reading 0 – 25 mS/cm
Accuracy ± 0.1 mS/cm
Interfacing with disposable The reader interfaces with the disposable conductivity probe
inserted in the blood line.
Patient safety The applied part is galvanically isolated from all live parts of the
equipment.
The conductivity and temperature measurements do not affect
the behaviour of the equipment, except in the Aequilibrium
application.
HEMOX TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Operating principle Optical absorbance at three different wavelengths

Hematocrit
Reading 15 ÷ 50 %
Resolution 0.1 %
Accuracy ±5%
Oxygen saturation
Reading 40 ÷ 100%
Resolution 0.1 %
Accuracy ±5%
Percent volume loss

(derived quantity)
Resolution 0.1 %
Accuracy ± 2.5 %
Dimensions 51 x 72 x 45 mm
Interfacing with disposable The reader interfaces with the disposable cuvette built in the
blood line.

Patient safety The device is not an applied part.
The hematocrit and oxygen saturation measurements do not
affect unit performance.
PULSAR TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Operating principle Reading of the pulses emitted by commercial

electrocardiographic bands.
Heart rate
Operating range 0 – 250 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Accuracy ± 1 bpm
Patient safety The chest band is battery-powered and completely isolated from
the equipment.
The receiver does not constitute a part applied to the patient.
The heart rate measurements do not affect the operation of the
equipment.
The measurement can directly be checked on the wrist clock
supplied with the equipment.
LECTOR TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Operating principle Transponder system
Reading Ultrafilter recognition code (10 characters)
Wavelength 125 KHz
Patient safety The system guarantees, if properly configured, recognition of

depletion of the ultrafilter eliminating the risk of errors by the
operators.

Bellco
SPHYGMOMANOMETER TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Operating principle Oscillometric method
Pressure measurement Systolic: 40 - 260 mmHg
Diastolic: 20 - 200 mmHg
Heart rate 40 - 200 beats per minute
Accuracy BPM  3 mmHg

Accuracy HR 2% or 3 beats per minute
Environment operating conditions Temperature 0 °C to 50 °C
Relative humidity between 15% and 95% non-
condensing
Atmospheric pressure
Inflation automatic
Cuff: suitable for adult patients only

Plus code 4941270 Arm circumference 310 - 400 mm
**This cuff is supplied with the

sphygmomanometer
Small code 4941275 Arm circumference 230 - 330 mm
Large code 4941280 Arm circumference 380 - 500 mm
Patient safety The operating software assures that:

- max. cuff inflation time is limited to 50 seconds;
- duration of blood pressure reading is limited to 130
seconds.
Additional redundant safety circuitry oversees normal
operation and will override to abort a reading if:
- cuff pressure exceeds 300 mmHg at any time;
- the cuff has been inflated for 180 seconds.
The system constitutes an applied part type BF for the
patient (ref. IEC 60601-1).

Kt/V TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Operating principle Conductometric Method
Dialysance Measurement Max: 700 ml/min.
Resolution 1 ml/min
Accuracy + 10%
Alarms Refer to the chapter on alarms

Bellco
MATERIALS
BODY
Polyurethane PU (BAYDUR) and polystyrene, self extinguishing.
Threadlockers:
Anaerobic adhesive, monocomponent (Sichel 100 M SP)
MATERIALS IN CONTACT WITH DIALYSIS FLUID

Metallic materials:
Stainless steel AISI 316 (UNI X5CrNiMo1712)
Titanium grade 5 (6AL4V ASTM B348)
Stainless steel UHB 904L/R 840
Stainless steel AISI 302
Stainless steel AISI 316 L(UNI X2CrNiMo1712)
Ceramic materials:
Pure alumina 99.7% Al2O3 (ceramic)
Plastic materials:
Polypropylene PP (Moplen)
Polyoxymethylene POM (Delrin)
Vinylidene polyfluoride PVDF (Kynar)
Polycarbonate PC (Lexan Resin HP4EU)
Polyetherimide PEI (Ultem)
Polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE (virgin Teflon)
Polysulfone PSU (Udel)
Polyarylether PEEK (Victrex)
Polyphenylsulfide PPS (Ryton R4)
Polyphthalamide PPA (Amodel)
Polyphenylsulfone PPSU (Radel R-5100)
Glass Fiber Reinforced Polypropylene PP/GF (Tecnoprene A60K6F)
Polyurethane PU
Glass:
Borosilicated glass 3.3 DIN-ISO 3585 (Duran)
Elastomeric materials:
Silicone VMQ-FG
Silicone VMQ-FG + fabric
Fluorosilicone MVSQ
Ethylene-propylene-diene EPDM
Silicone VMQ-FG (silopren LSR)
Silicone VMQ-FG (elastosil LR)
Medical silicone, Si (raumed)
Silicone, red, SI
Tubes:
Polyvinylchloride PVC+fabric (Raufilam)
Silicone VMQ-FG
Silicone VMQ-FG + fabric
Medical silicone, Si (raumed)

Lubricants:
Medical silicone spray
Ethanol, colourless
REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD IEC 60601-1
The FORMULA dialysis machine is suitable for use in the specified electromagnetic environment. The
purchaser or user of FORMULA should assure that it is used in an electromagnetic environment as
described below:
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment
Radiated and conducted RF Class B The device FORMULA is suitable for use in
emissions domestic establishments and in establishments
directly connected to the low voltage power supplies
CISPR 11 network which supplies buildings used for domestic
purposes.
Group 1 The device FORMULA uses RF energy only for its
internal function. Therefore, the RF emission is very
low and not likely to cause interference in nearby
electronic equipment.
Harmonic emissions Complies The device FORMULA is suitable for use in
establishments directly connected to a public low
IEC 61000-3-2 voltage power supply network.
Voltage fluctuations/ Flicker Complies The device FORMULA is suitable for use in
emissions establishments directly connected to a public low
voltage power supply network.
IEC 61000-3-3
The FORMULA dialysis machine is suitable for use in the specified electromagnetic environment. The
purchaser or user of FORMULA should assure that it is used in an electromagnetic environment as
described below:
Immunity test Test level Compliance Electromagnetic Environment
magnetic field IEC level
60601-1-2
Electrostatic discharge 6 kV contact IEC 60601-1-2 Residential
(ESD) 8 kV air Test level
IEC 61000-4-2
Radiated RF Non-life supporting Residential
IEC 61000-4-3 equipment
3 V/m
80 MHz to 2.5 GHz IEC 60601-1-2
Test level
Non-life supporting
equipment
Conducted RF 3V
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz
IEC 60601-1-2
Test level
Electrical fast 2 kV for power supply IEC 60601-1-2 Residential
transient/burst lines Test level
IEC 61000-4-4

Bellco
1 kV for input/output
lines>3m
Surge 1 kV differential mode IEC 60601-1-2 Residential
IEC 61000-4-5 Test level
2 kV common mode
Voltage dips, short 0% Un for 0.5 cycles IEC 60601-1-2 Residential
interruptions and 40% Un for 5 cycles Test level
voltage variations on 70% Un for 25 cycles
power supply input 0% Un per 5 s
lines
IEC 61000-4-11
Power frequency 3 A/m IEC 60601-1-2 Residential
(50/60 Hz) Test level
IEC 61000-4-8
Recommended Separation Distance for non-LIFE SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT
RF Source Typical Rated Power (W) Distance

(m)
Microcellular phone CT1, CT2, CT3 0,01 0,4
DECT cellular phone, wireless information
0,25 2
technology equipment (modem, LAN)
Cellular phone, hand-held (USA) 0,6 3
Cellular phone, hand-held (e.g. GSM and 2 6
NMT, Europe; DECS 1800) 8 11
Walkie-talkie (rescue, police, fire,
5 9
maintenance)
Cellular phone 16 16
Mobile radio (rescue, police, fire) 100 40
For transmitters using frequencies below 800 MHz, the DISTANCE can be estimated using Equation A:
d =4 P
For transmitters using frequencies between 800 MHz and 2,5 GHz, the DISTANCE can be estimated using
Equation B:
d = 2,3 P
where P is the rated power of the transmitter in Watt (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.1 INSTALLATION AND DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
formula must always be installed by Bellco technicians or by the technical personnel of the dialysis
centre, who are adequately trained and authorised. If not, the manufacturer declines all responsibility
regarding the safety and reliability of the machine.
The electrical system of the haemodialysis rooms must be in compliance with the relevant regulations
(such as CEI 64-8/7); therefore have the earthing checked and make sure the power outlet is in good
condition before installing the machine. Specific regulations in various countries as well as any changes
in local laws must be taken into consideration.
Make sure local laws regarding drain-traps and point-to-point distance to the drain are observed.
Do not use the machine in areas where explosive gas or inflammable liquids are present.
When connecting the machine to the power supply only use the power cable provided. Do not use
extension cords or adapters for the plugs.
Do not connect external machines to the auxiliary socket (NOT AVAILABLE ON FORMULA THERAPY
MODEL). The connector for any external keyboard may only be used by authorised technical personnel.
The voltage indicated on the power supply outlet must be identical to the one shown on the machine
identification plate.
Do not remove any warnings or descriptive labels from the machine.
The machine must be configured before it is used. The first configuration can only be made by authorised
technical personnel.
To avoid the devices’ damage due to ESD, the technical personnel must use the “ground system” with the
antistatic wrist strap.
The ESD antistatic wrist strap supplied must be connected to an extendable spiral cable, which in turn must
be connected to a power electric socket through a special adapter Earth Bonding Point, or the equipotential
bonding terminal of the machine if it is connected to a power electric socket.
NOTE
The wrist strap is only effective when in direct contact with the operator's skin.
The ESD antistatic strap must be worn and connected in all cases in which the technical operator comes in
contact with sensitive electronic devices to ESD:
• Before you take corrective action after failures on the equipment
• Before you can manage (install, remove, etc.) components and / or ESD spare parts
ENG - Ed. 07/16 chap. 2.1-Installation and disassembly - 1 of 16

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
• Before handling electronic devices intended to return to the office (removal, packaging, etc.)
• During the counting operations or inventory of ESD spare parts
The area near the equipment assisted must be free from any object that generates static electricity.
In case it was not possible to avoid the introduction of such objects, you should take the following
precautions:
• Keep potentially charged objects at a distance of 50 cm from the ESDS
• Shield the potentially charged objects placing them in appropriate shielding envelopes in case you
are unable to keep them at a distance of at least 50 cm from the ESDS.
In any case it is always preferable to avoid the introduction of objects not strictly necessary
taking the following precautions:
• Do not insert objects of plastic, glass and paper (bottles, tubs for food, ...)
• Avoid drinking from plastic bottles in your intervention station.
• In case of paper documents to be used in post intervention, insert it in appropriate static-dissipative
bags.
2 of 16 – chap. 2.1-Installation and disassembly ENG – Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
UNPACKING THE MACHINE
The machine can be unpacked by one person, following the procedure below:
1. Make sure the product code on the product label corresponds to what has been ordered.
2. Carefully cut the straps that hold the packing and dispose of them.
3. Remove the upper cardboard lid.
4. Cut the adhesive tape fastening the outer layer of packing around the machine, and remove it.
5. Lift the upper polystyrene lid to remove it.
6. Take out the slide.
7. Take out the " accessory kit" box and the object tray.
8. Stand in front of the machine and holding it with one hand and pushing it backwards, remove the front
part from the bottom of the packaging. Lower the machine onto the two front wheels until it sits on the
pallet.
9.CAUTION
Always make sure that the brakes have been applied on the wheels.
10. Pushing the machine from the rear towards the front (hood), remove the rear part from the bottom of
the packing and slide it on one side.
11.CAUTION
Do not remove the rear part from the bottom of the packing first because the weight of the machine would
fall on the heat exchanger.
12. Remove the bag protecting the machine, pulling it off from above.
13. Remove the brake on the wheels.
14. Position the slide in front of the pallet located in front of the machine (cardboard) and slide the
machine to the floor.
15. Remove the operator manual CD from the accessory box. Make sure that you have the correct
revision of the SW.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
INSTALLATION, ELECTRICAL AND HYDRAULIC CONNECTION

1. Position the machine where it is going to be used, push it from the rear using both hands, avoid steps and
bumping it into things and insert the wheel lock.
2. Mount the IV pole and alarm light as follows:
• Take the alarm light out of the machine accessory box and the IV pole out of its package (separately
packed).
• Using a CH2 Allen spanner unscrew the grub screw A (as shown in the photo below) until it
protrudes by 3 mm.
• Do not unscrew or tighten the grub screw B.
• Fit the IV pole into the pole coupling and run the light cable through the tube so that the connector
comes out at the end.
• Connect the light to the cable.
• Carefully fit the alarm light turning it slightly so that the O-ring slips back into place.
• Screw down the grub screw A (do not tighten with force) and check that the cylindrical end slides
into the slot of the IV pole assembly (antirotation).
The two socket head screws (see below) are to be removed only when installing the Natrium and the
Scale.
Grub screw A
Grub screw B
Socket head screws

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
3. Carry out the VISUAL INSPECTIONS listed in the chapter CHECKING AND TESTING .
4. Connect the machine to the water system as follows:
• Remove the tubes for the inlet-outlet connections from the machine accessory box.
• Make sure the hydraulic system is in compliance with relevant regulations, in particular those
regarding drain traps and point-to-point distance from the drain.
• Connect the water inlet tube to the machine inlet connector and fix it with the metal band.
• Connect the water outlet tube to the machine outlet connector and fix it with the metal band.
• Connect the water inlet tube to the dialysis room network, make sure the working pressure is the
same as that shown on the inlet-outlet connector identification plate located near the connectors.
If the kit for centralized disinfection is installed, the inlet water pressure range is 0.9 - 4.5 bar.
• Insert the specific tube into the drain. The drain must be under atmospheric pressure to avoid
siphon effects (max. height 800 mm). Make sure the tubes are not crushed or blocked.
• Fit the Multipure and Forclean filter if required. (refer to the paragraph of ultrafilter installation
for Formula Therapy machines).
5. If necessary, configure the machine hardware (partial and total conductivity, etc.) following the
instructions in the specific chapter in this manual.
6. Make sure the power supply shown on the machine identification plate is the same as that used in the
dialysis centre.
7. Connect the power supply cable directly to the socket without sectioning or changing the plug (see
the paragraph on REPLACING THE MAINS PLUG).
8. Carry out the tests described in the chapter CHECKING AND TESTING, paragraph GENERAL
TESTS.
9. Turn on the water tap.
10. Turn on the main switch located on the rear panel of the machine.
11. Wait until the led next to the key on the front panel goes on (orange) and press the key.
12. Then configure the machine (or check its configuration), according to the requirements of the
dialysis centre. Follow the instructions in the chapter covering this subject in this manual and note
the installation configuration.
13. Carry out the TESTS described in the chapter CHECKING AND TESTING.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
INSTALLING THE ULTRAFILTERS ON FORMULA THERAPY MODELS

EQUIPPED WITH HANSEN CONNECTORS
• Disconnect the six quick-couplings from the bypasses on the back panel.
• Take the FORCLEAN i and FORCLEAN Plus ultrafilters out of the machine accessory box.
• Position FORCLEAN i on the left and FORCLEAN Plus on the right next to each other on the support
base with the couplings facing the front.
• Fit the fastening clips provided on the upper and lower ends of the filters at the back of the heads.
• Insert FORCLEAN i in the ultrafilter holder seat.
• Fit the flexible clamp to hold the ultrafilter.
• Connect the quick-couplings to the filters looking at the colour code and the installation label on the rear
of the machine; be careful not to fold or crush the tubes.
• Take the protective casing of the ultrafilters out of the machine accessory box.
• Fasten the solenoid valve cover on the two hexagonal spacers positioned on the solenoid valves using the
2 TCIC M4X10 screws provided.
• Close the casing by pressing on the two press fasteners, BEING CAREFUL NOT TO FOLD OR
CRUSH THE TUBES. The casing must close without excessive force.
Installation label

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
INSTALLING THE ULTRAFILTERS ON FORMULA THERAPY MODELS
AND FORMULA 2000 HDF VERSION EQUIPPED WITH FRONT
HOUSINGS
• Open the dedicated connections of housings by acting on the related lock levers.
• Take the FORCLEAN THERAPY i and FORCLEAN THERAPY Plus ultrafilters out of the machine
accessory box.
• Insert the new ultrafilters in the housings with arrows point upwards.
• Insert the FORCLEAN THERAPY I in the left housing.
• Close the dedicated connections.
• Take the protective casing of the ultrafilters out of the machine accessory box.
• Fasten the solenoid valve cover on the two hexagonal spacers positioned on the solenoid valves using the
2 TCIC M4X10 screws provided.
• Close the casing by pressing on the two press fasteners, BEING CAREFUL NOT TO FOLD OR
CRUSH THE TUBES. The casing must close without excessive force.
FORCLEAN THERAPY i and FORCLEAN THERAPY Plus housings

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
INSTALLING THE OBJECT TRAY

• Brake the wheels and open the right-hand door of the FORMULA machine body.
• Unscrew and remove the two TCIC M4x16 screws in the two upper corners of the cover (ref. A).
• Fit the blood line/hemofilter shelf resting the central rib on the cover and the front shield on the machine
body.
• Centre the upper slots with the cover fastening holes and secure with two TCIC M4x30 screws holding
the shelf pressed on the body (ref A).
• Fit the TCIC M3x16 screw in the slot of the shelf rib and in the corresponding slot of the cover (ref. B)
• Screw down the DAX M3 nut from the inside and tighten.
• Check proper coupling between the shelf and the machine body; the front and side bead must be
constant.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
INSTALLING THE ON BOARD DISINFECTANT KIT
• Take the kit out of the machine accessory box.

• Pierce the container cap (see Fig.1).
• Fit the PGM8 connector on the container cap using a flat washer and M8 nut.
• Pressure fit the air intake filter cap into place on the container cover.
• Connect the silicon tube segment (L=3cm) to the flat end of the drawing tube.
• Connect the drawing tube to the PGM8 connector inside the container cap.
• Connect the tube leading from the back panel to the PGM8 connector outside the container cap.
• Fit the container rack by inserting the two forks in the guides positioned on the base.
• Fit the rack into place and tighten with force.
NOTE :
TO PREVENT ACCIDENTALLY KINKING THE CONTAINER CAP TUBE, SECURE THE TWO
WIRE-REINFORCED TUBES (H2O INLET – DRAIN) NEXT TO THE STAINLESS STEEL
CONTAINER RACK WITH TWO NYLON CLAMPS.
Oxagal cap
PGM8
connector seat
Air intake filter seat
Peresal cap
PGM8
connector seat
Air intake filter seat
Fig.1

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
INSTALLING THE BATTERY ON MACHINES THAT REQUIRE ONE
1. Verify the battery voltage into the kit by using a digital multimeter.
WARNING
The battery must be scrapped according to standards if the remaining voltage is lower than 10 V.
2. Turn the machine off.

3. Connect the battery to the backup power supply.
4. Configure the machine for battery operation.
5. Turn the machine on and check that the tests on the battery are passed successfully (green battery icon).
6. If the initial battery test fails (red battery icon), leave the machine on in order to charge up. Some days
could be necessary to achieve an optimal charge voltage of battery in order to pass the test. After this,
turn the machine off and then on again to check that the test is passed.
7. Select a dialysis with blood detection, cause a power failure and check that the blood section continues to
operate normally as provided for when running on the battery.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
REPLACING THE MAINS PLUG
Customisation of the formula mains plug must only be carried out subject to the following conditions:
- The machine plug must only be modified by a trained and fully qualified technician.
- Plugs must be CE approved and must also be approved by the relevant approval body for the country in
which they are to be used, whose mark must be affixed.
- Plugs must have the following mechanical characteristics:
1. they must be at least IP X4.
2. they must be three pin (two live and one earth).
3. they must have an anti-tear system.
4. they must take wires with a section of 1.5mm2 .
5. they must be constructed so that, in the event of one of the wires coming loose, the wire in question will
not short-circuit the others.
6. they must be made so that the wires can only be removed using a tool.
7. the earth connection must be guaranteed, and it must be the last to disconnect in the event of breakage or
tear-out of the plug.
8. the resistance between the plug earth pin and all other metal parts of the device that can be accessed by
the user must be less than 0.2 Ohm.
9. the plug body must be made of self-extinguishing, heat and flame resistant thermoplastic material, with a
high resistance to impact even at low temperatures.
For the 220-240V~ powered machines only plugs with the following specifications may be used:
Nominal voltage 250V~
Nominal current (minimum requirement) 10A
Number of poles 2-pole + ground
Homologations, excluding China (minimum requirements) IMQ, VDE
Homologations for China (minimum requirements) CCC
For the 110-120V~ powered machines only plugs with the following specifications may be used:
Nominal voltage 125V~
Nominal current (minimum requirement) 20A
Number of poles 2 poles + ground
Type Hospital Grade
Homologations (minimum requirements) CSA, UL
FITTING INSTRUCTIONS (MAINS PLUG):
1) Cut the power cable as close as possible to the comoulded plug.

2) Strip the cable to bare the three insulated wires, taking care not to damage the insulating material. The
length of the uninsulated section will depend on the plug specifications (see the plug manufacturer's
requirements).
3) Leave the earth wire (yellow / green) longer than the others, so that in the event of tear-off it will be the
last to break (see plug manufacturer's specifications).
4) Strip the three wires for the length required by the plug manufacturer.
5) Wire up the plug, following the plug manufacturer's instructions.
Repeat the electrical safety tests and check continuity of the earth conductor.
The machine can be considered to retain the CE mark if the above conditions are met and if the
modification is carried out in compliance with the provisions of regulation CEI EN 62353.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
POWER CABLE REPLACEMENT
All operation must be performed with the machine switched off.
1) Position the machine correctly in plan to operate on it. Lock the wheels.
2) Unplug the power cable from the power supply.
3) Open the left side door.
4) Disconnect BLUE/BROWN/YELLOW-GREEN cables from the J1 terminal.
5) Remove the two ferrites and place them on the new cable (position not binding).
6) Unscrew the plastic nut from the cable gland and proceed with the substitution of the new power cable.
7) Repeat the connections to the terminal as wiremarker present and fix the 3 conductors (L/N/Ground)
with a band.
8) Fix the new cable with nut and cable gland.
9) Close the left side door.
10) Perform the electrical safety checks and check the continuity of the earth conductor.
11) Wait for the equipment reaches system ready.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
PROCEDURE TO CHECK THE RELIABILITY OF THE PROTECTIVE
GROUND OF THE HOME SYSTEM (FORMULA DOMUS)
The purpose of the following procedure is to check the reliability of the protective ground of the home
system in case of installation/check of the Formula Domus equipment.
WARINING
Perform the electrical tests required in each country and the related recommendations. If not possible,
follow the directions that follow, designed to type TT grounding systems.
NOTE
The measures suggested are intended to verify that the machine is connected to a socket (socket near the
machine) whose ground connection is reliable. These measures do not replace the system certification nor
relieve the owner of the system to run the plant periodical inspections.
Check of the continuity of the earth conductors

The check must be performed:
• between the earth electrode (if accessible), and the ground collector;
• between the various earth collectors
• when necessary, between the protective earth (PE) and equipotential conductors (EQ), in the
presence of joints or contractors, to detect possible discontinuities;
• between the masses and the ground collector;
EARTH CONDUCTOR
OF A POWER PLUG
EARTH COLLECTOR
GROUND OF AN
ELECTRIC DEVICE
Fig. 2.1.1 – Check of the continuity of the earth conductors

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Measurement of earth resistance

For the TT systems is diffusely used the indirect measurement of the earth resistance (a value bigger than the
actual is returned, therefore precautionary with respect to the traditional measure) through the measure of the
impedance of the fault loop.
If the earth resistance value is not coordinated with the protections it will be necessary to proceed with the
traditional measurement through the voltamperometric method. If for some reason the neutral was connected
to the earth of the user (for error, for a fault or even voluntarily), the earth system resistance is excluded from
the measurement because the tool returns a value which is the sum of the resistances of the phase conductor,
of the neutral and the transformer. Before performing this measure it is therefore necessary to perform a
measurement of insulation resistance to verify that the neutral wire is not isolated from the ground.
EARTH CABIN USER EARTH
Fig. 2.1.4 – Measurement of the earth resistance of a TT system through loop tester.
INFORMATION FOR THE USER

• Hand over the CD ROM containing the machine operating manual to the user.
UNINSTALLING THE MACHINE
To uninstall the machine, proceed as follows:

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
1. Make a disinfection if the machine is operating, otherwise indicate the not disinfection condition
with a sign on the display.
2. Completely empty the machine by removing water from tubes and heating tank as explained in the
user manual. If the machine is dead, manually disconnect the core tubes.
3. Disconnect the power supply cable from electrical grid, wrap and fix it to the machine.
4. Remove the input and output tubes from distribution plant of deionized water and discharge.
5. Remove the ultrafilters on the machine and assemble the related bypass to avoid liquid dripping.
6. Disconnect the water input and drain tubes from machine.
7. Remove the tank of the disinfectant/descaling agent on the machine being careful to possible
residuals, and provide for a correct disposal. Remove the agent support.
8. Disconnect the related connectors, if the battery switching power to UPS is present.
9. Open the Jumper on the electronic boards of machines near the battery that provide the states
machine maintenance.
10. Perform an accurate external cleaning as explained in the user manual.
11. Release the wheel lock device for an easy handling.
12. Proceed with the final preparation for the machine removal enclosing the I.V. pole support
disassembled and the tank support.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.2 CHECKING AND TESTING
After having installed the machine but before using it connected to the patient, carry out the checks
and tests shown below (installation column I ) and fill in the installation form provided.
Carry out the checks and tests (periodic checks column P) every 3,000 operating hours or every 12
months.
[formula®] indicates that the test or part of the test must be performed only on formula®
equipment.
[formula® 2000] indicates that the test or part of the test must be performed only on formula® 2000
equipment.
[formula® Therapy] indicates that the test or part of the test must be performed only on formula®
Therapy equipment.
[formula® 2000 HDF] indicates that the test or part of the test must be performed only on
formula® 2000 HDF equipment.
Where no indication appears, it means that the test or part of the test must be performed on all
models.
VISUAL TESTS
I P
Phase 1.1 Check the presence of the equipment User manual CD
X
Check the user manual
Phase 1.2 Hydraulic visual inspection
Make a visual inspection of the Make sure the parts are intact and that the tubes are not
machine, in particular: blocked, in particular the ones for the differential flowmeter.
- body structures and panels Check the integrity of the power cable and power plug
- guards Make sure that the labels and symbols on the keyboards are X X
- hydraulic and electric connections intact and correspond to the machine.
- sensor/printed board connections
- labels and keyboards
- wiring
ENG - Ed. 07/16 chap.2.2-Checking and testing - 1 of 10

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
POWER SUPPLY TESTS AND REFERENCES
ANALOGICA PRINTED BOARD I P

Phase 2.1 Make sure that the following leds are lit on the analogica printed
Machine turned on. board:
led 4 (yellow) +15 Vcc
led 5 (green) -15 Vcc X X
led 6 (red) + 5.15 Vcc
led 7 (red) +26 Vcc
led 8 (red) +26 VBRK
Machine turned on Check start up test X X
2 of 10- chap.2.2-Checking and testing ENG -Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
CHECKS DURING MACHINE AUTOTEST PHASE :
DIALYSATE SECTION BLOOD SECTION I P

Phase 3.1 Make sure that
Wait until tests T1 of no Errors 1
occur due to X X
the blood section have
been performed. test failure.
Phase 3.2 Make sure that no Errors 1
Wait until tests T1 of the occur due to test failure.
dialysate section have X X
been performed.
MACHINE TESTING:
Dialysate section in Rinsing – Blood section in Priming
BLOOD SECTION I P
Phase 4.1
Install blood lines. Set the machine up for priming in the
following treatments:
X X
- DN [formula®]
- HFR [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy]
- HDF [formula® 2000 HDF]
Phase 4.2 Make sure the PUMP OFF alarm goes on.
Select treatment:
- DN [formula®] X X
- HFR [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy]
- HDF [formula® 2000 HDF]
Phase 4.3 Make sure the INFUSION CONNECTOR
Open the infusion connector. alarm goes on.
X X
[formula® Therapy, formula® 2000 HDF]
Phase 4.4 Make sure the arterial pump is running.

Set the arterial flow regulator to 300 ml/min.
Set the infusion/ultrafiltration flow regulator to 3 l/h X X
[formula® 2000, formula® Therapy, formula® 2000 HDF]
press the PUMP STOP key.
Phase 4.5 Make sure the arterial pump stops.
- Open the arterial pump cover. X X

- While the arterial pump is operating, set the arterial flow X X
regulator to 0 ml/min.
Phase 4.7 Make sure the infusion/ultrafiltration pump
Open the infusion/ultrafiltration pump cover [formula® stops.
2000, formula® Therapy, formula® 2000 HDF] [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy, X X
formula® 2000 HDF]

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
BLOOD SECTION I P
While the arterial and infusion/ultrafiltration pumps are Make sure the infusion/ultrafiltration pump X X
running [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy, formula® stops [[formula® 2000, formula® Therapy,
2000 HDF], press the PUMP STOP key. formula® 2000 HDF].
Phase 4.9 Check the pressure variations indicated by
Connect a blood line with blood catcher to the luer the arterial pressure instrument on the
connector of the arterial pressure transducer and, by screen of the machine.
using a syringe, create a pressure variation inside the X X
blood tubing (positive and negative values should be
within the operating range of the transducer).
Phase 4.10 Check that the value displayed by the

Connect a blood line with blood catcher to the luer arterial pressure instrument on the screen
connector of the arterial pressure transducer and, by of the machine is within 20 mmHg with
respect to the starting value for at least 60 X X
using a syringe, create a negative pressure (around –200
mmHg); clamp the tubing so as to maintain the pressure. seconds.

Connect a blood line with blood catcher to the luer the venous pressure instrument on the
connector of the venous pressure transducer and, by screen of the machine.
using a syringe, create a pressure variation inside the X X
blood tubing (positive and negative values should be

Connect a blood line with blood catcher to the luer venous pressure instrument on the screen
connector of the venous pressure transducer and, by of the machine is within 20 mmHg with
respect to the starting value for at least 60 X X
using a syringe, create a positive pressure (around 200
mmHg); clamp the tubing so as to maintain the pressure. seconds.

Connect a blood line with blood catcher to the luer the PHF/HFR pressure instrument on the
connector of the PHF/HFR pressure transducer and, by screen of the machine.
using a syringe, create a pressure variation inside the [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy, X X
blood tubing (positive and negative values should be formula® 2000 HDF]
Connect a blood line with blood catcher to the luer PHF/HFR pressure instrument on the
connector of the PHF/HFR pressure transducer and, by screen of the machine is within 20 mmHg
using a syringe, create a positive pressure (around 200 with respect to the starting value for at X X
mmHg); clamp the tubing so as to maintain the pressure. least 60 seconds.
[formula® 2000, formula® Therapy, formula® 2000 HDF] [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy,
formula® 2000 HDF]
Phase 4.15
Insert an open-end tubing in the venous clamp; when the Check there are no leaks from the clamp,
clamp is closed, using a syringe connected to the other e.g. no physiological solution comes out
X X
end of the tubing, inject physiological solution into the from the open-end tubing.
tubing in the blood direction (high-low).
Phase 4.16 Check that

Set the presence of the kit for additional pressure the pre-filter pressure has changed.
transducers and check if the tests have been successful. the TMPH pressure has changed. X X
By using a syringe and a tubing: [formula® 2000, formula® Therapy,
inject air in the red connector formula® 2000 HDF]

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
BLOOD SECTION I P
inject air in the yellow connector
MACHINE TESTING:
Dialysate section in Dialysate Preparation – Blood section in Patient Connection or
Dialysis
DIALYSATE SECTION I P
Phase 5.1 - With the calibrated conductivity meter (in place of the dialyser)
provided by the manufacturer, check that the total fluid conductivity
Set the machine up for dialysate corresponds to the displayed value +/- 0.2 mS/cm.
preparation with the concentrate - Have the correct composition of the fluid checked by the hospital X
solutions used in the centre. X
lab by withdrawing some fluid at the specific point along the
dialyser connection tube.
Phase 5.2
Set the machine up for dialysate Check for the correct filling of the cartridge and the stability of the
preparation with the powder preparation. X X
cartridge.
Phase 5.3 Make sure the temperature, (after a 5 min settling period) is 37.5
Set the following parameters: +0.5/-1.0 °C on the calibrated thermometer and 37.5 +/-1.0 °C on
the screen of the machine.
QD = 500 ml/min
Temperature = 37.5°C. X X
Connect a calibrated thermometer
to the dialyser connection tube.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
TESTING MACHINE CARRYING OUT COMPLETE DIALYSIS

TREATMENTS
I P
Phase 6.1 [formula®]
Perform double needle dialysis - Check the correct operation of the optical and acoustic sensors:
for at least 1 hour.
[formula®] Blood Detector
- make sure the tube presence is correctly detected and the arterial
line alarm goes on in priming and dialysis.
– make sure the blood presence is correctly detected and therefore
the machine switches from priming to connection mode.
Level Detector
– make sure the level of the physiological solution is recognized
during the filling phase.
– make sure the blood level alarm goes on in dialysis, if the sensor is
not obscured.
Foam Detector
- make sure the air detector alarm goes on when an air bubble is
detected in the connection or dialysis phase.
X X
Make sure the weight loss is correct by using a graduated cylinder or
a scale:
weight the bag which simulates the patient or observe volume
variations in the cylinder (1 l = 1 Kg) before and after the treatment;
The decrease of the bag weight (patient) must be within the following
range:
(Start weight – End Weight) (Kg) = ( Weight loss set (Kg)+
Configurated Offset (g/min) *60/1000* UF Time (h))* ( 1 +/- 0.01) +/-
0.06 (Kg/h) * UF Time (h);
e.g:
Weight loss set = 0.6 Kg
Time = 1h
UF = 0.6 Kg/h
Configurated Offset = +0.5 g/min
Weight loss reached = (0.564÷0.696)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Phase 6.2 [formula® 2000]

Perform priming in PHF Check the correct operation of the additional optical and acoustic
treatment and then pass to sensors:
connection and dialysis Infusion BLD X X
phases
– make sure the tests in priming do not fail.
[formula® 2000] – make sure the alarm goes on when the sensor is obscured in
dialysis.
Phase 6.3 [formula® 2000]
If the scale is present, perform Check the correct operation of the optical and acoustic sensors:
a HDF treatment for at least 1 Blood Detector
hour, otherwise run a DN - make sure the tube presence is correctly detected and the arterial
treatment. line alarm goes on in priming and dialysis.
[formula® 2000] – make sure the blood presence is correctly detected and therefore
Level Detector
- make sure the blood level alarm goes on in dialysis, if the sensor is
not obscured.
Foam Detector
detected in the connection or dialysis phase.
Check the correct operation of the additional optical and acoustic

sensors:
End Infusion
- make sure that physiological solution is recognised in the infusion
line and the End Infusion alarm goes on in dialysis.
Make sure the weight loss and the infusion are correct by using two
graduated cylinders or a scale:
weight the two bags (which simulate the patient and the infusion) or
observe volume variations in the cylinders (1 l = 1 Kg) before and
X X
after the treatment;
The decrease of the bag/ cylinder weight (patient) must be within the
following range:
(Start weight – End Weight) (Kg) = ( Weight Loss set (Kg)+ (
Configurated Offset *60/1000+ Infusion_Set (Kg/h) )*
UF Time (h) )*
( 1 +/- 0.01) +/- 0.06 (Kg/h) * UF Time (h);
The decrease of the bag/cylinder weight (infusion) must be within

the following range:
(Start weight – End Weight) (Kg) = Infusion_Set (Kg/h)*
UF Time(h) * (1 +/- 0.003) +/- 0.05 Kg;
The decrease of the weight displayed on the screen must be within

the following range:
(Start weight – End Weight) (Kg) = Infusion_Set (Kg/h)*

UF Time (h) *
(1 +/- 0.003) +/- 0.05 Kg;
E.g.:
Weight Loss_Set= 0.6 Kg
Time= 1h
UF = 0.6 Kg/h
Qinf = 2.0 Kg/h
Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

decrease of the bag weight (patient) = (2.544÷2.716)
decrease of the bag weight (infusion) = (1.944÷2.056)
decrease of the weight displayed on the screen = (1.944÷2.056)
Phase 6.4 [formula® Therapy, formula® 2000 HDF]

Perform a complete Mid HDF - Check the correct operation of the optical and acoustic sensors:
treatment for at least 1 hour.
[formula® Therapy, formula® Blood Detector
2000 HDF] - make sure the tube presence is correctly detected and the arterial
line alarm goes on in priming and dialysis.
– make sure the blood presence is correctly detected and therefore
Level Detector
- make sure the blood level alarm goes on in dialysis, if the sensor is
not obscured.
Foam Detector
detected in the connection or dialysis phase. X X
Make sure the weight loss is correct by using a graduated cylinder or

a scale:
weight the patient bag or observe volume variations in the cylinder (1
l = 1 Kg) before and after the treatment;
The decrease of the patient bag /cylinder must be within the
following range:
(Start weight – End Weight) (Kg) = ( Weight Loss set (Kg)+
Configurated Offset (g/min) *60/1000* UF Time (h) )*
( 1 +/- 0.01) +/- 0.06 (Kg/h) * UF Time (h);
E.g.:
Weight Loss_Set= 0.6 Kg
Time= 1h
UF = 0.6 Kg/h
Weight loss gained = (0.564  0.696)
Phase 6.5 Make sure draining takes place without any alarms going on.
set draining of the dialyser. X X
Phase 6.6 Make sure draining takes place without any alarms going on.
set draining of the bicarbonate X X
cartridge by removing the blue
connection from the drain.
Phase 6.7 Perform the differential flowmeter calibration as describerd in the
Perform the verification of the phase3 of Chapter 5.2 of this manual.
differential flowmeter
X
calibration
[formula® 2000, formula®
Therapy, formula® 2000 HDF].

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
TESTING MACHINE DISINFECTION
I P
Phase 7.1
Set a descaling X X
program.
Phase 7.2 Make sure that when the machine is turned on again the data relating
Turn off and on the to the descaling process has been saved.
machine (from the back) Make sure that descaling is completed without any alarms and that an X X
during the descaling "x" does not appear on the disinfection icon at the end.
program.
Phase 7.3 Make sure the amount withdrawn is 225 ÷ 275 ml (using an agent with
Set the chemical a dilution ratio of 1/6 (e.g. AMUCHINA) ) or 88 ml  10% (using an
standard disinfection agent with a dilution ratio of 1/30 (e.g. PERESAL) ).
normally used in the Make sure that the disinfection is completed without any alarms and
dialysis centre. that an "x" does not appear on the disinfection icon at the end. X X
[formula®] Withdraw fluid from the dialyser connection tube at the end of the
[formula® 2000] disinfection and use the specific kit to check that the remaining
disinfectant is below the allowed limits.
Phase 7.4 Make sure the amount withdrawn is 166 ml  10%.

Set a chemical Make sure that the disinfection is completed without any alarms and
disinfection in use in the that an "x" does not appear on the disinfection icon at the end.
center Withdraw fluid from the dialyser connection tube at the end of the X X
[formula® Therapy, disinfection and use the specific kit to check that the remaining
formula® 2000 HDF] disinfectant is below the allowed limits.
Phase 7.5 Make sure the temperature displayed is greater than 90 °C.
Set a heat disinfection Make sure that the disinfection is completed without any alarms.
with automatic power X X
Make sure that the machine goes off automatically when the
off, if it is in use in the disinfection is completed.
center
Phase 7.6 During a disinfection process, turn off the machine by the back main
control of maintaining of switch and check, when re-turned on, the maintaining of data.
disinfection parameters. X X

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
ELECTRICAL SAFETY CHECKS

WARNING
The electrical safety checks must be carried out every 24 months.
The checks conform with regulations EN 60601-1 (IEC 60601-1).
NOTE : For grounding connection, use the equipotential terminal (see fig.1), which is placed
on the rear panel (for the equipments which are provided). For grounding connection of
machines which don’t have the equipotential terminal, you have to use the point located in the
basement of the equipments(see fig.2).
FIG.1 FIG.2
ELECTRICAL SAFETY CHECKS (EN 60601-1, IEC 60601-1, CEI 62.5)
Parameter Type of measurement Limit

Voltage L1 - Earth V
L2 - Earth V
L1 - L2 V
Protection conductor 200 mA Max 300 m
Insulation resistance Min 2 M
Absorption
Leakage current to earth Norm.pol. 500A
No L2 1000A
Inv.pol. 500A
No L2 1000A
Leakage current to casing Norm.pol. 100A
No L2 500A
No Earth 500A
Inv.pol. 100A
No L2 500A
No Earth 500A
Patient Leakage current Norm.pol. 100A
(applied part) No L2 500A
No Earth 500A
Inv.pol. 100A
No L2 500A
No Earth 500A

Technical Manual
2.2.1 – ADDITIONAL DEVICES PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE

The list of the material provided with formula® machines is listed here below.
Assembly Sub-assembly formula® formula® formula® formula®

and 2000 Therapy 2000
formula ® and HDF
plus formula®
2000 plus
Qt Qt Qt
Qt
Object Tray 1 1 1 1
Connection tubing 1 1 1 1
inlet/drain
Reinforced tube 2 2 2 1
segment 8x14 L200
Holder for dialyser 1 1 1 1
Canulas for 1 1 1 1
concentrate
/sterilising agent
intake
Canula for acid 1 1 1 1
concentrate intake
Canula for 1 1 1 1
sterilizing agent
Canula for basic 1 1 1 1
concentrate intake
Connector 1 1 1 1
disinfectant
Connector basic 1 1 1 1
concentrate
Connector acetate / 1 1 1 1
acid concentrate
Assembly for 1 1 1 1
concentrate/sterilizing
agent canulas
Block, canula 3 3 3 3
holder
Self-tapping screw 3 3 3 3
UNI6594 D.2.9x13
Canulas 3 3 3 3
(conc.steril)
chamber D20 Only for Only for Only for Only for
adapter Chine Chine Chine Chine
Kit of small items 1 1 1 1
provided with the
machine.
Socket head screw 1 1 1 1

CH4
ENG – Ed.07/16 chap. 2.2.1- Additional devices provided with the machine - 1 di 2
Technical Manual
Inox band for 2 2 2 2

tubing
Connector AMP 2 2 2 2
type S/N 142270-1
Filter Multipure Just Just Canadian 1 -
Canadian Set up
Set up
Filter Forclean Plus i Just Just Canadian 1 -
Canadian Set up
Set up
Filter Forclean Plus - - 1 -
Filter Forclean - - - 2
Therapy Plus
Protection cover for 1 1 - -
Forclean
Guards for Forclean - - 1 1
Kit 50 pcs. plug of
pierceable sampling
valve 1
1 1 1
Not present into
equipments for
Canadians set up
Alarm lamp 1 1 1 1
I.V. Pole (formula® ) 1 - - -
single hook
I.V. Pole (formula® ) - 1 1 1
double hook
Hook for bags 1 Just - -
Canadian
Set up
Double clip ultrafilter - - 2 -
holder
screw TCIC M4x10 - - 2 -
Assembly Not for Not for 1 -
concentrate bags Canadian Canadian
holder
Disinfectant on board Just Just 1 -
kit Canadian Canadian
Set up Set up
Tanks rack Just Just 1 -
Canadian Canadian
Set up Set up
Log book 1 1 1 1
Multilingual cd 1 1 1 1
User manual
Installation and 1 1 1 1
testing form
2 di 2 – chap. 2.2.1- Additional devices provided with the machine ENG – Ed.07/16
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.3 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION
Before beginning to configure the system software, make sure that the status of the DIP SWITCHES on the
CPU printed board (SW1) are compatible with the requirements of the centre.
These dip switches make it possible to set the following parameters:
• type of preparation: partial conductivity (3 or 5 mS/cm)
• availability of a second pump (pressure-pressure single needle)
• availability of the scale and infusion end detector kit for HDF with bags
• availability of a battery
• availability of updated CPU
• availability of the PHF/HFR kit: additional BLD, additional pressure transducer and infusion end
detector.
Herewith below the functions of the dip switches in relation to the installed software version:
Rev. sw 5.7 – Rev. sw 5.8
DIP1 OFF =>3 mS/cm To select the desired bicarbonate conductivity (3 or 5 mS/cm).
DIP1 ON =>5 mS/cm
DIP2 OFF =>SNdp off Used to select whether or not a second pump is present.
DIP2 ON =>SNdp on
DIP3 OFF =>HDFKitoff Used to select whether or not the scale and infusion end
DIP3 ON =>HDFKiton detector are present in HDF treatment with bags .
DIP4 OFF =>BATTERY off Used to select whether or not the battery is present.
DIP4 ON =>BATTERY on
DIP5 OFF => NewCPUoff Used to select whether or not a CPU with a new revision
DIP5 ON => NewCPUon (TFT) is present.
DIP6 OFF =>HFR/PHFKitoff Used to select whether or not the additional BLD sensor and
DIP6 ON =>HFR/PHFKiton the third pressure transducer are present.
DIP7 OFF / ON => Complete config. To gain access to complete configuration changing the
position.
DIP8 OFF / ON => Flags config. To gain access to flag configuration changing the position.
Rev. Sw 6.0
DIP1 OFF =>3 mS/cm To select the desired bicarbonate conductivity (3 or 5 mS/cm).
DIP1 ON =>5 mS/cm
DIP2 OFF =>SNdp off Used to select whether or not a second pump is present.
DIP2 ON =>SNdp on
DIP3 Not used.
DIP4 OFF =>BATTERY off Used to select whether or not the battery is present.
DIP4 ON =>BATTERY on
DIP5 OFF => NewCPUoff Used to select whether or not a CPU with a new revision
DIP5 ON => NewCPUon (TFT) is present.
DIP6 OFF =>Kit Hemodia off Used to select whether or not the additional BLD sensor and
DIP6 ON =>Kit Hemodia on the third pressure transducer are present.
DIP7 OFF / ON => Complete config. To gain access to complete configuration changing the
position.
ENG -Ed. 02/09 chap.2.3-Hardware configuration - 1 of 2

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
DIP8 OFF / ON => config. Flags To gain access to flag configuration changing the position.
2 of 2 – chap.2.3-Hardware configuration ENG-Ed. 02/09

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.4 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION
There are three levels of software configuration:
COMPLETE CONFIGURATION includes all the variables and can only be accessed by
the Technical authorized personnel.
PARTIAL CONFIGURATION includes only some variables and is also accessible
to the user.
FLAG CONFIGURATION includes only the status flags to be reset and can only
be used by the technical authorized personnel.
WARNING
Before starting the software configuration, program the position of the dip switches on the CPU
printed boards as indicated in the HARDWARE CONFIGURATION paragraph.
The configuration must be done when the machine is installed and only by technical personnel
or staff authorised by the manufacturer to program the working parameters based on the
requirements of the centre.
These parameters must be established along with the doctor in charge of the centre.
The configuration can also be changed after the machine has been installed.
Flag configuration makes it possible to reset the flags that memorise system faults. Therefore, it
is important to identify the cause of the fault and remove it before resetting the flag.
The programmed parameters are then displayed as default parameters during operation of the
machine. Some parameters, including those present in partial configuration, can also be changed
during treatment.
ENG – Ed. 05/11 chap.2.4-Software configuration - 1 of 6

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PROCEDURE FOR MODIFYING THE CONFIGURATION

A password is needed to modify the configuration and in some cases the dip switch setting on the
CPU printed board needs to be changed (SW1).
The parameters are displayed in a sequence of pages that can only be scrolled following a certain
order (it is not possible to return to the previous page unless the configuration has been completed
and then restarted)
A double confirmation by pressing the "ENTER" key is needed to go to the next page.
Once going to the next page is confirmed, a stand-by message appears for a few seconds.
COMPLETE CONFIGURATION (only for authorised technical personnel)
This configuration makes it possible to reset the flags.
To configure the machine proceed as follows:
1. Modify the CPU printed board dip switch setting (SW1) as follows:
move DIP7 to the position opposite that on the CPU printed board.
2. Connect the external keyboard to the specific connector on the connection panel on the back of
the machine.
WARNING
Remember to put the cap for this connector back in place when done using the keyboard.
3. Turn on the machine using the main switch.

4. Wait until the led next to the key on the front panel becomes orange.
5. Press and wait for the message “START MS DOS” to appear and then press the “CAPS
LOCK” key on the keyboard.
6. Wait for the three white asterisks to appear (***), at the lower right of the screen.
7. Until software revisions 5.8-59 and 6.0-78
Enter the password by pressing the keys below in this order
"L" - "A" - "R" - "G" - "E" - ""
From software revisions 5.8-60 and 6.0-80

Enter the password by pressing, on Formula side keys, the keys below in this order
“?” - “"
Until software revisions 5.8-59 and 6.0-78:

If the keys order is not observed, it is impossible to gain access to the configuration menu.
2 of 6 – chap.2.4-Software configuration ENG-Ed. 05/11

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
From software revisions 5.8-60 and 6.0-80
If the keys order is not observed, or if any password is not typed, you direct access to the last
page of the configuration.
CHANGE PARAMETERS
- To change the language use the arrow keys: “UP” and “DOWN”
- To confirm the language press: “ENTER “
- To go to the next page press: “ENTER”
- To move from one parameter to the next use the arrow keys: “ UP” and “DOWN”
- To change the value of a parameter press the arrow keys: “RIGHT” and “LEFT”
- To confirm the values press: “ENTER “
- To go to the next page when the following window appears:
CONFIRM THE DATA?

(ENTER = YES)
Press “ENTER”
- Instead, press ”HELP” to return to the previous window.
The pages described in the “CONFIGURATION PAGES” list are available.
NOTE
If there is a power failure during configuration, only the parameters, which have already been
confirmed, will be accepted. Configuration will be requested again.
If the dwelling flag is present, when the disinfection flag is reset the dwelling flag also needs to
be reset. Otherwise, the machine will signal an error when it is turned on and the configuration
will need to be repeated.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PARTIAL CONFIGURATION (also for the user)
To configure the machine proceed as follows:

3. Press and wait for the three white asterisks to appear (***), at the lower right of the
screen.
4. Press the following keys in this order:
""
"bypass"
"silence"
""
If this order is not observed, it is impossible to gain access to the configuration menu.
The pages described in the “CONFIGURATION PAGES” list with a coloured ground, are
available.
Parameters are changed in a similar way to the one described for the complete configuration.
NOTE
The external keyboard does not need to be used for this configuration.
If there is a power failure during configuration, only the parameters, which have already been
confirmed will be accepted. Configuration will be requested again.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
FLAG CONFIGURATION (only for authorsed technical personnel)
1. Modify the CPU printed board dip switch setting (SW1) as follows:
move DIP8 to the position opposite that on the CPU printed board.
2. Connect the external keyboard to the specific connector on the connection panel on the back of
the machine.
WARNING
Remember to put the cap for this connector back in place when done using the keyboard.

5. Press and wait for the message “START MS DOS” to appear and then press the “CAPS
LOCK” key on the keyboard.
6. Wait for the three white asterisks to appear (***), at the lower right of the screen.
7. Enter the password by pressing the keys below in this sequence:
"F" - "L" - "A" - "G" ""
If this order is not observed, it is impossible to gain access to the configuration menu.
8. Wait a few seconds and start the configuration changing process.
In this environment only the FLAG page described in the “CONFIGURATION PAGES” list is
available.
NOTE
The flags in the flag configuration menu can only be reset.
If the dwelling flag is present, when the disinfection flag is reset the dwelling flag also needs to
be reset. Otherwise, the machine will signal an error when it is turned on and the configuration
will need to be repeated.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.5 CONFIGURATION PAGES (software 5.8 -6.0)
(software rev. 5.8)

NOTE
The pages described below refer to the software revision 5.8-6A. Some parameters may not
be included into previous 5.8 software revisions.
(Setting the language)
Value
Description programmed in Default Range
production
Language Italian English English
Italiano
..…
(Flags)
Value
production
Resistance overheating alarm OFF OFF ON , OFF
Buffer error adj. reset OFF OFF ON , OFF
Autocalibration buffer reset OFF OFF ON , OFF
Configuration data integrity OFF OFF ON , OFF
Disinfection OFF OFF ON , OFF
Power Pack error 0 OFF OFF ON , OFF
Dwelling is running OFF OFF ON , OFF
Disinfection running after lev. 1 error 1 OFF OFF ON , OFF
ENG - Ed.07/16 chap.2.5-Configuration pages ( software 5.8 -6.0) - Page 1 of 34

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
(Hardware configuration parameters)
Value
production
Type: IBF *** 0
SN: *** 00
CPU (5)* ON ON ON , OFF
Second Pump (2)* OFF OFF ON , OFF
HDF kit (3)* OFF OFF ON , OFF
PHF/HFR kit (6)* OFF OFF ON , OFF
Battery (4)* OFF OFF ON , OFF
Second clamp OFF OFF ON , OFF
Serial communication OFF OFF ON , OFF
HLD OFF OFF ON , OFF
Profiles OFF OFF OFF , STD , SPE
User Disinfection OFF OFF ON , OFF
Disinf. security level OFF OFF ON, OFF
Tmax no disinf. (r) 0 0 12÷ 72
Pump volume: P. Cond. (l) *** 100 0 ÷ 255
Pump volume: T. Cond (l) *** 100 0 ÷ 255
Temperature offset (°C) *** 0.0 -2 ÷ +2
Conductivity offset (mS/cm) *** 0.0 -0.5 ÷ +0.5
UF null value (rev/min) *** 0.5 -5 ÷ +5
Press. transd. kit level* 0 0 0÷4
Priming time BIC. cartridge type 0 0 0 ÷ 255
perfor (sec)
Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd.**** 0 0 0÷ 2
/3 Imax concentrate pumps 1 1 1÷3
Kit EV2 ON OFF ON, OFF
Notes:
*
see hardware configuration
**
Trans PHF/ Tests Instrument Alarm Auto Warning
d.kit HFR Qinf
level Kit Prefilte UF-Inf. Prefilter TMP Prefilter TMP TMP PAW
r H H MAX (Prefilter)
0 ON/OFF NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
1 OFF YES NO DN,HDF NO NO NO NO NO NO
1 ON YES YES DN,HDF HFR HFR HFR HFR HFR HFR
,
HFR,PH
F
2 OFF YES NO DN,HDF NO NO NO NO NO NO
2 ON YES YES DN,HDF HFR HFR,PH HFR HFR, HFR, HFR,
, F PHF PHF PHF
HFR,PH
Page 2 of 34 –chap.2.5- Configuration pages ( software 5.8 -6.0) ENG - Ed. 07/16
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
F
3 OFF YES NO DN,HDF NO DN NO NO DN DN
3 ON YES YES DN,HDF HFR DN,HFR HFR HFR, DN, DN,
, , PHF HFR, HFR,
HFR,PH PHF PHF PHF
F
4 OFF YES NO DN,HDF NO DN,HDF NO NO DN, DN, HDF
HDF
4 ON YES YES DN,HDF HFR DN,HDF HFR HFR, DN, DN,
, , PHF HDF, HDF,
HFR,PH HFR,PH HFR, HFR,
F F PHF PHF
****
Transd. Wide Range Additional Additional Prefilter Arterial
kit level Pfilt transd. board transd. board pressure line
Press. Trasd IB 3112701 IB 3112711 alarm thresholds
to use
Ppre= 15psi Ppre= 30psi PHFpre PHFpre
(FIT =OFF) (FIT =OFF)
0 Not settable - - - -
1 0 OK NO - -
1 1-2 NO OK - -
2-3-4 0 OK NO +20÷+770 mmHg IB0357540
IB0357540/F*
* line to be
used for
measurement
in Ppre
1200mmHg
2-3-4 1 NO OK +20÷+770 mmHg IB0357540
IB0357540/F*
* line to be
used for
measurement
in Ppre
1200mmHg
2-3-4 2 NO OK +20÷+1200mmHg IB0357540/F*
* line to be
used for
measurement
in Ppre
1200mmHg
Value
production
Bic. Mixing (3-5 mS/cm) (1)* 3 3 3, 5
Conc. error range: (BIC) (%) 20% 20% 5%÷50%

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Bidry error range (%) 35% 35% 5%÷50%

Conc. error range (T. Cond.) (%) 15% 15% 5%÷50%
1: Part. cond. dilution ratio 28.51 28.51 1.00 ÷ 50.00
(37.63–5mS) (37.63–5mS)
1: Bidry dilution ratio 28.51 28.51 1.00 ÷ 50.00
1: Total cond. dilution ratio 35.69 35.69 1.00 ÷ 50.00
(29.89–5mS) (29.89–5mS)
1: Acetate dil. ratio 35.71 35.71 1.00 ÷ 50.00
1 : Lympha dil. ratio 45.00 45.00 1.00 ÷ 60.00
Inlet water cond.: Enable OFF OFF ON, OFF
Max (mS/cm) 0 0 0 -1
Pump segment stroke: Art. (ml) 10 10 8 ÷ 12
Infusion (ml) 4 4 3 ÷ 12
Big chambers in SNdp /SNsp OFF OFF ON, OFF
FIT ON ON ON, OFF
Rins. in SNdp ON ON ON, OFF
Rins. with physiol. solut OFF OFF ON, OFF
PHF self priming OFF OFF ON, OFF
Rins. On-line PHFpre OFF OFF ON, OFF
UF Automatic Priming OFF OFF ON, OFF
PAW* ON ON ON, OFF ,
ON - OFF
Note:
* Acoustic warning enable associated with the appearance of the ARTERIAL PRESSURE alarm.
PAW = OFF acoustic warning disabled
PAW = ON acoustic warning enabled at 20-sec intervals
ON-OFF acoustic warning enabled at 2-min intervals
Value
production
Sphygmo OFF OFF ON, OFF
Pulsar OFF OFF ON, OFF
Natrium OFF OFF ON, OFF
Hemox OFF OFF ON, OFF
Lector (Safety level)* 0 0 0,1,2,3
Profiler** 0 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6
CPU delay OFF OFF ON, OFF
Heparin Kit OFF OFF ON, OFF
KT/V Level*** 0 0 1,2,3
K Natrium 1 1 0.96÷1
Screensaver OFF OFF OFF, KIT, NO
KIT
Screensaver State *** *** ON , OFF
Activation time (min) 3 **** 3 **** 1 ÷ 15
HFR cartridge: Selecta Selecta Selecta, Selecta
Plus, Both
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Debug***** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 0.1 ) per box

Enable Lympha ****** 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 ( 0.1 ) per box
Notes:
*
Lector: Warning: Warning: Alarm Alarm Treatments
(config.) Replace Missing Replace Missing disabled when
Forclean Forclean Forclean Forclean filter expired
0 active inactive inactive inactive none
1 active active Active if PHF Active if PHF PHF
treatment treatment
selection is selection is
configured configured
2 active active Active if PHF Active if PHF PHF + Forclean
treatment treatment expired warning
selection is selection is on selection of
configured configured other treatments
3 active active active active all

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
**
Profiler Treatment Key „Enable „Enable Instrum. Sodium
(config.) selected ”Profiler” Aequilibrium” key Isonatrica” key (removal Na or
end Na)
0 any inactive (not accessible) (not accessible) (not accessible)
1 any active inactive inactive removal Na
2 any active inactive inactive END [Na]
3 not HFR inactive (not accessible) (not accessible) (not accessible)
3 HFR active active inactive removal Na
4 not HFR inactive (not accessible) (not accessible) (not accessible)
4 HFR active active active END [Na]
5 not HFR active inactive inactive removal Na
6 not HFR active inactive inactive END [Na]
***
KT/V level KT/V application KT/V manual KT/V automatic Automatic measur.
(config.) measurement measurement settable interval
(min)
0 inactive inactive inactive
1 active activable activable 30
2 active activable activable 15/30
****
Only if Screensaver is KIT or NO KIT
*****
If enabled at 1, the six “Debug” boxes respectively correspond to:
• StepStep.log file
• Dplusxxx.log files
• Logxxxx.bs files
• Dialreg.log file
• R&D Test 1
• R&D Test 2
******
If enabled at 1, the four “Enable Lympha” boxes respectively correspond to:
• DN / SNsp /SNdp
• HDF
• PHF
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
• HFR

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
(Alarm warnings and default values)
Value
production
Treatments selectable by the user DN, SNsp DN, SNsp DN,
(Formula) (Formula) SNsp, SNdp,
HDF, PHF, HFR
DN, SNsp, SNdp
(Formula 2000)
Priming volume (lt) 2.0 2.0 17
Stop priming volume (lt) 0.0 0.0 04
Vol. priming HFR (lt) 4.0 4.0 (3.0 + vol. stop
priming)  7.0
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA PLUS
2.0 2.0 (1.3 + vol. stop
priming)  7.0
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA or HFR
cartridge = BOTH
Vol. stop priming HFR (lt) 1.0 1.0 1.0  (priming vol.
-3.0)
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA PLUS
0.7 0.7 0.7  (priming vol.
-1.3)
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA or HFR
cartridge = BOTH
Qb priming HFR (ml/ min) 200 200 0  200
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA PLUS
100 100 0  200
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA or HFR
cartridge = BOTH
Qinf LV (ml/min) 10 10 10  100
Patient’s connecting time (sec) 90 90 30  180
FF Max (%) 22 22 1  40
Additional pump stop during patient’s OFF OFF ON, OFF
connection
TMPH Max (mmHg) 200 200 0  400
Alarm range: PV (mmHg) 120 120 50 150
Alarm range: PA (mmHg) 150 150 50 250
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
PA alarm: max (mmHg) 200 200 100  300

PA alarm: min (mmHg) -300 -300 -100  -350
Heparin pump Normal 30cc 30cc 20, 30, 50cc
Heparin pump diameter 20 cc (mm) 20.0 20.0 18.0  30.0
Normal heparin pump speed (cc/ h) 0 0 0  10
Normal heparin pump pre-stop (min) 0 0 0  120
Automatic heparin bolus (cc) 0.0 0.0 0  25
Value
production
Measure press. Ultrafiltration neg UF neg UF neg UF / TMP
Min TMP/backfiltration alarm (mmHg) -60 -60 0  -300
Max. TMP alarm (mmHg) 200  400

Min.TMP alarm /backfiltration -100 -100 0  -300
HFLUX (mmHg)
Max. TMP alarm HFLUX (mmHg) 200  400
Neg. UF alarm min HFLUX (mmHg) -300 -300 -200  -400
Max. neg. UF alarm (mmHg) 200 200 200  400
Neg. UF alarm min HFLUX (mmHg) -300 -300 -200  -400
Neg. UF alarm max. HFLUX (mmHg) 200 200 200  400
Min. settable WLR (kg/h) 0.1 0.1 0.1  0.5
Max. settable WLR (kg/h) 2.5 2.5 0.5  4.0
Dialyser rinsing UF value (kg/h) 0.5 0.5 0.1  1.5
Acoustic min. UF warning deadened OFF OFF ON, OFF

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Value programmed in
Description Default Range
production
Dialysate type : DN/SN Bic+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+ STD A. Conc/
Acet/ Bic+Lympha/
Bid+Lympha
Dialysate type : HDF Bic+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A. Conc/
Acet/ Bic+Lympha/
Bid+Lympha
Dialysate type : PHF Bic+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A. Conc/
Acet/ Bic+Lympha/
Bid+Lympha
Dialysate type : HFR Bic+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A. Conc/
Acet/ Bic+Lympha/
Bid+Lympha
Treatment type DN DN DN/ SNsp / SNdp /
HDF/ PHF/ HFR
* PHF indicates
PHF PRE, PHF
POST
** HFR indicates
HFR with Selecta,
HFR with Selecta
Plus
Dialysate flow (ml/min) 500 500 300/500/800
Treatment time (h: min) 0 0 0 : 00  10 : 00
Total weight (kg) 0 0 0  10
Weight loss (kg/h) 0.1 0.1 0.1 ÷ 4
Systolic pressure max (mmHg) 300 300 0 ÷ 300

Systolic pressure min (mmHg) 0 0 0 ÷ 300
Diastolic pressure max 200 200 0 ÷ 200
(mmHg)
Diastolic pressure min 0 0 0 ÷ 200
(mmHg)
Min.Lim.Tot.Cond.(mS/cm) 12.1 12.1 12.1 13
Total conductivity (mS/cm) 14 14 12.1  15.7*
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
*The range depends

on
the parameter
Min.Lim.Tot.Cond.
previously defined
Bicarbonate conductivity 3.1 3.1 2.4  3.6
(mS/cm) 46
Dialysate temperature (°C) 37.5 37.5 35  39
UF time countdown OFF OFF ON , OFF
Value
production
Water inlet conductivity alarm (mS/cm) 0.2 0.2 0  1.0
Filter replacement warning time 200 200 0 / 200 / 400

Forclean (hr)
Filter replacement warning time 600 600 0 / 600
Multipure (hr)
Acoustic alarms in rinseback * ON ON ON, OFF,
ON - OFF
Acoustic alarms in priming * ON ON ON, OFF,
ON - OFF
Arterial and venous pump out of range 5 5 3  12
alarm (SNsp / SNdp) (rev.)
Normal value max. SWITCHING 250 250 200  400
PRESSURE (SNsp) (mmHg)
Normal value min. SWITCHING 30 30 10  200
Min. STROKE (SNsp/ SNdp) (cc) 10 10 10  20
Max STROKE 50 50 30  100
(SNsp/ SNdp) (cc)
STROKE normal value (SNsp/ SNdp) 10 10 10  50
(cc)
Note:
* Acoustic warning enable associated with the appearance of alarms in rinseback and priming:
OFF acoustic warning disabled
ON acoustic warning enabled at 20-sec intervals

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Value
production
Max. VEN. PRESSURE (SNdp) + 350 + 350 +100  +450
(mmHg)
Min. SWITCHING PRESSURE + 30 + 30 -100  +100
(SNdp) (mmHg)
Max. efficiency (SNdp) 1.2 1.2 1.1  2.0
Min. efficiency (SNdp) 0.7 0.7 0.0  0.9
Date (dd, mm, yyyy)
Time (hours, minutes, seconds)
(Disinfection settings)
Value
production
Disinfection icon available ON ON ON , OFF
in Rinsing
(User chemical full disinfection settings)
Value
production
Dilution Ratio 1: 30 6  30
Contact (min)
Rinsing (min) 33 23 / 33
Min. Cond. (mS/cm) 20.0 0.0  20.0
Max. Cond. (mS/cm) 0.0 0.0  20.0
(User chemical standard disinfection settings)
Value
production
Contact 7 7  11
Rinsing (min) 30 25  30
Min. Cond. (mS/cm) 20.0 0.0  20.0
Max. Cond. (mS/cm) 0.0 0.0  20.0
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
(User chemical heat disinfection settings)
Value
production
Contact 15 15  20
Rinsing (min)
Min. Cond. (mS/cm) 20.0 0.0  20.0
Max. Cond. (mS/cm) 0.0 0.0  20.0
(Chemical std. disinfection settings)
Value programmed in
production
Contact Rinsing Contact Rinsing Contact Rinsing
time Ct time Tr time Ct time Tr time Ct time Tr
HYPOCHLORITE 7 25 7 25 7 / 11 25 / 30
PERESAL 7 30 7 30 7 / 11 30 / 35
AMUCHINA 6 25 6 25 6 / 10 25 / 30
ACETIC ACID 6 25 6 25 6 / 10 25 / 30
TIUTOL 7 25 7 25 7 / 11 25 / 30
INSTRUNET 6 25 6 25 6 / 10 25 / 30
PURISTERIL 7 30 7 30 7 / 11 30 / 35
OXAGAL 6 25 6 25 6 / 10 25 / 30
RENAXID 7 25 7 25 7 / 11 25 / 30
HYPOCHLORITE,
PERESAL,
AMUCHINA, ACETIC
Default agent AMUCHINA AMUCHINA ACID, TIUTOL,
INSTRUNET,
PURISTERIL, OXAGAL,
RENAXID, USER

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
(Complete chemical full disinfection settings)
Value programmed in
production
Rinsing Dwelling Dt Rinsing Dwelling Rinsing time Dwelling Dt
time Tr time Rt Dt Rt
HYPOCHLORITE 23 23 23 / 33
PERESAL 23 23 23 / 33
AMUCHINA 23 23 23 / 33
DIALOX 23 12:00 23 12:00 23 / 33 0:00  80:00
TIUTOL 23 23 23 / 33
INSTRUNET 23 23 23 / 33
OXAGAL 23 12:00 23 12:00 23 / 33 0:00  80:00
RENAXID 23 23 23 / 33
HYPOCHLORITE,
PERESAL,
Default agent AMUCHINA AMUCHINA AMUCHINA,DIALOX,
TIUTOL, INSTRUNET,
OXAGAL, USER
(Chemical heat disinfection settings)
Value programmed in
production
Heating time Heating time Heating time
Heat 15 15 15 /20
Contact time Contact time Contact time
Chemical heat 15 15 15 /20
(Weekly disinfection settings)
Type of Start Duration Rinsing Shutdown

disinfection (h:min) (min) (g:h:min) (g:h:min)
Event
L
M
M
G
V
S
D
Note: the range of settings foresees programming of all types of disinfection and the relevant
disinfectants foreseen.
No default value is loaded, and this is also true for the machine's exit configuration.
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Explanations of the abbreviations used for setting weekly disinfection.
Type of disinfection Abbreviation

ABSENT Not available
Standard chemical disinfection with st. HYPOCHLORITE
HYPOCHLORITE
Chemical AMUCHINA st. AMUCHINA
Chemical PERESAL st. PERESAL
Chemical ACETIC st. ACETIC A.
Chemical TIUTOL st. TIUTOL
Chemical INSTRUNET st. INSTRUNET
Chemical PURISTERIL st. PURISTERIL
Chemical OXAGAL st. OXAGAL
Chemical RENAXID st. RENAXID
Chemical USER st. USER
Chemical-full disinfection with HYPOCHLORITE fu. HYPOCHLORITE
Chemical-full disinfection with AMUCHINA fu. AMUCHINA
Chemical-full disinfection with PERESAL fu. PERESAL
Chemical-full disinfection with DIALOX fu. DIALOX
Chemical-full disinfection with TIUTOL fu. TIUTOL
Chemical-full disinfection with INSTRUNET fu. INSTRUNET
Chemical-full disinfection with OXAGAL fu. OXAGAL
Chemical-full disinfection with RENAXID fu. RENAXID
Chemical-full disinfection with USER disinfectant fu. USER
Heat Heat
Chemical-heat disinfection with CITRIC ACID ch.he.CITRIC A.
Chemical-heat disinfection with USER disinfectant ch.he.USER
Centralized chemical disinfection ce.ch.
Centralized heat washing he. wsh.w.i.t.
Centralized heat disinfection he. dis. w.i.t.
POWER ON POWER ON
Centralized chemical special disinfection ch. w.i.t.sp.
Centralized heat washing special h. w.i.t.sp.
Centralized heat special disinfection h.d. w.i.t.sp.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
(Setting standard profiles)

Linear profile
Description Range
Starting weight loss rate 0.1  2.5 The weight loss (kg/h) and total conductivity
(kg/h) (mS/cm) vary over time on the basis of a LINEAR
Final weight loss rate 0.1  2.5 rule.
(kg/h)
Starting total conductivity 12.1  15.7 The weight loss at start of dialysis is a function of
(mS/cm) the total weight loss and dialysis time set; after
Final total conductivity (mS/cm) 12.1  15.7 this, the weight loss varies every 15 min. by:
(Initial weight lossconfigured -
Final weight lossconfigured) / 16
The total conductivity at start of dialysis is a

function of the total conductivity and dialysis time
set; after this, the total cond. varies every 15 min.
by:
(Initial total conductivityconfigured - Final total
conductivityconfigured) / 16
CAUTION: the initial and final hourly

weight loss and total conductivity values
do NOT coincide with the values for
these parameters at start and end of
dialysis; these set values only serve to
define the quality of the profile.

Stepped profile
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Description Range
Weight loss: First phase (%) 0  100 The dialysis time is divided into 4 phases of equal
Weight loss: Second phase (%) 0  100 duration: during each of these phases there will be
Weight loss: Third phase (%) 0  100 a weight loss corresponding to the percentage
configured for that phase.
Weight loss: Fourth phase (%) 0  100
In pratice, the total weight loss set for the dialysis
is obtained in four phases, during each of which a
percentage of the total weight loss equal to the
value configured for that phase is extracted.
CAUTION: The total treatment time is

split into 4 phases each lasting 15 min.
or multiples (the fourth phase may have
a different duration than the other
three).
Description Range
Total conductivity: First phase 0  100 The dialysis time is divided into 4 phases of equal
(%) duration: during each phase a total conductivity
Total conductivity: Second 0  100 corresponding to the percentage configured for
phase (%) that phase is set.
Total conductivity: Third phase 0  100
(%) CAUTION: The total treatment time is
Total conductivity: Fourth 0  100
phase (%) split into 4 phases each lasting 15 min.
or multiples (the fourth phase may have
a different duration than the other
three).

Square wave profile
Description Range
Weight loss rate: Second phase 0.1  2.5 Dialysis is carried out in a series of cycles.
(kg/h)
Cycle duration : first phase 0  600 Each cycle is made up of 2 phases:
(min)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Cycle duration : second phase 0  600 • the first phase is carried out with a weight loss
(min) that is a function of the total weight loss and
dialysis time set.
• the second phase is carried out with a weight
loss value equal to the set value
CAUTION: The phases in the last cycle

may have a different duration from the
settings, according to the times that
have been configured and the set times.
Description Range
Total conductivity: second 0.1  2.5 Dialysis is carried out in a series of cycles.
phase (kg/hr)
(min) • the first phase is carried out with a total
Cycle duration : second phase 0  600 conductivity value which depends on the mean
(min) total conductivity and the treatment time set.
• the second phase is carried out with a total
conductivity value equal to the value specified
in configuration.

The last page only contains the message "the machine can now be turned off". Use the main switch to
turn the machine on and off.
(software rev. 6.0)
NOTE
The pages described below refer to the software revision 6.0-8A and 6.0-9A. Some
parameters may not be included into previous 6.0 software revisions.
(Setting the language)
Value
production
Language Italian English English
Italiano
……
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
(Flags)
Value
production
Resistance overheating alarm OFF OFF ON, OFF
Buffer error adj. reset OFF OFF ON, OFF
Autocalibration buffer reset OFF OFF ON, OFF
Configuration data integrity OFF OFF ON, OFF
Maintenance OFF OFF ON, OFF
Power Pack error 0 OFF OFF ON, OFF
Dwelling is running OFF OFF ON, OFF
Maintenance running after lev. 1 error 1 OFF OFF ON, OFF
Value programmed
in production
Type: IBF *** 0
SN: *** 00
CPU (5)* ON ON ON, OFF
Second Pump (2)* ON OFF ON, OFF
HDF kit (6)* ON OFF ON, OFF
Battery (4)* OFF OFF ON, OFF
Second clamp OFF OFF ON, OFF
Serial communication ON OFF ON, OFF
HLD OFF OFF ON, OFF
Profiles OFF OFF OFF, STD , SPE
User Disinfection OFF OFF ON, OFF
Disinf. security level OFF OFF ON, OFF
Tmax no disinf. (hr) 0 0 12÷72
Pump volume: P. Cond. (l) *** 100 0 ÷ 255
Pump volume: T. Cond (l) *** 100 0 ÷ 255
Temperature offset (°C) *** 0.0 -2 ÷ +2
Conductivity offset (mS/cm) *** 0.0 -0.5 ÷ +0.5
UF null value (rev/min) *** 0.5 -5 ÷ +5
Press. transd. kit level ** 0 0 0÷3
Priming time BIC. cartridge type 0 0 0 ÷ 255
perforation (sec)
Wide Range Pfilt P. Trasd.**** 0 0 0÷2
/3 Imax concentrate pumps 1 1 1÷3
Kit EV2 ON OFF ON, OFF
Notes:
* see hardware configuration
**

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Trans Tests Instrument Alarm Auto Warning

d. kit Qinf
level Prefilte UF-Inf. Prefilter TMPH Prefilter TMPH TMP PAW
r MAX (Prefilte
r)
0 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
1 YES YES DN, HDF, HFR HFR HFR HFR HFR HFR
HFR,
PHF
2 YES YES DN, HDF, HFR HFR, HFR HFR, HFR, HFR,
HFR, PHF,HD PHF, PHF, PHF,
PHF F HDF HDF HDF
3 YES YES DN, HDF, HFR DN, HFR HFR, DN, HFR, DN,
HFR, HFR, PHF, PHF, HFR,
PHF PHF, HDF HDF PHF,
HDF HDF
NOTE
You can select the MID-HDF treatment only if the parameter Press. transd. kit level is set to
a value not less than 2.
****
Transd. Wide Range Additional Additional Prefilter Arterial
kit level Pfilt transd. board transd. board pressure line
Press. Trasd IB 3112701 IB 3112711 alarm thresholds to use
Ppre= 15psi Ppre= 30psi MID HDF
0 Not settable - - - -
1 0 OK NO - -
1 1-2 NO OK - -
2-3 0 OK NO +20÷+770 mmHg IB0357540
IB0357540/F*
* line to be
used for
measurement
in Ppre
1200mmHg
2-3 1 NO OK +20÷+770 mmHg IB0357540
IB0357540/F*
* line to be
used for
measurement
in Ppre
1200mmHg
2-3 2 NO OK +20÷+1200mmHg IB0357540/F*
* line to be
used for
measurement
in Ppre
1200mmHg
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Value programmed
in production
Bic. Mixing (3-5 mS/cm) (1)* 3 3 3, 5
Conc. error range: (BIC) (%) 20% 20% 5% ÷ 50%
Bidry error range (%) 35% 35% 5% ÷ 50%
Conc. error range (T. Cond.) (%) 15% 15% 5% ÷ 50%
1: Part. cond. dil. ratio 28.51 28.51 1.00 ÷ 50.00
(37.63–5mS) (37.63–5mS)
1: Bidry dilui. ratio 28.51 28.51 1.00 ÷ 50.00
1: Total cond. dil. ratio 35.69 35.69 1.00 ÷ 50.00
(29.89–5mS) (29.89–5mS)
1: Acetate dil. ratio 35.71 35.71 1.00 ÷ 50.00
1 : Lympha dil. ratio 45.00 45.00 1.00 ÷ 60.00
Big chambers in SNdp /SNsp OFF OFF ON, OFF
Inlet water cond.: Enable OFF OFF ON, OFF
Max (mS/cm) 0 0 0 -1
Pump segment stroke: Art. (ml) 10 10 8 ÷ 12
Infusion (ml) 4 4 3 ÷ 12
Rins. in SNdp ON ON ON, OFF
Rins. with physiol. solut OFF OFF ON, OFF
Priming OnLine PHF OFF OFF ON, OFF
Disc. OnLine PHF OFF OFF ON, OFF
Priming OnLine MID OFF OFF ON, OFF
Disc. OnLine MID OFF OFF ON, OFF
Priming OnLine HDF OFF OFF ON, OFF
Disc. OnLine HDF OFF OFF ON, OFF
UF Automatic Priming OFF OFF ON, OFF
PAW * ON ON ON, OFF,
ON - OFF
HFR** OFF OFF ON - OFF
Note:
* Acoustic warning enable associated with the PRESS. ART./PREFILTER warning.
PAW = OFF acoustic warning disabled
PAW = ON acoustic warning enabled at 20-sec intervals
** Formula 2000 HDF
Value programmed
in production
Sphygmo ON OFF ON, OFF
Pulsar OFF OFF ON, OFF

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Natrium ON OFF
ON, OFF
Hemox OFF OFF
ON, OFF
Lector (Safety level) * 0 00,1,2,3
Profiler ** 0 0
0,1,2,3,4,5,6
CPU delay OFF OFF
ON, OFF
Heparin Kit ON OFF
ON, OFF
KT/V level*** 0 0 0,1,2
K Natrium 1 1 0.96÷1
Screensaver OFF OFF OFF, KIT, NO
KIT
Screensaver State **** **** ON, OFF
Activation time (min) 3 **** 3 **** 1 ÷ 15
HFR cartridge: Selecta Selecta Selecta, Selecta
Plus, Both
Debug***** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( 0.1 ) per box
Enable Lympha ****** 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 ( 0.1 ) per box
Notes:
*
Lector: Warning: Warning: Alarm Alarm Treatments
(config.) Replace Missing Replace Missing disabled when
Forclean Forclean Forclean Forclean filter expired
0 active inactive inactive inactive none

1 active active Active if PHF, Active if PHF, PHF, HDF
HDF treatment HDF treatment
selection is selection is
configured configured
2 active active Active if PHF, Active if PHF, PHF, HDF +
HDF treatment HDF treatment Forclean expired
selection is selection is warning on
configured configured selection of other
treatments
3 active active active active all
**
Profiler Treatment Key „Enable „Enable Instrum.
(config.) selected ”Profiler” Aequilibrium” Isonatrica” key Sodium
key (removal Na or
end Na)
0 any inactive (not (not accessible) (not accessible)
accessible)
1 any active inactive inactive removal Na
2 any active inactive inactive END [Na]
3 not HFR inactive (not (not accessible) (not accessible)
accessible)
4 not HFR inactive (not (not accessible) (not accessible)
accessible)
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
5 not HFR active inactive inactive removal Na

6 not HFR active inactive inactive END [Na]
***
KT/V level KT/V application KT/V manual KT/V automatic Automatic
(config.) measurement measurement measurement
interval settable
(min)
0 inactive inactive inactive
1 active activatable activatable 30
2 active activatable activatable 15/30
****
Only if Screensaver is KIT or NO KIT
*****
If enabled at 1, the six “Debug” boxes respectively correspond to:
• StepStep.log file
• Dplusxxx.log files
• Logxxxx.bs files
• Dialreg.log file
• R&D Test 1
• R&D Test 2
******
If enabled at 1, the four “Enable Lympha” boxes respectively correspond to:
• DN/ SNsp/ SNdp
• HDF
• PHF
• HFR

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Value
production
Treatments selectable by the user DN-SNsp-SNdp DN-SNsp-SNdp DN-SNsp-SNdp
HDF_OnLine
PHF , HFR
Priming volume (lt) 2.0 2.0 17
Stop priming volume (lt) 0.0 0.0 04
Vol. priming PHF (lt) 2.0 2.0 17
Vol. stop priming PHF (lt) 0.0 0.0 04
Vol. priming HDF (lt) 2.0 2.0 17
Vol. stop priming HDF (lt) 0.0 0.0 04
Vol. priming MID (lt) 2.0 2.0 17
Vol. stop priming MID (lt) 0.0 0.0 04
Vol. priming HFR (lt) 4.0 4.0 (3.0 + vol. stop
priming )  7.0
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA PLUS
2.0 2.0 (1.3 + vol. stop
priming)  7.0
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA or HFR
cartridge = BOTH
Vol. stop priming HFR (lt) 1.0 1.0 1.0  (priming vol. -
3.0)
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA PLUS
0.7 0.7 0.7  (priming vol. -
1.3)
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA or HFR
cartridge = BOTH
Qb priming HFR (ml/ min) 200 200 0  200
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA PLUS
100 100 0  200
If HFR cartridge =
SELECTA or HFR
cartridge = BOTH
Qinf LV (ml/min) 10 10 10  100
Patient’s connecting time (sec) 90 90 30  180
FF Max (%) 22 22 1  40
Additional pump stop during patient’s OFF OFF ON, OFF
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
connection
TMPH Max (mmHg) 200 200 0  400
Heparin pump Normal 30cc 30cc 20, 30, 50cc
Normal heparin pump speed (cc/ h) 0 0 0  10
Automatic heparin bolus (cc) 0.0 0.0 0  25
Normal heparin pump pre-stop (min) 0 0 0  120
Value programmed in
production
Alarm range: PV (mmHg) 120 120 50  150
Alarm range: PA (mmHg) 150 150 50  250
PA alarm: max (mmHg) 200 200 100  300
PA alarm: min (mmHg) -300 -300 -100  -350
Measure press. Ultrafiltration neg UF neg UF neg UF / TMP
Min TMP/backfiltration alarm (mmHg) -60 -60 0  -300
Max. TMP alarm (mmHg) 200 (only for TMP) 200 (only for 200  400
TMP)
Min.TMP alarm /backfiltration -100 -100 0  -300
HFLUX (mmHg)
Max. TMP alarm HFLUX (mmHg) 300 (only for TMP) 300 (only for 200  400
TMP)
Neg. UF alarm min HFLUX (mmHg) -300 (only for neg UF) -300 (only for -200  -400
neg UF)
Max. neg. UF alarm (mmHg) 200 (only for neg UF) 200 (only for 200  400
neg UF)
Neg. UF alarm min HFLUX (mmHg) -300 (only for neg UF) -300 (only for -200  -400
neg UF)
Neg. UF alarm max. HFLUX (mmHg) 200 (only for neg UF) 200 (only for 200  400
neg UF)
Min. settable WLR (kg/h) 0.1 0.1 0.1  0.5
Max. settable WLR (kg/h) 2.5 2.5 0.5  4.0
Dialyser rinsing UF value (kg/h) 0.5 0.5 0.1  1.5
Acoustic min. UF warning deadened OFF OFF ON, OFF

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Value
production
Dialysate type : DN/SN Bid+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A.
Conc/
Acet/
Bic+Lympha/
Bid + Lympha
Dialysate type : HDF Bid+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A.
Conc/
Acet/
Bic+Lympha/
Bid + Lympha
Dialysate type : PHF Bid+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A.
Conc/Acet/
Bic+Lympha/
Bid+Lympha
Dialysate type : HFR Bid+STD A. Conc Bic+STD A. Conc Bic + STD A.
Conc/
Bid+STD A.
Conc/
Acet/
Bic+Lympha/
Bid+Lympha
Treatment type DN DN DN/SNsp/SNdp/
HDF*/ PHF**/
HFR***
* HDF indicates
HDF PRE, HDF
POST, MID-HDF.
* PHF indicates
PHF PRE, PHF
POST.
* HFR indicates
HFR with Selecta,
HFR with Selecta
Plus
Dialysate flow (ml/min) 500 500 300/500/800
Treatment time (h: min) 0 0 0 :00  10 :00
Total weight (kg) 0 0 0  10
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Weight loss (kg/h) 0.1 0.1 0.1 ÷ 4*

* The range is a
function of the
min. and max.
WLR parameters
defined on 2nd
page
Systolic pressure max. (mmHg) 260 260 20 ÷ 260
Systolic pressure min. (mmHg) 0 0 20 ÷ 260
Diastolic pressure max. (mmHg) 260 260 20 ÷ 260
Diastolic pressure min. (mmHg) 0 0 20 ÷ 260
Min.Lim.Tot.Cond.(mS/cm) 12.1 12.1 12.113
Total conductivity (mS/cm) 14 14 12.1  15.7*
*The range
depends on
the parameter
Min.Lim.Tot.Con
d. previously
defined
Bicarbonate conductivity (mS/cm) 3.1 3.1 2.4  3.6
46
Dialysate temperature (°C) 37.5 37.5 35  39
UF time countdown OFF OFF ON , OFF

Priming mode BAGS BAGS BAGS/ONLINE
Rinseback mode BAGS BAGS BAGS/ONLINE
Value
production
Water inlet conductivity alarm (mS/cm) 0.2 0.2 0  1.0
Forclean filter replacement warning 200 200 0 / 200 / 400

time (hr)
Multipure filter replacement warning 600 600 0 / 600
time (hr)
Acoustic alarms in rinseback * ON ON ON, OFF,
ON - OFF
Acoustic alarms in priming * ON ON ON, OFF,

ON - OFF
Arterial and venous pump out of range 5 5 3  10

alarm (SNsp / SNdp) (rev.)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Normal value max. SWITCHING 250 250 200  400

Normal value min. SWITCHING 30 30 10  200
Min. STROKE (SNsp/ SNdp) (cc) 10 10 10  20
Max STROKE 50 50 30  100
(SNsp/ SNdp) (cc)
STROKE normal value (SNsp/ SNdp) 10 10 10  50
(cc)
Note:
* Acoustic warning enable associated with the appearance of alarms in rinseback and priming:
OFF acoustic warning disabled
ON acoustic warning enabled at 20-sec intervals
Value
production
Max. VEN. PRESSURE (SNdp) + 350 + 350 +100  +450
(mmHg)
Min. SWITCHING PRESSURE + 30 + 30 -100  +100
(SNdp) (mmHg)
Max. efficiency (SNdp) 1.2 1.2 1.1  2.0
Min. efficiency (SNdp) 0.7 0.7 0.0  0.9
Date (dd, mm, yyyy)
Time (hours, minutes, seconds)
(Disinfection settings)
Value
production
Disinfection icon available ON ON ON, OFF
in Rinsing
On board agent ABSENT - ABSENT,
AMUCHINA,
OXAGAL,
ACETIC ACID,
CITRIC ACID,
HEAT CUSTOM,
CHEM. CUSTOM
On board tank volume (l) - - 1.0  10.0
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
(User chemical full disinfection settings)
Value
production
Rinsing (min) 53 23 / 53
Min. Cond. (mS/cm) 20.0 0.0  20.0
Max. Cond. (mS/cm) 0.0 0.0  20.0
(User chemical heat descaling settings)
Value
production
Rinsing (min) 33 23  33
Min. Cond. (mS/cm) 20.0 0.0  20.0
Max. Cond. (mS/cm) 0.0 0.0  20.0
(Cold descaling settings)
Value programmed
ACETIC ACID Default Range
in production
Rinsing time (min) 28 28 28 / 38
(Hot descaling settings)
Value programmed
CITRIC ACID Default Range
in production
Rinsing time (min) 23 23 23 / 33
(Complete chemical full disinfection settings)
Value set
in production
Rinsing Default Rinsing time Default Rinsing Default
time dwelling time (min) dwelling time time dwelling
(min) (h:min) (h:min) (min) time (h:

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
min)
AMUCHINA 23 23 23 / 33
OXAGAL 25 12:00 25 12:00 25 / 35 0:00 
80:00
Default AMUCHINA,
AMUCHINA AMUCHINA
agent OXAGAL, USER
(Heat disinfection settings)
Value programmed in
production
Heating time (min) Heating time (min) Heating time (min)
Heat 15 15 15 /20
(Weekly disinfection settings)
Maintenance Start Duration Rinsing Shutdown

type (h:min) (min) (g:h:min) (g:h:min)
Event
L
M
M
G
V
S
D
Note: the setting ranges cover programming of all the types of disinfection and descaling and the
relevant agents. No default value is loaded, and this is also true for the machine's exit configuration.
Explanations of the abbreviations used for setting weekly disinfection.
Maintenance type Abbreviation

ABSENT Not available
Chemical-full disinfection with AMUCHINA fu. AMUCHINA
Chemical-full disinfection with OXAGAL fu. OXAGAL
Chemical-full disinfection with USER fu. USER
disinfectant
Heat HEAT
Cold descaling with ACETIC ACID DESCAL. ACE. A.
Hot descaling with CITRIC ACID Descal. he. CIT
USER hot descaling Descal. h. user
Centralized chemical disinfection chem. w.i.t.
Centralized heat washing he.wsh.w.i.t.
Centralized heat disinfection heat desc. w.i.t.
POWER ON POWER ON
Centralized chemical special disinfection ch. w.i.t. sp.
Centralized heat washing special h.w.w.i.t.sp.
Centralized heat special disinfection h.d.w.i.t.sp.
Technical Manual
TM
form ula

Linear profile
Description Range
Starting weight loss rate 0.1  2.5 The weight loss (kg/h) and total conductivity (mS/cm)
(kg/h) vary over time on the basis of a LINEAR rule.
Final weight loss rate 0.1  2.5
(kg/h) The weight loss at start of dialysis is a function of the
Starting total conductivity 12.1  15.7 total weight loss and dialysis time set; after this, the
(mS/cm) weight loss varies every 15 min. by:
Final total conductivity (mS/cm) 12.1  15.7 (Initial weight lossconfigured - Final weight lossconfigured)/
16
The total conductivity at start of dialysis is a function

of the total conductivity and dialysis time set; after
this, the total cond. varies every 15 min. by:
(Initial total conductivityconfigured - Final total
conductivityconfigured) / 16
CAUTION: the initial and final hourly weight

loss and total conductivity values do NOT
coincide with the values for these
parameters at start and end of dialysis;
these set values only serve to define the
quality of the profile.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Stepped profile
Description Range
Weight loss: First phase (%) 0  100 The dialysis time is divided into 4 phases of equal
Weight loss: Second phase (%) 0  100 duration: during each of these phases there will be a
Weight loss: Third phase (%) 0  100 weight loss corresponding to the percentage
configured for that phase.
Weight loss: Fourth phase (%) 0  100
In pratice, the total weight loss set for the dialysis is
obtained in four phases, during each of which a
percentage of the total weight loss equal to the value
configured for that phase is extracted.
CAUTION: The total treatment time is split

into 4 phases each lasting 15 min. or
multiples (the fourth phase may have a
different duration than the other three).
Description Range
Total conductivity: First phase 0  100 The dialysis time is divided into 4 phases of equal
(%) duration: during each phase a total conductivity
Total conductivity: Second 0  100 corresponding to the percentage configured for that
phase (%) phase is set.
Total conductivity: Third phase 0  100
(%) CAUTION: The total treatment time is split
Total conductivity: Fourth 0  100
phase (%) into 4 phases each lasting 15 min. (the
fourth phase may have a different duration
than the other three).
Technical Manual
TM
form ula

Square wave profile
Description Range
Weight loss rate: Second phase 0.1  2.5 Dialysis is carried out in a series of cycles.
(kg/h)
(min) • the first phase is carried out with a weight loss
Cycle duration : second phase 0  600 that is a function of the total weight loss and
(min) dialysis time set
• the second phase is carried out with a weight
loss value equal to the set value

Description Range
Total conductivity: second 0.1  2.5 Dialysis is carried out in a series of cycles.
phase (kg/hr)
(min) • the first phase is carried out with a total
Cycle duration : second phase 0  600 conductivity value which depends on the mean
(min) total conductivity and the treatment time set.
• the second phase is carried out with a total
conductivity value equal to the value specified
in configuration.

The last page only contains the message "the machine can now be turned off".
Use the main switch to turn the machine on and off.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.6 CHANGE PC OR LOSS OF PC BIOS CONFIGURATION
Each time the PC is replaced carry out a Bios configuration as indicated in the “BIOS CONFIGURATION”
paragraph.
If a password is not requested during the Bios configuration, create a Bios protection password as indicated
in the paragraph “CREATING THE BIOS PROTECTION PASSWORD” after having carried out the
operations indicated in the paragraph “BIOS CONFIGURATION”.
At the end exit and save Bios as indicated in the paragraph “EXIT AND STORE BIOS”.
BIOS CONFIGURATION
Connect the keyboard to the machine PC. Turn on the machine and at the same time press the “Canc” key.
Use the “PgUP” and “PgDown” keys to change the relative parameters.
Use the “Enter” key to confirm a selected menu and any data entered.
Use the “Esc” key to exit from a menu.
If BIOS requests a password, type “bl10” and confirm with the Enter key.
Select the menu “LOAD BIOS DEFAULTS”. Then select

“STANDARD CMOS SETUP”.
Check and if necessary set the following fields:
_Date (mm,dd,yy);
_Time (hh,mm,ss);
_Drive C (None);
PC 556 and 555 Panel boards _Drive A (None);
_LCD&CRT (LCD with Nec display; otherwise BOTH )
Select the menu “INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS”.

_ Onboard Parallel Port (3BC/IRQ7);

_ Onboard Parallel Mode (ECP)
ENG -Ed. 02/09 chap.2.6-Change PC BIOS Config. - 1 of 2

Technical Manual Bellco
fo rm u la
TM
Select the menu “BASIC CMOS CONFIGURATION”.

_Date (mm,dd,yy);
_Time (hh,mm,ss);
_Display Type (EGA/VGA/SVGA);
Select the menu “ADVANCED CMOS CONFIGURATION”.

_First Boot Device (USB Disk);

PC C642 Seco board _Second Boot Device (IDE0 MST);
_Third Boot Device (IDE0 SLV);
_Fourth Boot Device (IDE1 MST)
_Show graphic logo (ENABLED)
Select the menu “CHIPSET CONFIGURATION”.

_Internal LPT (ECP);

_Internal Flat Panel Type (800x600);
CREATING THE BIOS PROTECTION PASSWORD

This operation must be performed only on the PC 556 and 555 Panel boards.
PC 556 and 555 Panel boards Select the menu “USER PASSWORD”. The
prompt “Enter Password” appears: type “bl10”.
Press the “Y” key. Then the prompt “Confirm
Password” appears: again type “bl10” and confirm.
EXIT AND STORE BIOS
PC 556 and 555 Panel boards Select the menu “SAVE & EXIT SETUP”. The
prompt “Save to Cmos and Exit (Y/N)?“ appears:
Press the “Y” key and confirm.
PC C642 Seco board Select the menu “WRITE TO CMOS AND

EXIT” and confirm.
2 of 2 – chap.2.6-Change PC BIOS Config. ENG - Ed. 02/09

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.7 SOFTWARE REVISION UPDATE
This chapter describes the procedure used to update the formula® software revision, which is done without
replacing the programmable devices, by means of remote installation on the disk on chip of the files required
to operate the equipment and by on line programming of the CPU card flash memories.
This is made possible by use of the DOS:

• interlnk/intersvr applications, for procedure with CD, which allow a server PC (FORMULA PC) to
enable access of its disk drives by a client PC (EXTERNAL PC) via a serial or parallel port and
laplink cable.
• autoexec.bat, config.sys e find.exe, for a procedure with usb mass storage, with standard A F usb
cable which allow to recognize the CD (PC FORMULA) where the old SW revision is installed by
the usb mass storage with the new SW revision pre-installed.
PROCEDURE WITH INSTALLATION CD
MATERIAL REQUIRED
• PC – CPU connection cable cod. 3845800
• PC LINK card cod.3112800
• External PC
• External keyboard
• installation CD
• neutral label for flash memory software revision cod.1998530
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
1. Open the right access door on formula®.
2. Disconnect the parallel cable from the CPU card connector J9 and attach it to the PC LINK card
connector J1 (FORMULA).
3. Insert the PC PORT/ CPU CARD connection cable on the PC LINK card connector J2 (INTERLINK).
4. Connect the PC PORT/ CPU CARD socket connector to the external PC parallel connector.
5. Connect the external keyboard to the connector provided at the back of formula®.
Updating of the software revision can be divided into two distinct and separate operations:
• installation on the disk on chip of the files required to operate formula®
• on-line programming of the flash memories.
ENG-Ed. 07/16 chap.2.7-Software Revision Update - 1 of 26

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
TRANSFERRING FILES TO THE DISK ON CHIP
Turn formula® on.
The following menu will be displayed.
MS-DOS 6.22 Start-up Menu
1: Dialysis Sw
2: Dialysis Sw 800x600
4: Service Only
Enter the option: 4
Press  on the formula® front keyboard (within a few seconds) until point 4 is highlighted.
Press enter on the formula® front keyboard.
1: Test Environment
2: Disk On Chip Download
3: Debug test version
4: Flash Programming Environment
5: Autocal Test Version
6: Defrag
Enter the option: 2
Press  on the formula® front keyboard until point 2 is highlighted.

At this point, two different screens will be displayed, according to the status of the file my_srvc.
ALTERNATIVE 1
Appearance of the DOS prompt C:\>

You must change the name of file my_srvc.srv to my_srvc.run by typing the following on the external
keyboard:
C:\ > ren my_srvc. srv my_srvc.run
Then press Enter. The DOS prompt will once again be shown:
C:\>
NOTE:
in the most recent DISK ON CHIP, renaming of files is facilitated by the presence of the specific command
(hidden batch file) ren_srv, which will automatically perform the command line
ren my_srvc.srv my_srvc.run
2 of 26– chap.2.7-Software revision update ENG-Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
thus avoiding possible typing errors.
From the external keyboard, type:

C:\ >ren_srv
If the command is present, the system will respond with the message:
C:\ >hello my_serv
and the rename operation is complete; if the command is not present, the following message will be
displayed:
C:\ > bad command or file name
You can try running the command in any case (the easiest option); if it is not present, use the command ren
as described above.
It is good practice to check that the file my_srvc.run is present, by typing:

C:\ >dir *.run
If the file is not present, check the whole root directory using the command
C:\ >dir
If the file my_srvc.srv is present, repeat the rename operation; otherwise, look for a file with the extension
.run or .srv (or similar), which might have been created as the result of a typing error, and change its name
to my_srvc.run using the command ren.
Turn formula® off and then on again.
Once again, select

SERVICE ONLY
DISK ON CHIP DOWNLOAD
At this point, if the file my_srvc.run is present, the screen described in Alternative 2 will appear.
ALTERNATIVE 2
The file my_srvc is correct.
The following menu is displayed:
This Computer Other Computer

(Server) (Client)
A:
C: (32Mb)
LPT1:
Insert the installation CD in the external computer CD-rom drive, and turn the PC on.
When the menu enabling the connection to Formula appears, select the option “LPT port” which is the
default one:
Microsoft Windows 98 Start-up Menu
1: COM port
2: LPT port
3: LPT/COM port

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Enter the option: 2
The following menu will then be displayed:
1: Software Installation
2: Chinese Software Installation
3: Log Files Download
4: Command Prompt
Enter the option: 4
Each of the first three options starts an automatic procedure. The fourth one allows entering the MS-DOC
command prompt and starting a manual procedure, thus giving the user a wide choice.
Here below the four possibilities are widely described. If the wrong option has been selected, at the end of
the procedure press CTR ALT DEL simultaneously on the external PC and reset it, but leave the CD in the
driver. Repeat start-up of the PC and perform a new selection.
Option 1: Software Installation
This mode allows an automatic installation procedure of the Formula software. If selected, after loading the
drivers for correct use of the cd-rom, a message is displayed asking you to set the language for the keyboard
used
Set Keyboard [D,E,F,I,N,U]?
At this point the discrimination is based on the presence or absence of the partition FAT32 (o FAT) on the
client PC. This information can be retrieved by starting the client PC in Windows operating mode, first
double-clicking on “Computer Resources”, then on the local disk/s with the right key of the mouse and
finally on the option “Property”.
A window appears with the indication of which system file is present on the examined disk. In the Windows
environment the possibilities will be the following: NTFS, FAT32, FAT.
The installation CD cannot use NTFS partitions but only FAT32 or FAT partitions. This brings limitations to
the implemented automatic procedures.
Case 1)  the PC does not have a partition FAT32 or FAT.

The following message will appear :
Set Client –Server Drive [C,D,E, …… ]X?
Choose the re-addressed drive on the server side (Formula).
Case 2)  the PC has a partition FAT32 or FAT.

In this case the re-addressed drive on the PC server is automatically found, the user does not need to digit it.
Let’s suppose that the drive found on Formula is E:
If the PC has a FAT32 or FAT partition, the following will appear:

C:\>del e:\lc\*.*
All the files in this directory will be eliminated!

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Continue? (Y/N)
Press Y and ENTER.
If the PC doe not have a FAT32 or FAT partition, the following will appear:
R:\>del e:\lc\*.*
Continue? (Y/N)
Press Y and ENTER.
On receiving the prompt
***********************
* Installing Revision *
**********************
the software installation procedure will start . This procedure will include:
1. unpacking of f_0xxxxx.zip in E:/lc/
2. unpacking of f_AyyyyA.zip in E:/lc/
where xxxxx represents the software revision to be installed (e.g. 58100 for Formula or 60390 for Formula
Therapy) and loaded on the installation cd-rom, while yyyy represents the revision of the auxiliary Formula
files (e.g. 5812 for Formula or 6039 for Formula Therapy).
If, during the unpacking operation, messages of the following type are displayed:
Warning! E:/lc/zzzzzzzz.log already exists. Overwrite (y/n/a/r)
in which zzzzzzzz represents the name of the data file (e.g. the profile file), type y if you wish to replace the
file in the Formula disk on chip with that in f_AUX_yy.zip ; if not, type n.
During the software installation, the following situations may occur:
1. INSTALLING A MORE RECENT SOFTWARE REVISION

In this case, if present, overwrite files acidcomp.log, bascomp.log, dialbkup.log, dialcopy.log, dialprof.log,
filter.log, profstd.log, profstdc.log.
Do not overwrite files profiler.log and profcopy.log
2. INSTALLING AN OLDER SOFTWARE REVISION

In this case, if present, do not overwrite files acidcomp.log, bascomp.log, dialbkup.log, dialcopy.log,
dialprof.log, filter.log, profstd.log, profstdc.log.
Overwrite only files profiler.log and profcopy.log. The passage to an older software version (i.e. from sw 5.6
to sw 5.5) does not allow saving the profiles.
NOTE: NEVER overwrite files voicopy.log and voldistr.log, if present.
Upon termination of the procedure, the command prompt will read R:\>
Option 2: Chinese Software Installation

This procedure is required for the Chinese language software installation.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
The following automatic operations are performed:

Addionally, the installation of the Chinese fonts takes place with the following procedure:
3. unpacking of SUN8G.zip, SUN10G.zip, SUN12G.zip, HEI14G.zip, in E:/lc/
Option 3: Log Files Download

This mode allows an automatic procedure to download the Formula *.log files.
For more details refer to chapter 2.8 “DOWNLOADING FORMULA *.LOG FILES”
Option 4: Command Prompt

The default option is the fourth one, which allows entering the command prompt and executing a manual
procedure. Once selected, the user is asked to enter the language of the keyboard:

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Upon language selection the following prompt will appear:
R:\>
which represents the PC CD-rom driver. From this point on, all disk drives with FAT32 or FAT partition
available in the PC will be accessible and it will be possible to perform any operation.
To access to the Formula disk drives, take careful note of the screen displayed on the PC monitor, in
particular the line:
Re-addressed drives: n (X: up to Y:)
The re-addressed drives correspond to the server computer drives listed in the column of the preceding table.
For example:
Re-addressed drives: 3 (D: up to F:)
which corresponds to the following situation:

D external computer = A Server computer (Formula)
E external computer = C Server computer (Formula)
F external computer = LPT1 Server computer (Formula)
The disk on which the software must be installed in case of a manual procedure is drive C on the Server
computer (Formula). This will correspond to the second re-addressed drive on the client computer. In the
example given, this will be drive E, however, if the client computer has other disk drives (partitions, CD-
ROM, network drive, …), it may correspond to a different drive.
EXTREME CARE IS NECESSARY DURING THIS PHASE, AS AN INCORRECT CHOICE OF
DRIVE MAY DELETE FILES ON THE CLIENT COMPUTER.
For safety, check that the correct selection has been made by changing drive: in the example given hereby we
need to check that the Server drive C corresponds to the client drive E; to do this, use the Client PC keyboard
and type
e:
then press enter.
The DOS prompt will read
E:\>
If the letter E appears alongside the letter C in the PC Server table, we are certain that the correct choice has
been selected; when any command is entered from the prompt E:\ on the client PC, a flashing asterisk should
appear alongside the letter C in the PC Server table, showing that the disk in question is being accessed.

(Server) (Client)
A:
*C: (32Mb) E:
LPT1:
Once you are certain that you have identified the right disk drive, repeat start-up of the client PC by pressing
CTR ALT DEL simultaneously on the external PC.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
ON LINE PROGRAMMING OF THE FLASH MEMORIES

Turn formula® off.
Reconnect the parallel cable from the formula® PC to the CPU card connector J9.
Turn formula® back on again. When the following menu appears:
1: Dialysis Sw
4: Service Only
Enter the option: 4

When the second menu appears
1: Test Environment
6: Defrag
Enter the option: 4

1: C & P programming
2: C programming
3: P programming
Enter the option: 1

Press enter on the formula® front keyboard only when both control and protection micros start flashing.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Non Therapy models:
CPU FLASH PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT
BOTH systems?
PRESS b for yes then …
PRESS c p b to choose CONTROL PROTECTION BOTH SYSTEM next file
PRESS w to start programming
Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
PRESS ‘b’ for yes or ‘q’ to exit then …
…PRESS ‘c’ (CONTROL), ‘p’ (PROTECTION), ‘b’ (BOTH_SYSTEM)
to choose next file then…
…PRESS ‘w’ to start programming
Type b (lower case) on the external keyboard to confirm programming of both flash memories (control and
protection).
The following screen will be displayed:
Non Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
PRESS c p b to choose CONTROL PROTECTION BOHT SYSTEM next file
FCxxxxxx.BIN : : FPxxxxxx.BIN
xxxxxx indicate the software revision to be installed (e.g.051200).

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
Check that the software revision indicated corresponds to the one you are about to install, and if not, press b,
c or p to select the binary file corresponding to the software revision required, then type w on the external
keyboard to start programming operations.
Under no circumstances must programming be interrupted by power failures or by turning formula® off, as
this might damage the flash memories or cause programming errors.
Should any errors occur during programming, these will be indicated on the formula® display by error codes
of the following type:
fc 1c00 segstart 0c00 seglenght 0400 Err 69 Addr c7f0
In this case, turn formula® off and then on again, and try the flash memory programming sequence again. If
the error persists, replace the flash memories with another pair, which must be programmed first.
When programming has been completed, the following screen will be displayed:
Non-Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
FC50112P.BIN : : FP50112.BIN
………………….END PROGRAMMING……………………

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
FC060390.BIN : : FP060390.BIN
Turn formula® off and then on again, and check that the program starts properly.
Fill in the label cod. 1998530 with the code F_xxxxxx (in which the software revision found in installation
disk #2 must be entered in place of xxxxxx) and affix it in the area below the INITIAL SETTINGS label
(panel located above the hematic card); do not replace or remove the labels on the integrated circuit boards.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
NOTE:
In case the updating of the software revision has to be done on machines with sw. 6.0-39, the procedure
“ON-LINE PROGRAMMING OF THE FLASH MEMORIES” will change as follows:
• Select the binary files named fc_rip.bin for control and fp_rip.bin for protection and perform the flash
memory programming sequence as before described (by pressing b or c or p).
• When programming with the above binary files has been completed, turn off the machine.
• Turn formula® on again and this time perform programming of the flash memories by selecting the
binary files of sw rev. Fc060570.bin for control and Fp060570.bin for protection.
• When programming has been completed, proceed with installation following the procedure already
described in this manual.
WARNING: sw 5.8-5.8 requires the CPU board in rev. 08 and 512 Kb flash memories (which are already
programmed with sw 5.8-5.8, if it is the case). Refer to the table below:
Formula with serial Formula with serial Formula with serial Formula with serial
number before number between number after S/N number after S/N
S/N 9x000108 S/N 9x000108 and 9x000109 (non Plus 9x000109 (Plus
S/N 9x000109 models) models)
CPU replacement YES NO NO NO

Flash memory
YES YES If necessary* If necessary*
repacement
* depending on the manufacturing date and country of destination
Summary table of the match between the software revision and type of flash memories:
REV. SW FORMULA FLASH MEMORY

UP TO REV. 5.8-25 128 Kb (type AM29F010)
FROM REV. 5.8-32 512 Kb (type AM29F040)
(Therapy)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
PROCEDURE WITH USB MASS STORAGE DEVICE
MATERIAL REQUIRED
• Usb mass storage - PC connection cable with double usb cabling A F cod. CV-728 ( Seco )
• Usb mass storage device – standard transcend with dimension > 512 MB
• External PC
• Neutral label for software revision flash memory cod. 1998530
1. Unscrew and disassemble the PC rack.
2. Connect the 8 pin connector of A F usb cable to usb CN6 connector on the PC board for the CS642 or to
CN5 on the new CS873 Q7.
3. Connect the usb mass storage device to one of two female connectors of A F usb cable.
4. Connect the external keyboard to appropriate connector on the back of formula®.
The revision software updating can be separated into two different operations:
• file installation on disk on chip for the formula® functioning
• on-line flash memory programming.
TRANSFERRING FILES TO THE DISK ON CHIP
5. Turn formula® on.

6. Access to Bios menu -> Advanced Cmos Configuration and enable the usb mass storage device
recognition in boot sequence as First boot device, as indicated in the following image.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
7. Save the modified Bios configuration exiting from page by using escape button and select the voice
( write to cmos and exit ) from principal Bios menu as shown :
Note : at the end of procedure of SW revision installation, repeat the point from 5 to 7 to resetting the IDE
channel in the boot sequence.
8. Wait the usb mass storage device recognition by Bios.
Trying to boot from usb disk …. ok
9. The following menu will then be displayed:
4: Command Prompt
Enter the option: 4
Each of the first three options starts an automatic procedure. The fourth one allows entering the MS-DOC
command prompt and starting a manual procedure, thus giving the user a wide choice.
Here below the four possibilities are widely described. If the wrong option has been selected, at the end of
the procedure press CTR ALT DEL simultaneously on the external PC and reset it, but leave the usb mass
storage driver connected by dedicated cable. Repeat start-up of the PC and perform a new selection.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Option 1: Software Installation
This mode allows an automatic installation procedure of the Formula software. If selected a message is
displayed, with the installing revision number, asking you to set the language for the keyboard used:
******************************************************************
************* INSTALLING REVISION NUMBER *************
***************************** 5.871 ****************************
******************************************************************
At this stage the disk drive of Formula PC on which install the SW revision is automatically detected, with
the message :
Found Formula Directory on Disk XX
Where XX is the indexed Formula PC disk drive.
Note: if the Formula disk drive is not detected, the following message appears:
No Formula directory found
****************** Installation failed *************
When the disk drive is automatically detected the DOS prompt C:\> appears.
The system tests the integrity of file (Revision.zip) in order to detect any accidents or briberies.
This phase lasts a couple of minutes on CS642 board and a few seconds on CS873 board.
Note: if the file Revision.zip is corrupt the following message appears:

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
CRC corrupt - installation failed !!!
In this case proceed to a new installation of SW Revision on usb mass storage device.
If the revision integrity control is successful the message appears:
C:\>del XX:\lc\*.*
Continue? (S/N)
Press S and ENTER.
Then:
C:\>del .\templog\*.*
Continue? (S/N)
Press S and ENTER.
On receiving the prompt

***********************
* Installing Revision *
**********************
the software installation procedure will start . This procedure will include:
where xxxxx represents the software revision to be installed (e.g. 58100 for Formula or 60390 for Formula
Therapy) and loaded on the installation cd-rom, while yyyy represents the revision of the auxiliary Formula
files (e.g. 5812 for Formula or 6039 for Formula Therapy).
If, during the unpacking operation, messages of the following type are displayed:
Warning! E:/lc/zzzzzzzz.log already exists. Overwrite (y/n/a/r)
in which zzzzzzzz represents the name of the data file (e.g. the profile file), type y if you wish to replace the
file in the Formula disk on chip with that in f_AUX_yy.zip ; if not, type n.
During the software installation, the following situations may occur:

1. INSTALLING A MORE RECENT SOFTWARE REVISION
In this case, if present, overwrite files acidcomp.log, bascomp.log, dialbkup.log, dialcopy.log, dialprof.log,
filter.log, profstd.log, profstdc.log.
Do not overwrite files profiler.log and profcopy.log

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2. INSTALLING AN OLDER SOFTWARE REVISION
In this case, if present, do not overwrite files acidcomp.log, bascomp.log, dialbkup.log, dialcopy.log,
dialprof.log, filter.log, profstd.log, profstdc.log.
Overwrite only files profiler.log and profcopy.log. The passage to an older software version (i.e. from sw 5.6
to sw 5.5) does not allow saving the profiles.
NOTE: NEVER overwrite files voicopy.log and voldistr.log, if present.
Upon termination of the procedure, the command prompt will read C:\>
If the installation is completed with a positive outcome the following message appears without error
message:
****************** End Installation *****************
Other error messages that can appear during the SW Revision installation are :
there is not some file essential for installation !!

restore the file :
install.exe
Or:

restore the file :
REN_SRV.BAT

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Or:

restore the file :
DOWNLOAD.exe
Or:

restore the file :
revision.zip
Or:

restore the file :
verCRC.exe
Or:

restore the file :
crcRev.exe

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Or:

restore the file :
find.exe
Or:

restore the file :
attrib.exe
Or:

restore the file :
creacart.exe
Or:

restore the file :
pkunzip.exe
Or:

restore the file :
choice.com

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Or:

restore the file :
key.com
Or:

restore the file :
MY_SRVC.RUN
Or:

restore the file :
keyboard
Note: the incidental or intentional elimination of even one of these files will determine the failure of the
installation procedure. The automatic procedure can be continued by reintegration the file associated to SW
Revision reintegration.
Option 2: Chinese Software Installation

This procedure is required for the Chinese language software installation.
The following automatic operations are performed:


Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Addionally, the installation of the Chinese fonts takes place with the following procedure:
6. unpacking of SUN8G.zip, SUN10G.zip, SUN12G.zip, HEI14G.zip, in E:/lc/
Option 3: Log Files Download

This mode allows an automatic procedure to download the Formula *.log files.
For more details refer to chapter 2.8 “DOWNLOADING FORMULA *.LOG FILES”.
These files will be directly downloaded on the usb mass storage device in a folder created with the automatic
procedure.
Option 4: Command Prompt

The default option is the fourth one, which allows entering the command prompt and executing a manual
procedure. Once selected, the user is asked to enter the language of the keyboard:
When the language is selected the window appears:
********** keyboard installation succeded ******
C:\>
C:\> represents the disk drive mapped by DOS for the usb mass storage device. Here, all the disck
drives in the PC of Formula are accessible and all the operations can be performed. Generally, the
PC drive of Formula is D:\> or E:\>.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
ON LINE PROGRAMMING OF THE FLASH MEMORIES

Turn formula® off.
Reconnect the parallel cable from the formula® PC to the CPU card connector J9.
Turn formula® back on again. When the following menu appears:
1: Dialysis Sw
4: Service Only
Enter the option: 4

When the second menu appears
1: Test Environment
6: Defrag
Enter the option: 4

1: C & P programming
2: C programming
3: P programming
Enter the option: 1

Press enter on the formula® front keyboard only when both control and protection micros start flashing.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Non Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
PRESS c p b to choose CONTROL PROTECTION BOTH SYSTEM next file
Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
Type b (lower case) on the external keyboard to confirm programming of both flash memories (control and
protection).
Non Therapy models:
BOTH systems?

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
xxxxxx indicate the software revision to be installed (e.g. 060390).
Check that the software revision indicated corresponds to the one you are about to install, and if not, press b,
c or p to select the binary file corresponding to the software revision required, then type w on the external
keyboard to start programming operations.
Under no circumstances must programming be interrupted by power failures or by turning formula® off, as
this might damage the flash memories or cause programming errors.
Should any errors occur during programming, these will be indicated on the formula® display by error codes
of the following type:
fc 1c00 segstart 0c00 seglenght 0400 Err 69 Addr c7f0
In this case, turn formula® off and then on again, and try the flash memory programming sequence again. If
the error persists, replace the flash memories with another pair, which must be programmed first.
When programming has been completed, the following screen will be displayed:
Non-Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
FC051200.BIN : : FP051200.BIN

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Therapy models:
BOTH systems?
FC060390.BIN : : FP060390.BIN
Turn formula® off and then on again, and check that the program starts properly.
Fill in the label cod. 1998530 with the code F_xxxxxx (in which the software revision found in installation
disk #2 must be entered in place of xxxxxx) and affix it in the area below the INITIAL SETTINGS label
(panel located above the hematic card); do not replace or remove the labels on the integrated circuit boards.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
NOTE:
In case the updating of the software revision has to be done on machines with sw. 6.0-39, the procedure
“ON-LINE PROGRAMMING OF THE FLASH MEMORIES” will change as follows:
• Select the binary files named fc_rip.bin for control and fp_rip.bin for protection and perform the flash
memory programming sequence as before described (by pressing b or c or p).
• When programming with the above binary files has been completed, turn off the machine.
• Turn formula® on again and this time perform programming of the flash memories by selecting the
binary files of sw rev. Fc060570.bin for control and Fp060570.bin for protection.
• When programming has been completed, proceed with installation following the procedure already
described in this manual.
WARNING: sw 5.8-5.8 requires the CPU board in rev. 08 and 512 Kb flash memories (which are already
programmed with sw 5.8-5.8, if it is the case). Refer to the table below:
Formula with serial Formula with serial Formula with serial Formula with serial
number before number between number after S/N number after S/N
S/N 9x000108 S/N 9x000108 and 9x000109 (non Plus 9x000109 (Plus
S/N 9x000109 models) models)
CPU replacement YES NO NO NO

Flash memory
YES YES If necessary* If necessary*
repacement
* depending on the manufacturing date and country of destination
Summary table of the match between the software revision and type of flash memories:
REV. SW FORMULA FLASH MEMORY

UP TO REV. 5.8-25 128 Kb (type AM29F010)
(Therapy)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.8 DOWNLOADING FORMULA *.LOG FILES
This chapter describes the procedure used to download the *.log files. This procedure allows to automatically
download the *.zip files eventually present.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE BY USING THE CD
MATERIAL REQUIRED
• PC – CPU connection cable cod. 3845800
• PC LINK card cod.3112800
• External PC
• Software installation CD
1. Open the right access door of formula®.
2. Disconnect the parallel cable from the CPU card connector J9 and attach it to the PC LINK card
connector J1 (FORMULA).
3. Insert the PC PORT/ CPU CARD connection cable on the PC LINK card connector J2 (INTERLINK).
4. Connect the PC PORT/ CPU CARD D-SUB connector to the external PC parallel connector.
5. Connect the external keyboard to the connector provided at the back of formula®.
TRANSFERRING FILES FROM THE DISK ON CHIP TO AN EXTERNAL PC

Turn formula® on.
The following menu will be displayed.
1: Formula
2: Formula set 800x600
4: Service Only
Enter the option: 4
Press  on the formula® front keyboard (within a few seconds) until point 4 is highlighted.
ENG - Ed. 07/16 chap.2.8-Downloading *.log Files - 1 of 10

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
1: Test Environment
3: Formula debug test version
5: Formula Autocal Test Version
Enter the option: 2

Appearance of the DOS prompt C:\>
Rename the file my_srvc.srv as my_srvc.run by typing the following on the external keyboard:
C:\ > ren my_srvc. srv my_srvc.run
Then press Enter. The DOS prompt will once again be shown:
C:\>
NOTE:
In the most recent DISK ON CHIP, renaming of files is facilitated by the presence of the specific command
(hidden batch file) ren_srv, which will automatically perform the command line
ren my_srvc.srv my_srvc.run
thus avoiding possible typing errors.
From the external keyboard, type:
C:\ >ren_srv
If the command is present, the system will respond with the message
C:\ >hello my_serv
and the rename operation is complete; if the command is not present, the following message will be
displayed
C:\ wrong command or file name
You can try running the command in any case (the easiest option); if it is not present, use the command ren
as described above.
Turn formula® off and then on again

Once again, select
SERVICE ONLY
At this point, if the file my_srvc.run is present, the following screen will appear:

(Server) (Client)
A:
C: (32Mb)
LPT1:
Before starting the download automatic procedure of the *.log files, take careful note of the serial number of
the machine which is being accessed to.
Then insert installation CD in the external computer CD drive, and turn the PC on.
2 of 10 – chap.2.8-Downloading *.log Files ENG - Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
When the menu which enables the connection to Formula appears, select the option “LPT port” which is the
default one:
1: COM port
2: LPT port
3: LPT/COM port
Enter the option: 2
Then the following menu will be displayed:
4: Command Prompt
Enter the option: 4
From the menu select option 3, that is to say “Log Files Download”.
If the wrong option has been selected, at the end of the procedure press CTR ALT DEL simultaneously on
the external PC and reset it, but leave the CD in the driver. Repeat start-up of the PC and perform a new
selection.
If option 3 has been selected, after loading the drivers which allow the correct use of the cd-rom, the user is
asked to enter the language of the keyboard by the following message:
At this point the discrimination is based on the presence or absence of the partition FAT32 (o FAT) on the
client PC. This information is displayed when the client PC start-up is done in the Window environment, first
by clicking twice on “computer resources”, then on the local disk (local disks) with the right key of the
mouse and finally on the option “Property”.
A window appears with the indication of which system file is present on the examined disk. In the Windows
environment the possibilities will be the following: NTFS, FAT32, FAT.
For its nature the installation CD cannot use NTFS partitions but only FAT32 or FAT partitions.
Case 1)  the pc does not have a partition FAT32 or FAT

The following message will appear after the language selection :
***************************************
*** Log files download not allowed ***
**************************************
The download automatic procedure is not allowed when the client PC does not have a disk drive which can
be used to save the log files. Nothing will happen and the command prompt will read R:\>.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Case 2)  the PC has a partition FAT32 or FAT

Upon language selection, the log files download procedure starts thanks to the fact that the re-addressed
drive on the PC server is automatically found, even without the intervention of the user.
Let’s suppose that the drive found on Formula is E:
When the following appears:

Set the 1st number of the SN [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]?
type the first digit of the serial number of the machine to which the user is accessing
When the following messages are displayed:
Set the 2nd number of the SN [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]?

Set the 3rd number of the SN [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]?
.
type the next digits of the machine serial number (from the second to the eighth). When the last digit has
been typed, the user will be requested to confirm the serial number:
Confirm SN: xxxxxxxx [S,N]?
Should any errors occur in the serial number, press N to repeat the operation and re-type the 8 digits. This
operation can be done any time it is necessary, simply press N instead of confirming.
If the serial number is correct, press S.
The following message will appear:

Log Files downloaded in
C:\DATIFORM\*\
This means that the Log files were downloaded in C:\DATIFORM\*\ of the client PC. The asterisk “*”
indicates a digit.
The download automatic procedure creates a sub-folder in C:\DATIFORM\, giving it a progressive number.
In this folder the file outdata.txt is saved, which contains the following information:
• Current Date - dd/mm/yyyy
• Current Time - hh.mm.ss
• Serial number
In this way every log files download from any machine will create a new folder in C:\DATIFORM\,
characterized by its own file with the information on the serial number, time and date of the event and the log
files.
If it does not exists, the C:\DATIFORM\ folder is created in the client PC; do not manually create further
folders in it, let the download procedure create them.
It is possible to manually delete the folders created by the procedure, however follow the instruction given
below:
In C: \ DATIFORM \ there are folders 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. If the no. 4 is deleted, when a new Log files download is
carried out, the new folder will be created with no. 4.
The folder no. 5 might thus appear as the latest. Actually the previously removed no. 4 has been now
recreated with a new outdata.txt file inside from which it is characterized, certainly more recent of that
included in the folder 5.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Therefore it is convenient not to delete folders which interrupt the progressive sequence. It is possible to
delete ALL folders in C:\DATIFORM\, or to delete a number of folders which do not interrupt the numerical
sequence.
Referring to the example afore mentioned, if the folder no.4 has to be deleted, then delete also no. 5. The
sequence 1,2,3 will thus remain unchanged and the next folder to be created will be no. 4.
Otherwise delete all the five folders, so as to restart with no. 1 at the following download.
PROCEDURE WITH USB MASS STORAGE DEVICE
MATERIAL REQUIRED
• Usb mass storage - PC connection cable with double usb cabling A F cod. CV-728 ( Seco )
• Usb mass storage device – standard transcend with dimension > 512 MB
• External PC
• Neutral label for software revision flash memory cod. 1998530
1. Unscrew and disassemble the PC rack.
2. Connect the 8 pin connector of A F usb cable to usb CN6 connector on the PC board for the CS642 or to
CN5 on the new CS873 Q7.
3. Connect the usb mass storage device to one of two female connectors of A F usb cable.
4. Connect the external keyboard to appropriate connector on the back of formula®.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
TRANSFERRING FILES FROM THE DISK ON CHIP TO USB MASS STORAGE

DEVICE
1. Turn formula® on.
2. Access to Bios menu -> Advanced Cmos Configuration and enable the usb mass storage device
recognition in boot sequence as First boot device, as indicated in the following image.
3. Save the modified Bios configuration exiting from page by using escape button and select the voice
( write to cmos and exit ) from principal Bios menu as shown :
Note : at the end of procedure of SW revision installation, repeat the point from 5 to 7 to resetting the IDE
channel in the boot sequence.
At first take note of the machine serial number.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
4. Wait the usb mass storage device recognition by Bios.
Trying to boot from usb disk …. ok
5. The following menu will then be displayed:
4: Command Prompt
Enter the option: 4
From the menu select option 3, that is to say “Log Files Download”.
If the wrong option has been selected, at the end of the procedure press CTR ALT DEL simultaneously on
the external PC and reset it, but leave the usb mass storage device connected. Repeat start-up of the PC and
perform a new selection.
If option 3 has been selected the user is asked to enter the language of the keyboard by the following
message:
When the language is selected the procedure of log file download from Formula starts.
The disk drive of PC Formula on which download the log file is automatically detected.
The following message appears:
Found Formula Directory on Disk XX
Note: if the Formula disk drive is not detected, the following message appears:
No Formula directory found
****************** Installation failed *************

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
When the disk drive is automatically detected the DOS prompt C:\> appears.
When the following appears:

Set the 1st number of the SN [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]?
type the first digit of the serial number of the machine to which the user is accessing
When the following messages are displayed:
Set the 2nd number of the SN [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]?

Set the 3rd number of the SN [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]?
.
type the next digits of the machine serial number (from the second to the eighth). When the last digit has
been typed, the user will be requested to confirm the serial number:
Confirm SN: xxxxxxxx [S,N]?
Should any errors occur in the serial number, press N to repeat the operation and re-type the 8 digits. This
operation can be done any time it is necessary, simply press N instead of confirming.
If the serial number is correct, press S.
The following message will appear:

Log Files downloaded in
C:\DATIFORM\*\
This means that the Log files were downloaded in C:\DATIFORM\*\ of the usb mass storage device. The
asterisk “*” indicates a digit.
The download automatic procedure creates a sub-folder in C:\DATIFORM\, giving it a progressive number.
In this folder the file outdata.txt is saved, which contains the following information:
• Current Date - dd/mm/yyyy
• Current Time - hh.mm.ss
• Serial number
In this way every log files download from any machine will create a new folder in C:\DATIFORM\,
characterized by its own file with the information on the serial number, time and date of the event and the log
files.
If it does not exist, the C:\DATIFORM\ folder is created in the usb mass storage device; do not manually
create further folders in it, let the download procedure create them.
It is possible to manually delete the folders created by the procedure, however follow the instruction given
below:
In C: \ DATIFORM \ there are folders 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. If the no. 4 is deleted, when a new Log files download is
carried out, the new folder will be created with no. 4.
The folder no. 5 might thus appear as the latest. Actually the previously removed no. 4 has been now
recreated with a new outdata.txt file inside from which it is characterized, certainly more recent of that
included in the folder 5.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Therefore, it is convenient not to delete folders which interrupt the progressive sequence. It is possible to
delete ALL folders in C:\DATIFORM\, or to delete a number of folders which do not interrupt the numerical
sequence.
Referring to the example afore mentioned, if the folder no.4 has to be deleted, then delete also no. 5. The
sequence 1,2,3 will thus remain unchanged and the next folder to be created will be no. 4.
Otherwise delete all the five folders, so as to restart with no. 1 at the following download.
Note: if strictly necessary, the folder DATIFORM on usb mass storage device can be deleted from your PC,
but the further SW installation with this device may be compromised by possible accidental elimination of
other files.
Other messages that can be appeared during the log files downloading are:

restore the file :
enter.exe
Or:

restore the file :
creacart.exe
Or:
There was an error running this program
Error number 53
The first two errors cause the downloading procedure failure, the last error can be ignored and it has not
effect on the procedure conclusion.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.9 DESCRIBING AND USING *.LOG FILES

This chapter describes the *.log files used by Formula. The procedure used to download these files is
described in the chapter “Downloading Formula *.log files”.
The table below summarizes the files and the main useful information for their management.
File name Description Use/registration Data storage

This file registers the
data of the T1 and T0
tests of the UF system Automatic registration
AUTOCAL.LOG and those relating to the which does not require
powder cartridge filling. to be enabled. The files
AUTOCAL.LOG,
ERR0_EV.LOG,
This file registers the Automatic registration ERR1_BM.LOG,
level 0 errors, the which does not require ERR1_DM.LOG are
HYDRAULIC and to be enabled. packed in the file
ERR0_EV.LOG
TECHNICAL ERR###.ZIP any time
XXX:XXX Alarms. their total dimension
exceeds 50 Kb.
This file registers the Automatic registration File packing is
level 1 errors, blood which does not require automatic and does not
ERR1_BM.LOG
section. to be enabled. require to be enabled.
This file registers the Automatic registration

ERR1_DM.LOG level 1 errors, dialysate which does not require
section. to be enabled.
The dataplus.log file is
created each time a new
treatment is performed.
Automatic registration In case the configuration
which does not require parameter “Debug”,
This file registers the to be enabled. relating to the
data recorded by the dplusxxx.log files, is set
Formula Plus sensors to 1, the dataplus.log
DATAPLUS.LOG
and other machine files are packed as
variables. DPLUS###.LOG file.
The DPLUS###.LOG
files are then zipped in
the DPLUS###.ZIP file
(1 *.log file for each
*.zip file).
ENG - Ed. 05/11 chap.2.9-Describing and using *. Log files - 1 of 12

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Files installed together

with the sw. rev. which
are automatically No file packing; the file
updated any time the DIALCOPY.LOG is a
Database with the setting
DIALPROF.LOG operator selects the backup copy of file
values of the profiled
DIALCOPY.LOG command “save profile DIALPROF.LOG.
dialysis.
data” in the profile
menu.
Registration occurs only File packing in

This file registers the
if the configuration DIALR###.LOG occurs
latest profiled dialysis,
parameter “Debug”, only if the configuration
DIALREG.LOG the set values and the
relating to the dialreg.log parameter “Debug”,
calculated profiles.
files, is set to 1. relating to the dialreg.log
files, is set to 1.
This file registers the Registration occurs only File packing in

calculated profiles and if the configuration SIMRE###.LOG occurs
the prevision of the parameter “Debug”, only if the configuration
SIMRES.LOG
variables of the latest relating to the dialreg.log parameter “Debug”,
profiled dialysis. files, is set to 1. relating to the dialreg.log
files, is set to 1.
Files installed together No file packing; the file

Database of the user with the sw. rev. which PROFCOPY.LOG is a
PROFILER.LOG profiles saved from the are automatically backup copy of file
PROFCOPY.LOG monitor. updated any time a new PROFILER.LOG.
user profile is saved.

This file registers the with the sw. rev. which No file packing; the file
parameters used for are automatically PROFSTDC.LOG is a
PROFSTD.LOG
standard profile setting. updated any time a new backup copy of file
PROFSTDC.LOG
standard profile is PROFSTD.LOG.
enabled.

Database of the with the sw. rev. which No file packing; the file
distribution volumes are automatically VOLCOPY.LOG is a
VOLDISTR.LOG
used for Kt/V updated any time a new backup copy of file
VOLCOPY.LOG
calculation. value of the distribution VOLDISTR.LOG.
volume is saved.
This file allows to save Automatic registration

SAVECONF.LOG the configuration data. which does not require No file packing.
to be enabled.
2 of 12 – chap.2.9-Describing and using *. Log files ENG - Ed. 05/11

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Database of the acid Read-only file which is No file packing.

concentrate solutions installed together with
ACIDCOMP.LOG
used with the profiler. the sw. rev.
Database of the basic Read-only file which is No file packing.

concentrate solutions installed together with
BASCOMP.LOG
used with the profiler. the sw. rev.
Read-only file which is No file packing.

Database of the filters
installed together with
FILTER.LOG used with the profiler.
the sw. rev.
The automatic
registration is active No file packing; the file
Database of the Forclean only if the configuration FCLCOPY.LOG is a
FORCLEAN.LOG
FCLCOPY.LOG
ultrafilter codes used in parameter “Forclean”, backup copy of file
the monitor. (safety level), is greater FORCLEAN.LOG.
than 0.
This file records the

history of disinfection,
with date and time of
beginning and end of
Automatic registration
disinfection, type of
DISINF.LOG which does not require No file packing.
sterilization and type of
to be enabled.
agent used, rinsing
cycle, dwelling time,
automatic shutdown and
disinfection results.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
DESCRIBING AND USING THE AUTOCALIBRATION AND ERROR

FILE
The file autocal.log has a twofold aim:
- to register the data of the differential flowmeter autocalibration carried out by the equipment during the
T1 or T0 tests of the UF system.
- to register the data relating to the powder cartridge filling.
Download and open the autocal.log file. A window similar to the one below will appear:
Data: 04/12/2006; Ora: 15:01:29; Val = 0.243542 gr/min Cod = 81

Data: 04/12/2006; Ora:: 15:01:29; Val = 0.243542 gr/min Cod = 82
Data :04/12/2006; Ora:: 16:43:25; Val = 0.574426 gr/min Cod = 35 DF = 100 OK = 57 OutP = 8
Data : 04/12/2006; Ora:: 17:13:29; Val = 6.182542 gr/min Cod = 15 DF = 100 OK = 55 OutP = 0 *
R
Data: 04/12/2006; Ora:: 17:15:15; Val = 0.471985 gr/min Cod = 35 DF = 100 OK = 57 OutP = 8
Riemp
Data: 04/12/2006; Ora:: 18:03:12; T = 50 Auto
The first two fields (Data, Ora) (Date, Time) indicate the date and time in which the event has taken place.
In case of autocalibration, the other fields have the following meaning:
Val: represents the hourly ultrafiltration mean value measured by the differential flowmeter during the
autocalibration.
Cod: if this is the last field displayed in the window, it refers to either a long autocalibration or to an
autocalibration performed during the T1 tests. In particular, if the second digit is different from zero, the
calibration is a long type; in this case the field Val represents the mean value over 20 minutes, while the
second digit of the Cod field (which may range from 1 to 4) indicates the filtering type applied to the value
read by the flowmeter. On the contrary, the first digit of the Cod field indicates the delivery flow at which
the autocalibration has been performed (3 = 300 ml/min, 5= 500 ml/min, 8 = 800 ml/min)
If the second digit of the Cod field is equal to zero, the record refers to a short autocalibration (1 min)
performed during the T1 tests; in this case the Cod field has the following values:
10 = test failed due to the UF mean value exceeding the ± 5 g/min threshold.
20 = test failed due to the expiring of the timeout on the ultrafiltration pressure control.
30 = test fulfilled
50 = test failed due to the frozen reading of the UF value on the flowmeter (no signal vitality).
The fields DF, OK and OutP are present only if the data capture refers to the T0 test of the UF system
during dialysis.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
In this case the second digit of the Cod field indicates the dialysis flow (which is equal to the test flow rate) :
3 = 300 ml/min, 5 = 500 ml/min, 8 = 800 ml/min; on the contrary, the first digit has to be interpreted as
follows:
1 = test failed because of the UF mean value exceeding the threshold of ± 5 g/min or a measurement number
within ± 10 g/min less than 48 (see field OK)
3 = test fulfilled
5 = test failed due to the frozen reading of the UF value on the flowmeter (no signal vitality).
The meaning of the additional fields is the following:
DF = delta flow, that is the flow value to add to that indicated by the first digit of the Cod field to obtain the
effective flow of the delivery pump during the test. It assumes a value different from zero in
hemodiafiltration treatments.
OK = indicates the number of the measurements within the ± 10 g/min threshold.
OutP = indicates the time expressed in seconds in which the ultrafiltration pressure remained out of the
calibration threshold of T1 test. This value does not influence the test fulfilment in T0 test.
When the registered data are followed by *, it means that the T0 test has failed; instead when data are
preceded by R in the previous line, it refers to the repetition of a failed test.
All data captures preceeded by Riemp refer to the filling of the powder bicarbonate cartridge.
The fields following Date and Time (Data, Ora) have the following meaning:
T = is the set filling time of the cartridge.

Auto = indicates an automatic filling; as an alternative it may appear Prep (starting preparation), Man
(manual filling) or Cambio (filling following the change of the cartridge).
The file autocal.log can also be viewed also during normal operation of formula®, by connecting an external
keyboard to the machine and typing q.
On the appearance of C:\lc type: C:\lc type autocal.log ¦ more
Browse through the various pages using the Enter key.
To exit, turn the system off.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
The level 0 error codes detected by the machine are saved in the file Err0_ev.log, in the following format :
# **** LEVEL 0 ERROR EVENTS ****
Rev:
00055070 00055070 00055070
Data:
02/03/2004;11:16:48;
CODE:
005 034 254 254 000 034 255
Time:
92
DMState:
0005 -007 -007 -007
BMState:
0005 -007 -007 -007
Ster:
00 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00
Stored:
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000
FiltW:
0000000000000000007D7D7D0000007D
FiltR:
7D7D7D7D7D7D7D7D7D5A7D007D0000
OVR:
0010000
SIC:
5A 5A A5 FF A5 A5 5A A5 FF
In particular the date and time of the event (in this example 02/03/2004 11:16:48) and the code triggering the
error (005 :034) are indicated.
The level 0 errors that have occurred can also be viewed during normal operation of formula® using the on
line help.
Press ‘?’ repeatedly until the function key (machine parameters) appears.
Press the function key (machine parameters).
You will be requested to enter an access code.
Press the function keys in this order 1 - 6 - 2 - 5 starting from the top (and excluding the ? key) to enter the
access code.
Press OK to confirm.
Press LEVEL 0 ERRORS.
Browse through the pages using the up and down arrow keys.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
The level 1 error codes detected by the machine for the blood section are saved in the file Err1_bm.log, in
the format illustrated in this example:
**** LEVEL 1 BM ERROR EVENTS ****
Date: 02/03/2004; Time: 08:19:30;

1C: 72 2C: 10 1P: 254; 0 2P: 9;
Time 18912 DMState 0001 0020 0033 0090 BMState 0001 0200 0230 –
007
|PrexArtPubbl| = 50.00 test: <= 0.00
Date: 02/03/2004; Time: 014:44:01;

1C: 73 2C: 15 1P: 254; 0 2P: 14;
Time 41 DMState 0001 0020 0034 0090 BMState 0001 0200 0230 -007
|PrexVenPubbl| = 35.00 test: <= 0.00
error (72 : 10) are indicated.
The level 1 error codes detected by the machine for the dialysate section are saved in the file Err1_dm.log, in
the format illustrated in this example:
**** LEVEL 1 DM ERROR EVENTS ****
Date:02/03/2004; Time:25:08;
1C: 81 2C: 3 1P: 254; 0 2P: 13;
Time 7484 DMState 0001 0020 0032 0090 BMState 0001 0201 -
007 -007
Date:02/03/2004; Time:42:03;
1C: 161 2C: 2 1P: 254; 0 2P: 30;
Time 12100 DMState 0001 0020 0032 0090 BMState 0001 0201 -
007 -007
error (81 : 03) are indicated.
NOTE: if necessary, transfer the files by copying them to disk, or else e-mail them to the Research and
Development Department of the manufacturer.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
DESCRIBING AND USING THE FILE DPLUS*.LOG

This paragraph describes the formula® sensor data collection files: dplus*.log and dataplus.log
To download the above files, follow the procedure for downloading *.log files described in this manual in
the chapter “Downloading Formula *.log files” .
Following this procedure the dplus*.zip files are also downloaded, which when unzipped produce the
dplus*.log files (1 *.log file for each *.zip).
The dplus*.log files contain the data recorded by the Formula Plus sensors and certain machine variables.
They are generated starting from the dataplus.log file (current registration file) each time a new treatment is
selected (with the keys select dialysis/priming); the registration start date and time are shown in the first two
rows of the file. To associate the data in a file with the dialysis performed on a patient it is necessary to keep
a dialysis diary for each machine.
The file dataplus.log appears as indicated below:
Date: 18/03/2010; Time: 10:41:01;
000 0.00 0.03 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 27.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 0.0 0.0 38.2 0 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.00
-1.00 2.00 5.0 370 0000 0000 0000 0000 -005
001 0.00 0.03 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 53.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 2.2 10.1 37.4 178 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 2.00 5.0 300 -002 0000 0001 0000 -004
002 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 37.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 3.1 14.0 36.4 250 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 5.75 5.0 300 -002 0000 0005 0000 -004
003 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 41.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 3.1 14.0 36.4 250 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.44 5.0 300 0000 0000 0006 0000 -005
004 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 46.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 3.1 14.0 36.1 250 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.50 5.0 300 0000 0000 0010 0000 -005
005 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 52.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 3.1 14.0 36.5 250 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.11 5.0 300 0000 0000 0010 0000 -005
006 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 20.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.10 3.1 14.0 36.7 250 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.09 5.0 300 -001 0000 0010 0000 -004
007 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.05 3.1 14.0 36.8 177 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.07 5.0 300 0005 0000 0010 0000 0018
008 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 14.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.02 3.1 14.0 36.7 200 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.05 5.0 300 0004 0000 0010 0003 0023
009 0.00 0.02 25.00 25.00 99.9 99.9 0.0 11.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -01 -01 0.02 3.1 14.0 36.6 204 0000 0.0 -1.0 -1.0 -
1.00 -1.00 3.05 5.0 300 0006 0000 0010 0003 0013
The meaning of the data of the individual registration from left to right is given below:
• T (min): time in minutes from the beginning of registration

• Blood conductivity in mS/cm
• Ultrafiltrate conductivity in mS/cm
• Blood temperature in °C
• Ultrafiltrate temperature in °C
• Hematocrit (%)
• Oxygen saturation (%)
• Percent volume drop
• Heart rate in beats a minute
• Systolic pressure in mmHg
• Diastolic pressure in mmHg
• Mean arterial pressure in mmHg
• Heart rate measured with the sphygmomanometer in beats a minute

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
• N.A.: reserved field

• Patent sodium concentration in mEq/L
• Minute of dialysis start
• Minute of dialysis end
• Hourly weight loss set in Kg/h
• Partial conductivity set in mS/cm
• Total conductivity set in mS/cm
• Dialysing solution temperature in °C
• Blood pump flow in ml/min
• Infusion pump flow in ml/min
• N.A.: reserved field
• Clearance (K) in ml/min
• Kt in l
• Expected Kt at the end of treatment in L
• Kt/V
• Expected Kt/V at the end of treatment
• Partial conductivity measured in mS/cm
• Duration of the filling cycles of the powder bicarbonate cartridge during treatment (in sec.)
• Delivery pump flow rate in ml/min
• Arterial pressure in mmHg
• Prefilter pressure in mmHg
• Venous pressure in mmHg
• Infusion pressure in mmHg
• UF pressure in mmHg
• UF / Infusion pressure in mmHg
• Current value BLD
• Normalized value BLD
NOTE: The data registered in some software revisions may be lower for each line; however the available
data maintain the meaning as described above.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
IMPORTING THE DPLUS*.LOG FILE TO THE TEMPLATES

Excel acquisition templates are available on the customer’s request, which can be used to import the data
contained in the dplus*.log file:
Template 5.7.xls :
This template can be used for dplus*.log files registered with SW revisions through 5.8-09S.
Template 5.8-1x.xls
This template can be used for dplus*.log files registered with SW revisions 5.8 later than 5.8-09S.
Template 6.0.xls
This template can be used for dplus*.log files registered with SW revisions starting from 6.0-39.
Before beginning to import the dplus*.log files, check in:

- Computer resources
- Control panel
- International settings
- that the decimal separator is the . (point) and that it is not the separator for thousands.
To import dplus*.log to the template selected from those described, operate as follows:
Open the file Template 5.7.xls/Template 5.8-1x.xls/Template 6.0.xls

From Excel open the file dplus*.log
From the Autocomposition import text window select the following options:
Step 1 of 3
• Defined
Press NEXT
Step 2 of 3
• Tabulation
• Space
Press NEXT
Step 3 of 3
Press END
Select the data contained in the dplus.log file (excluding the first two rows, which contain the data
registration start date and time). Holding Shift down, first select the data in the first row up to the last
column (containing data) and then select all the other rows until all the data has been selected.
Select Copy from the menu Modify.
Position on cell A2 of the Data sheet and select Paste from the Edit menu.
Save the file with the date on which the dialysis was performed (YYMMDD_m.xls in the case of morning
dialysis; YYMMDD_p.xls in the case of afternoon dialysis; YYMMDD_n.xls in the case of night dialysis)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
DESCRIBING AND USING THE PROFILER FILE

The files which register the Profiler data are the dialreg.log files (dialr###.log when saved) and the
simres.log files (simre###.log when saved).
The dialreg.log file contains the values set for the profiled dialysis and the profiles calculated from the
model; it appears as indicated below:
Date:
22/01/2010;09:14:58;
paz000
n PAZ01 INT.BREVE
t 001
s 0630 017 280 006 141 142
f 0005 HFR17
a 0000 STANDARD
b 0000 SB0
d 210 500 365 133 155
u 001 060 061
xf 241 241 100 100 500
xa 2107 0052 0077 0053 0385 0074 0000
xb 0840 0000
CT 152 154 155 155 155 155 154 153 152 150 147 144 140 135 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
UF 055 058 060 061 061 060 058 055 051 046 040 034 026 017 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
Rows 1-2: date and time in which the profiled dialysis was set
Rows 3-5: data of the patient
Row 6 (s): final weight in hg, weight loss rate in hg, blood flow rate in ml/min, urea concentration at dialysis
start in mg/cl, sodium concentration at dialysis start in mEq/L, sodium mass to be removed in mEq.
Row 7 (f): dialyser
Row 8 (a): acid concentrate
Row 9 (b): basic concentrate
Row 10 (d): treatment time in minutes, dialysis flow rate, dialysis fluid temperature in tenth of Celsius
degrees (°C), min. and max. conductivity of the total conductivity profile in tenth of mS/cm.
Row 11 (u): mathematical parameters of the hourly UF profile .
Row 12 (xf): dialyser parameters
Row13 (xa): acid concentrate parameters
Line 14 (xb): basic concentrate parameters
Row 15 (CT): total conductivity calculated profile
Row 16 (UF): hourly UF rate calculated profile
The file simres.log registers the trends of some variables foreseen by the model during treatment (one line
for each minute); it appears as indicated below:
Simulation at 0-minute
Date: 22/01/2010; Time: 09:14:58;
15.20 38.24 23.90 14.34 141.00 10.00 279.93 2000.88 152.55 254.26
15.20 38.23 23.90 14.33 141.11 09.84 279.96 2001.44 149.98 254.26
15.20 38.22 23.90 14.33 141.22 09.68 279.99 2001.97 147.58 254.12
15.20 38.21 23.89 14.32 141.32 09.54 280.01 2002.48 145.34 253.86
15.20 38.20 23.89 14.31 141.42 09.41 280.04 2002.96 143.24 253.50
15.20 38.19 23.89 14.31 141.51 09.28 280.07 2003.43 141.28 253.04
15.20 38.19 23.88 14.30 141.60 09.17 280.10 2003.86 139.44 252.48
15.20 38.18 23.88 14.30 141.68 09.06 280.12 2004.28 137.71 251.85
15.20 38.17 23.88 14.29 141.76 08.95 280.15 2004.68 136.08 251.15
15.20 38.16 23.87 14.29 141.84 08.85 280.18 2005.06 134.54 250.38

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
15.20 38.15 23.87 14.28 141.91 08.76 280.20 2005.42 133.08 249.56
15.20 38.14 23.86 14.28 141.98 08.67 280.23 2005.76 131.70 248.68
15.20 38.13 23.86 14.27 142.04 08.59 280.25 2006.09 130.38 247.76
15.20 38.12 23.85 14.27 142.11 08.51 280.28 2006.40 129.13 246.80
15.20 38.11 23.85 14.26 142.17 08.43 280.31 2006.70 127.94 245.80
15.40 38.10 23.84 14.26 142.23 08.36 280.33 2006.98 126.79 244.77
The first two rows indicate the information of the minute in which the simulation takes place (minute 0 =
dialysis start)
Each of the other rows indicate the values of the parameters indicated below from the beginning to the end of
the treatment (one row for each minute):
• Total conductivity in mS/cm

• Distribution volume in L
• Intracellular volume in L
• Extracellular volume in L
• Extracellular plasma sodium concentration in mEq/L
• Urea plasma concentration in mmol/L
• Plasma osmolarity in mmol/L
• Extracellular sodium mass in mEq
• Extracellular urea mass in mEq
• Intracellular urea mass in mEq
If the Aequilibrium application is enabled and recalculation takes place correctly, the provision of the model
is updated and the file simres.log registers an additional value similar to the following:
Simulation at 15-minute
Date: 22/01/2010; Time: 09:39:34;
15.20 38.24 23.90 14.34 136.20 10.00 275.46 1932.70 152.55 254.26
15.20 38.23 23.90 14.33 136.36 09.83 275.52 1934.33 149.98 254.26
15.20 38.22 23.89 14.33 136.52 09.68 275.57 1935.93 147.58 254.12
15.20 38.21 23.89 14.33 136.68 09.54 275.62 1937.49 145.34 253.86
15.20 38.20 23.88 14.32 136.82 09.40 275.68 1939.01 143.25 253.49
15.20 38.19 23.88 14.32 136.96 09.28 275.73 1940.50 141.30 253.02
15.20 38.19 23.87 14.31 137.10 09.16 275.78 1941.95 139.47 252.46
15.20 38.18 23.87 14.31 137.23 09.05 275.83 1943.37 137.75 251.82
15.20 38.17 23.86 14.31 137.36 08.94 275.88 1944.76 136.13 251.10
15.20 38.16 23.85 14.30 137.48 08.85 275.93 1946.11 134.60 250.33
The minute of simulation indicates the provision following the recalculation carried out at 15-min for the
Aequilibrium application.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.10 TRANSFERRING PROFILE FILES FROM ONE FORMULA
MACHINE TO ANOTHER
This chapter describes the procedure used to transfer profile files (user and standard) between Formula
machines.
First of all it is necessary to program the profiles on a Formula machine.

The profile files must then be downloaded from that machine and saved on a floppy disk or on the hard disk
of an external PC, before being transferred to a second Formula machine.
PROCEDURE WITH INSTALLATION CD

To download the above files, proceed as indicated below.
Follow the various steps in the procedure for downloading the *.log files described in this technical manual
in the chapter “Downloading the Formula *.log files”, in the section referring to the installation with CD-
ROMs, until reaching the prompt R:\>
As in this case the procedure is automatic, the profile files
profiler.log for user profiles
profcopy.log for user profiles
profstd.log for standard profiles
profstdc.log for standard profiles
dialprof.log for Profiler
dialcopy.log for Profiler
will be saved in C:\DATIFORM\*, where * indicates the number of the last folder automatically created.
ENG - Ed. 03/10 chap.2.10-Transferring profile files - 1 of 2

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
2 of 2 – chap.2.10-Transferring profile files ENG - Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
2.11 TEST SOFTWARE
GENERAL NOTES
The test software is intended for the repair of the machines on the field and it can be used also by
technicians less familiar with Formula functioning.
NOTE: with the introduction of test software version 5.24 it is no longer necessary to replace the flash
memories and the gal or change the position of jumpers.
NOTE: From test software version 5.30 (RdM 1388) it is possible to manage Formula machines which
have 512Kb flash memories installed. This software is functionally identical to rev. 5.25; the only
difference is that this revision allows the use of greater flash memories.
NOTE: The heading in the operating window of the test software 5.30 will remain “5.25” .
MATCHING BETWEEN SOFTWARE REVISION AND FLASH MEMORIES
FORMULA REV. SW TEST. SW REV FLASH MEMORY

UP TO REV. 5.8-25 5.25 128 Kb (type AM29F010)
FROM REV. 5.8-32 5.30 512 Kb (type AM29F040)
FROM REV. 6.0-39 (Therapy) 6.1 512 Kb (type AM29F040)
Turn the machine off. Main switch turned to 0.

Open the right side panel.
Disconnect the parallel cable, coming from the PC rack, from connector J9 on the CPU board.
Connect the cable to flat cod. 3845800 between the external PC parallel connector and the CPU board
connector J9, without inserting the PC LINK board between them.
ENG-Ed. 02/10 chap.2.11-Test software - 1 of 14

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE
In order to use the test software it is first necessary to program the flash memories.
Proceed as follows:
• Turn the external PC on.
• Wait until Windows is launched (if it is set to run automatically) or launch it manually.
• Turn Formula on at the main switch and press the Start button.
• As soon as the red and green lights on the CPU start to flash, run the test software on the external PC, by
double-clicking with the mouse on the relevant icon.
or
Then program the flash memories, by selecting:
File Testing Options Service Help

►
General
Flash programming
2 of 14 –chap.2.11-Test software ENG-Ed. 02/10

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Enable programming of the control and protection flash memories by clicking on Prog. Enable (X) for both
of them.
Press Start Prog.
The green Prog. State light will indicate that programming is in process, as will the succession of messages
displayed in the Messages window.
Wait for the message End Programming to appear.
If programming is not successful (no message in the Message window or red Prog. State light), check the
connections and repeat the software installation procedure.
Once the flash memories have been programmed, turn Formula off and then on again and run the test
software.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
DESCRIPTION OF THE MENUS

Menu Submenu Description
File
► Exit Used to exit the program
Menu Submenu Submenu Description

Service
► Analogica Pow. Supply calib./ref Used to adjust the mains voltages and the
board → references.
Delivery Carries out the test to verify the correct
delivery test flow.
Press. reducer/tank level Used to adjust the pressure reducer.
Ultrafiltration Carries out the test to verify proper
ultrafiltration.
Temperature Tests the temperature control circuits.
Check bypass Checks that the bypass and flowmeter (FS1)
are activated correctly.
Conductivity Checks that the ceramic pumps operate
correctly and that the conductivity probe test
signals cut in properly.
Dialysate Preparation Checks that the dialysis liquid is properly
prepared in various solutions and that the
probe DO (Kt/V dedicated probe) is
correctly adjusted.
BLD Checks that the blood leak detector is
working properly.
Dialysate pressure Checks that the dialysate and bidry pressure
transducer transducer is working properly.
Plugs, connectors Checks that the plug sensors are working
properly.

Service
► Ematica board Calibration, venous motor Checks proper operation of the venous
→ pump.
Calibratio, arterial motor Checks proper operation of the arterial
pump.
Heparin pump Checks proper operation of the heparin
pump.
Drip chamber level Checks proper operation of the blood level
adjustment pump.
Calibration ven/ Allows adjustment of the venous and arterial
arterial press. pressure transducers.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
HFR Evolution Checks proper connection of the additional
pressure transducers.
Clamp Checks proper operation of the clamp.
Scale 1st phase (*) Performs initial adjustment of the scale.
Bubble detector Used to adjust the bubble detector.
End infusion Used to adjust the end of infusion detector.
Level detector Used to adjust the level detector.
Blood detector Used to adjust the blood detector.
Scale 2nd phase (*) Performs more accurate adjustment of the
scale.
NOTE: (*) Menu not accessible on Therapy Test Software.

Service
► PHF → Ref. PHF board Used to adjust the reference voltages.
Infusion pressure transd. Used to adjust the infusion pressure
transducer.
BLD infusion Used to adjust the BLD infusion rate.
Venous / infusion motor Checks proper operation of the venous
motor.
Check tube sensor Checks operation of the tracer piston.
Menu only accessible on Therapy Test Software

Service
 DFM Flowswitch Checks that EV17 and flowmeter (FS2) are
 DFM board activated correctly.

Options
► General Used to
• Activate and read the automatic shutdown signals.
• Turn the light and the optical indicator LEDs on and activate the
buzzer.
• Command the electrical test signals (power supply tests).
• Read the value of dip switches on the control CPU board.
► Flash Used to memory flash programming

Programming

Help
► Info Software version
Language Used to select Italian or English as the language.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
DESCRIPTION OF THE PAGES AND SYMBOLS USED

The pages in the test software have the following structure
1 2 3 4 5 6
10
11
12
13
14
15 16 17 18 19 20

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
1 Indicates the state of actuators (driven by the software).
2 Provides information on the adjustments to be made (may not be present).
3 Indicates the group to which the current test refers.
4 Displays the tool to be used during the measurement phase.
5 Indicates the phase N° for the test in progress.
6 Only if the data registration mode has been selected, indicates the file in which the registrations
will be saved. (Not available for Post-Sales service)
7 Indicates the operations to be carried out by the operator to run the test (may not be present.).
8 Menu used to select additional windows.
9 Button used to enter event. notes taken during the testing phase.
(Not available for Post-Sales service)
10 Software user button, used to return to the initial menu (NO TEST).
11 Software user button, used to move on to the next step.
12 Indicates the result of the test in progress. Select the button only in case of positive test.
(Not available for Post-Sales Service).
13 Icon used to access the synoptics of the hydraulic circuit, where the following data are
(NOT displayed:
PRESENT
ON 1. temperatures actually measured in the tank and on the two control and fail-safe
THERAPY thermometers.
TEST SW) 2. pressure in the two pressure transducers.
3. delivery flow rate.
4. water inlet solenoid valve that opens and closes by itself (in the presence of flow).
14 Used to access the test data check list. (Not available for post-sales service)
15 Shows images that may be of use when running the tests (e.g.: blood, CPU, Analogica board,
parts of the Formula machine)
If foreseen, three arrows will be shown on the images to help the operator perform the tests.
The colors indicate the following:
- red - indicates the test point at which the (+) terminal of the instrument to be used must be
positioned,
- blue - indicates the test point at which the (-) terminal of the instrument to be used must be
positioned,
- yellow - indicates the trimmer to be used for adjustment (if foreseen) or a component being
tested.
16 Icon used to run the sphygmomanometer board control and adjustment software.
17 Icon used to access the dialysate module section; this can be used to:
1. Set and read the tank temperature, read the control and fail-safe thermometers.
2. Set and read the delivery flow.
3. Display the water rising and lowering times in the tank.
4. Read the Bidry transducer pressure.
5. Drive the piston pump stepper motors that allow partial and total step conductivity to be
prepared.
6. Read the conductivity values on the two conductivity probes, first step, second step, total.
7. Read the rotation speed for the partial and total conductivity motors.
8. Set and read the ultrafiltration value and display the value read by the Dial pressure

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
transducer.
9. Drive all the solenoid valves individually (except for EV9 and EV10 Bypass which are
driven together).
10. Check that the plugs present sensors are working properly.
11. Check the BLD value.
18 Icon used to access the Blood section; this can be used to:
1. Start and read the speed of the peristaltic arterial and venous blood pumps.
2. Read the arterial and venous pressure values using the relevant pressure transducers.
3. Read the weight on the scale using the relevant loading cell.
4. Start the clamp and check that it actually moves, by reading the relevant optical probe.
5. Start the heparin pump and display intervention of the start and end sensors.
19 Indicates the maximum and minimum allowed range for checking/adjustment and, if available,
displays the current value for the signal being tested.
In the underlying area it is possible to display bar tools with the signals of interest acquired by
the control and the fail-safe systems.
20 Provides information on the tests to be performed (may not be present).

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Use of the Software
A given test group can be accessed either by selecting it directly from the menu, or by scrolling through the
options using key (11) until the required group, shown in the bar (3), is reached.
Carry out the operations described in bar (7), connecting up any instruments (4).
Check what is required (20) with reference to the instrument (19) and make any adjustments indicated in the
bar (2).
Adjustments must be made in such a way that the value indicated, either directly in the central part of the
instrument (19) or on the external instrument connected, is within the minimum range (green) and the
maximum range (orange).
Proceed step by step, pressing the key (11) until the end of the control.
Press key (10) to return to the initial menu (NO TEST).
Press keys (17) or (18) to access a new screen that displays the status of all the actuators, dialysate and blood
section, and drive or adjust the various parameters individually if necessary.
The yellow arrow key on this screen can be used to return to the main screen.
Each item in the menu (8) corresponds to a screen displaying the sensor readings taken both by the control
system and by the fail-safe system, and the status of the various test signals.
In particular, the signals displayed are grouped as follows in the various windows:
Menu Description
BLDH
► Signals and tests of the BLDH and pressure sensor.
Solenoid valve
Dip switch
Connectors
Alarms, leds and keys
Clamps and by-pass
On/Off signals
Menu Description
Conduct.
► 1st step conductivity
2nd step conductivity
Total conductivity
Disinfecting agent conductivity
Menu Description
Pumps / Press.
► Arterial and venous pressure transducer tests and signals
Venous motor
Arterial motor

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Menu Description
Electrical signals
► Blood detector
Level gauge
End. Infusion
Foam detector
Electrical tests
26 Vbrk signals
Menu Description
Temperature
► Tank temperature, control and fail-safe dialysate temperature
Tank level
Delivery and Bidry pressure
Menu Description
UF – BLD - BIL
► Ultrafiltration and dialysate pressure
Heparin pump
BLD
Scale
Depending on the software configuration, it will be possible to drive the actuators individually.
NOTE: if the actuators are not working (e.g.: pump stopped, no signal displayed) enter the Elect. Sign.
menu and enable the signal Self Holding On.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
CHECKING OPERATION OF THE SPHYGMOMANOMETER BOARD

Open the side panels.
Remove the rear hood of the machine.
Disconnect the 9-pin D-SUB connector (COM2) from the rear panel of the PC rack.
Connect the serial cable to connector COM 1 or to the external PC USB port (in this case insert the adapter
cable) and to the 9-pin D-SUB connector removed from the PC rack as above.
NOTE: if control of the sphygomanometer only is required, it is not necessary to carry out
programming of the flash memories.
Run the test software as described above.
Function check
Open the menu BP and connect the cuff to the arm to simulate a reading.
Press START BP making sure that the pump starts working and the armband inflates. On completing
measurements, press Get BP Data. The measurement taken will be displayed in the messages section.
Calibration procedure
The following procedure can be used to check the precision with which the sphygmomanometer board is
read.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Equipment required:
- Calibrated manometer (e.g.: Mesa)
- T adapter
- 500 ml bottle
- Hand pump
- Connection tubes
Mesa manometer calibration

Turn the Mesa on.
Wait for the Self Tests to be completed.
Press the Pressure button.
Press the Calibrate button until the message CAL COMPLETE is displayed.
Connect the tube to the + Gage connector on the instrument.
Check
Remove the cuff from the tube leading out of the sphygmo board.
Connect the external manometer, the bottle and the pump to the tube from the sphygmo board, using the
adapter and the connection tubes.
Open the menu PNEUMATICS and close the Control Valve and Dump Valve.
Pump
X Control Valve
X Dump Valve
Check that jumper LK1 on the sphygmo board is inserted.

Go back to the menu BP.
Apply various pressures ranging between 0 and 280 mmHg, using the hand pump.
Press Get Cuf Pressure.
Check that the pressure indicated on the PC is the same as the one displayed on the external manometer  2
mmHg.
Calibration
Remove jumper LK2 from the sphygmo board.
Open the menu PNEUMATICS and open the Control Valve and Dump Valve
Pump
Control Valve
Dump Valve
Apply a pressure of 0 mmHg.

Open the menu CALIBRATE.
Press Calibrate 0 and check that the module sends an OK in response.
Press Get Return Code and check that 0 is displayed in the response messages.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Open the menu PNEUMATICS and close the Control Valve and Dump Valve.
Pump
X Control Valve
X Dump Valve
Apply a pressure of exactly 250 mmHg.

Press Calibrate 250 and check that the module sends an OK in response.
Press Get Return Code and check that 0 is displayed in the response messages.
If one or both the response signals obtained by pressing Get Return Code are not equal to 0, repeat the
calibration procedure making sure that jumper LK2 has been removed.
Apply various pressures ranging between 0 and 280 mmHg, using the hand pump.
Press Get Cuf Pressure
Check that the pressure indicated on the PC is the same as the one displayed on the external manometer 2
mmHg. If this is not the case, repeat the calibration procedure.
Enter the menu PNEUMATICS and open the Control Valve and Dump Valve
Pump
Control Valve
Dump Valve
Remove jumper LK1.

NOTE: the module will not respond to a run measurement command if the jumper has not been removed.
Replace jumper LK2
Calibration complete.
ENDING THE TEST SOFTWARE USE

Disconnect the flat cable cod. 3845800 from connector J9 on the CPU board and connect up the parallel
cable from the PC rack again.
Close the right side panel.
Perform reprogramming of the flash memories, downloading the program directly from the disk on chip on
the PC board.
See the software installation procedure.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Technical manual
TM
form ula
2.12 INSTALLING AND RUNNING THE DEFRAG APPLICATION
INSTALLING THE DEFRAG APPLICATION
This procedure is required only if the application is not yet installed on the machine. To check this
and run the application if necessary, go to the paragraph "Running the defrag application"
MATERIAL REQUIRED
• PC - CPU connection cable (code 3845800)
• PC LINK board (code 3112800)
• External PC
• "Defrag installation" CD
1. Open the right-hand side door of formula®.
2. Disconnect the parallel cable from J9 of the CPU board and connect it to the J1 connector
(FORMULA) of the PC LINK board.
3. Connect the PC PORT/CPU BOARD connection cable to the J2 connector (INTERLINK) of
the PC LINK board.
4. Connect the D-SUB connector of the PC PORT/CPU BOARD connection cable to the parallel
connector of the external PC.
5. Connect the external keyboard to the dedicated connector on the rear of formula®.
TRANSFERRING THE DEFRAG APPLICATION TO DISK-ON-CHIP
Turn on formula®.
When the following menu appears.
MS-DOS 6.22 Start Menu
1: Formula
4: Service Only
Type in: 4
ENG – Ed. 02/09 chap.2.12-Installing and running the defrag application - 1 di 6

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
Press the key  on the front keyboard of formula® (within a few seconds) until selecting the option
4.
Press the Enter key on the front keyboard of formula®.
1: Test Environment
3: Formula debug test version
5: Formula Autocal Test Version
Type in: 2
Press the key  on the front keyboard of Formula until selecting the option 2.
Press the Enter key on the front keyboard of Formula.
At this point, there are two possibilities depending on the status of the my_srvc file.
CASE 1
The DOS prompt C:\> appears.
Rename the my_srvc.srv file and call it my_srvc.run typing the following on the external
keyboard:
C:\> ren my_srvc. srv my_srvc.run
Then press the Enter key. The DOS prompt C: will reappear
C:\ >
NOTE:
In the most recent DISK-ON-CHIP versions, renaming is made easier by the presence of a
dedicated command (hidden batch file) ren_srv, which automatically executes the command line
ren my_srvc. srv my_srvc.run avoiding possible typing errors.
Using the external keyboard type:
C:\> ren_srv
If the command is present, the system responds with the message
C:\> hello my_serv
and the renaming operation is completed. If the command is not present, the following message
appears
C:\> command or file name incorrect
You can in any case launch the command (the easiest operation); if it is not present, use the ren
command as described above.
It is useful to check that the my_srvc.run file is present by typing

C:\> dir *.run
Should the file not be present, check the entire root directory with the command
C:\> dir
2 of 6 – chap.2.12-Installing and running the defrag application ENG – Ed. 02/09

Technical manual
TM
form ula
If the my_srvc.srv file is present, repeat the renaming operation; otherwise, possibly because of a
typing error, search for a file with .run or .srv extension (or others) and rename it my_srvc.run
using the ren command.
Turn formula® off and on again.
Reselect
SERVICE ONLY
At this point, if the my_srvc.run file is present, the screen appears as described in Case 2.
CASE 2
The file my_srvc. is correct.
The following menu appears:
This Computer Another Computer

(Server) (Client)
A:
C: (8Mb)
LPT1:
Insert the installation CD in the CD-ROM drive of the external computer and turn on the PC. When
the menu appears to select how you want to connect to Formula, select "LPT port", which is
highlighted as default :
Microsoft Windows 98 Start Menu
1: COM port
2: LPT port
3: LPT/COM port
Select the desired port: 2
The following menu will appear:
Microsoft Windows 98 Start Menu
1: Defrag Installation
2: Command Prompt
Select the desired port: 2
The first option starts an automatic procedure. The second option allows accessing the MS-DOS
command prompt to carry out a manual procedure, leaving wide room for the user. If you select the

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
wrong option, at the end of the procedure, simultaneously press CTR ALT DEL on the external
keyboard to reset it, leaving the CD in the drive. When next restarting you can select a new option.
Option 1: Defrag Installation

This allows you to run an automatic installation procedure of the defrag application. If selected,
after loading the drivers for correct use of the CD-ROM, a message is displayed asking you to set
the language for the keyboard used
At this point, the discrimination is based on the presence or absence of the partition FAT32 (or FAT)
on the client PC. This information can be retrieved by starting the client PC in Windows operating
mode, double-clicking on “Computer Resources”, right-clicking on the local drive(s) and then
clicking on "Properties".
A window appears with the indication of which system file is present on the examined disk. In the
Windows environment the possibilities will be the following: NTFS, FAT32, FAT.
The installation CD cannot use NTFS partitions, but only FAT32 or FAT partitions.
This implies some restrictions for the automatic procedures implemented.
Case 1)  The PC does not have a FAT32 or FAT partition.
The following message appears:
Set Client -Server Drive [C,D,E, ...... ]X?
with which you can select the drive re-addressed on the server side (Formula), in the same way as
the procedure that uses the SW revision installation floppy discs.
Case 2) The PC has a FAT32 or FAT partition.

In this case, the drive re-addressed on the server side is automatically identified without the user
having to type it in.
Once the drive has been identified on the Formula display, the installation procedure of the defrag
application begins.
At the end of the procedure, the command prompt will be R:>
Selection: Command Prompt
This is the default option, which allows accessing the command prompt and performing a manual
procedure. Selecting this option, a message is displayed asking you to set the language for the
keyboard used.
When the language has been selected,the following appears
R:\ >
which represents the CR-ROM drive of the PC From here you can access all the drives with FAT32
or FAT partition on the PC and perform any operation.
Turn off formula®.
Reconnect the parallel cable leading from the formula® PC to the J9 connector of the CPU board.

Technical manual
TM
form ula
RUNNING THE DEFRAG APPLICATION
Start formula® . When the following menu appears:
1: Formula
4: Service Only
Type in: 4
Press the key  on the front keyboard of Formula until selecting the option 4.
Press the key enter on the front keyboard of formula®.
When accessing the second menu:
1: Test Environment
6: Defrag
Type in: 6
Press the key  on the front keyboard of formula® until selecting the option 6.
Press the key enter on the front keyboard of formula ®.
At this point, the automatic defragmentation procedure of the Formula disk-on-chip starts.
WARNING: DO NOT TURN OFF THE MACHINE WHILE THE PROCEDURE IS

RUNNING.
The end of the procedure will be indicated with the following message:
******************************
*** Restart the System ***
******************************
Turn formula ® off and on again and check that the program starts.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Manuale Tecnico
3.1 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT NON-THERAPY MODELS (until Rev.17)
ENG – Ed.07/16 chap.3.1-Hydraulic circuit (non Therapy models) - 1 di 28

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (NON-THERAPY MODELS) (until Rev.17)
COMPONENT NOTES
REF..
AS1 DEGASSING PUMP UNIT

AS2 DELIVERY PUMP UNIT
AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS4 CONCENTRATE PUMP UNIT
AS6 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE 1st STEP
AS7 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE 2nd STEP
AS8 BLOCK FOR RED QUICK DIAL.CONNECTOR, BY1
AS9 BLOCK FOR BLUE QUICK DIAL.CONNECTOR, BY2
AS10 BIDRY CONNECTOR
AS11 BLOCK FOR A/B CONCENTRATE INTAKE
AS12 BLOCK FOR STERIL. AGENT INTAKE
AS13 TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCERS
AS15 BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE SUPPORT UNIT PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
BYP1 BYPASS, MULTIPURE FILTER
BYP2 BYPASS, FORCLEAN FILTER
CF1 QUICK CONNECTOR FOR MULTIPURE FILTER
CF3 QUICK CONN. 22-006 WITHOUT VALVE (INLET)
CF4 QUICK CONN. 22-006 WITHOUT VALVE (SPILLING)
CF5 QUICK CONN. 22-006 WITHOUT VALVE (OUTLET)
CF6 QUICK CONNECTOR, BLUE
CF7 QUICK CONNECTOR, RED
CF10 FEMALE LUER LOCK ADAPTER
CM1 CONNECTOR FOR BICARB. CONCENTRATE (BLUE)
CM2 CONNECTOR FOR ACETATE CONCENTRATE (WHITE/RED)
CM3 BIDRY CONNECTOR
CM6 CONNECTOR FOR STERIL. AGENT (YELLOW)
CM7 MALE LUER LOCK ADAPTER
DFL1 DIFFERENTIAL FLOWMETER
EV1 SOLENOID VALVE , WATER IN (INLET) 2-WAYS N.C.
EV2 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK DOWN (OUTLET TANK) 2-WAYS N.C.
EV3 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK UP (TANK SPILLING) 3-WAYS
EV4 SOLENOID VALVE, DRAIN (OUTLET FOR DWELLING AND 2-WAYS N.C.
PRESSURE TESTS)
EV5 SOLENOID VALVE, BIDRY 1 (BIDRY FILLING) 3-WAYS
EV6 SOLENOID VALVE, BIDRY 2 (BIDRY INTAKE) 3-WAYS
EV7 SOLENOID VALVE, TEST (HYDRAULIC TEST) 2-WAYS N.C.
EV8 SOLENOID VALVE SPILLING 2-WAYS N.C.
EV9 SOLENOID VALVE BY PASS 1 3-WAYS
EV10 SOLENOID VALVE BY PASS 2 2-WAYS N.C.
EV12 SOLENOID VALVE STER 1 (DISINFECT. EMPTYING) 2-WAYS N.O.
EV13 SOLENOID VALVE STER 2 (CONC. PUMPS DISINF. INTAKE) 3-WAYS
EV14 SOLENOID VALVE STER 3 (STER. INTAKE FROM THE TANK) 3-WAYS
FL1 TURBINE FLOWMETER, FLOW
FS1 FLOWMETER UNIT
FT2 DISK FILTER D.25
2 di 28 – chap.3.1-Hydraulic circuit (non Therapy models) ENG – Ed.07/16

Manuale Tecnico

FT8 FILTER FOR TURBINE
FT9 DUST-PROOF FILTER PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
GP1 GEARPUMP (DEG.)
GP2 GEARPUMP (FLOW)
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
HT1 HEATING ELEMENT
JN1 WATER INLET CONNECTOR
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN3 Y CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR
JN11+JN12 DIALYSATE PG CONNECTOR (DOUBLE)
JN13 DRAIN CONNECTOR
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN16 PG M8 CONNECTOR
JN18 CONNECTOR FOR DIALYSATE WITHDRAWAL
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR
JN22 PG M8 CONNECTOR PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
LT D DIGITAL LEVEL SENSOR
MT1 BRUSH MOTOR CC 24V/3000RPM
MT4 MOTOR P.P. 1st STEP
MT5 MOTOR P.P. 2nd STEP
MX1 CONDUCT. PROBE MIXING DEVICE
NZ1 NARROWING FOR DEGAS.
PR1 PRESSURE REDUCER
OP1 OPTICAL SENSOR, CONC. PUMP 1st STEP
OP2 OPTICAL SENSOR, CONC. PUMP 2nd STEP
PS1 FLOW (DELIVERY) PRESSURE SWITCH (2,5 BAR)
PS2 UF PRESSURE SWITCH (3 BAR)
PT1 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER BIDRY
PT2 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER DIALYSATE
S1 SENSOR STERIL. BLOCK
S2 SENSOR BICARB. BLOCK
S3 SENSOR ACET. BLOCK
S4 HALL SENSOR BIDRY BLOCK
S5 INTERCEPTOR BYPASS 1
S7 PROXIMITY SENSOR ( 0cc.)
S10 SENSORS FOR PERFORATING UNIT PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
TK1 HEATING TANK
TS1 THERMORES. Pt100 TANK

Manuale Tecnico
TS2 THERMOMETER CONTROL (SEE AS13)

TS3 THERMOMETER PROTECTION (SEE AS13)
OPTIONS
FT1 STERIL. AND ANTIPIROG. FILTER FOR INLET WATER "MULTIPURE"
FT3 ANTIBACT. FILTER FOR DIALYSATE "FORCLEAN"
TUBES KIT
T0 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 8X14 L.200cm
T2 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 8X14L.11cm
T3 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.20cm
T17 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4+2x6 L.28)cm
T23 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.3,5+2x6 L.21+5x11 L.3,5)cm
T24 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.3,5cm
T27 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.3,5 +2x6 L.15)cm
T31 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.12)cm
T41 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20) cm
T49 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.28cm (AdM1253)

Manuale Tecnico

T86 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.5cm PERFORATED POWDER
BIC. CARTRIDGE VERSION
T87 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20) cm PERFORATED POWDER

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT NON-THERAPY MODELS (from Rev.20)

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (NON-THERAPY MODELS) (from Rev.20)
REF. COMPONENT NOTES

AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS7B CONDUCTIVITY PROBE D.O. (DIALYSATE OUT) PLUS MODELS-AdM1346
AS12 BLOCK FOR DISINF. AGENT INTAKE
AS15 BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE SUPPORT UNIT PERFORATED POWDER
AS16 PLUS MODELS-AdM1346
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
BYP2 BYPASS FILTRO ANTIBATTERICO
CM3 BIDRY CONNECTOR
EV1 SOLENOID VALVE , WATER IN (INLET) 2 WAYS N.C.
EV2 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK DOWN (OUTLET TANK) 3 WAYS AdM1362
EV3 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK UP (TANK SPILLING) 3 WAYS
EV4 SOLENOID VALVE, DRAIN (OUTLET FOR DWELLING AND 2 WAYS N.C.
PRESSURE TESTS)
EV5 SOLENOID VALVE, BIDRY 1 (BIDRY FILLING) 3 WAYS
EV6 SOLENOID VALVE, BIDRY 2 (BIDRY INTAKE) 3 WAYS
EV7 SOLENOID VALVE, TEST (HYDRAULIC TEST) 2 WAYS N.C.
EV8 SOLENOID VALVE SPILLING 2 WAYS N.C.
EV9 SOLENOID VALVE BY PASS 1 3 WAYS
EV10 SOLENOID VALVE BY PASS 2 2 WAYS N.C.
EV12 SOLENOID VALVE STER 1 (DISINFECT. EMPTYING) 2 WAYS N.A.
EV13 SOLENOID VALVE STER 2 (CONC. PUMPS DISINF. INTAKE) 3 WAYS
EV14 SOLENOID VALVE STER 3 (STERIL. INTAKE FROM THE TANK) 3 WAYS
FIX1 CABLE TIE WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING BARB AdM 1347
FIX3 CABLE TIE 98X2.5 AdM 1347

Manuale Tecnico
FIX3A CABLE TIE 98X2.5 AdM 1347

FIX9 HOSE LOCKING RING AdM 1362
FS1 FLOWMETER UNIT AdM1343
FT9 DUST-PROOF FILTER PERFORATED POWDER
GP1 GEARPUMP (DEGAS)
GP2 GEARPUMP (DELIVERY)
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
HT1 HEATING ELEMENT
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR
JN11+JN12 DIALYSATE PG CONNECTOR (double)
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR
JN22 PG M8 CONNECTOR PERFORATED POWDER
JN23 ¼”STRAIGHT CONNECTOR AdM 1362
JN25 L CONNECTOR AdM 1374
LT D DIGITAL LEVEL DETECTOR

Manuale Tecnico

S10 SENSORS FOR PERFORATING UNIT PERFORATED POWDER
TK1 HEATING TANK
OPTIONS
FT3 ANTIBACT. FILTER FOR DIALYSATE "FORCLEAN PLUS"
KIT TUBI
T11 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.10cm AdM 1362
T17 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.4+2x6 L.28)cm
T23 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.3,5+2x6 L.21+5x11 L.3,5)cm
T27 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.3,5 +2x6 L.15)cm
T31 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.12)cm

Manuale Tecnico

T36 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.15cm AdM1362
T37 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.9)cm AdM1362
T39 REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. 6x12.1 L.4cm AdM 1362
T41 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.22)cm AdM1362
T45A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.7cm AdM 1347
T56 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.35cm NON PLUS MODELS ONLY
T58A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.20cm AdM1346 PLUS MODELS
T72 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 2x6 L.50cm ADM1304
T80 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5X11 L.4cm
T86 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.5cm PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T87 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20) cm PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T90A REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. 6x12.1 L.4cm AdM 1374
T93A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.7cm
T94 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.85cm PLUS MODEL ONLY-ADM1346
T95 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.33cm PLUS MODELS ONLY-DM1346

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT NON-THERAPY MODELS (from Rev.25)

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (NON-THERAPY MODELS) (from Rev.25)

AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS7B CONDUCTIVITY PROBE D.O. (DIALYSATE OUT) PLUS MODELS-AdM1346
AS15 BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE SUPPORT UNIT PERFORATED POWDER
AS16 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE D.O. (DIALYSATE OUT) UNIT PLUS MODELS-AdM1346
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
BYP2 BYPASS FILTRO ANTIBATTERICO
CF6 QUICK CONNECTOR, BLUE AdM1975
CF7 QUICK CONNECTOR, RED AdM1975
CM3 BIDRY CONNECTOR
PRESSURE TESTS)

Manuale Tecnico

FIX9 CABLE TIE WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING BARB( NR.2) AND AdM 1733
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
FIX15 CABLE TIE UNEX
FIX16 CABLE TIE WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING BARB
FIX17 CABLE TIE UNEX WITH HOSE LOCKING RING
FS1 FLOW UNIT AdM1343
FT9 DUST-PROOF FILTER PERFORATED POWDER
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
HT1 HEATING ELEMENT
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR
JN22 PG M8 CONNECTOR PERFORATED POWDER
JN25 L CONNECTOR AdM 1374

Manuale Tecnico

S10 SENSORS FOR PERFORATING UNIT PERFORATED POWDER
TK1 HEATING TANK
OPTIONS
FT3 ANTIBACT. FILTER FOR DIALYSATE "FORCLEAN PLUS"
KIT TUBI
T0 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 8X14 L.300cm ADM1918
T3 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 6x12 L.20cm Adm1817

Manuale Tecnico

T37 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (6x12 L.4 +2x6 L.9)cm AdM1362
T41 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(6x12 L.4 +2x6 L.22)cm AdM1362
T45A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.7cm AdM 1347
T58A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.20cm AdM1346 PLUS MODELS
T74 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(6x12 L.5+2x6 L.25)cm Rdm1733
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T87 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20) cm PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION

Manuale Tecnico
T90A REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. 6x12.1 L.4cm AdM 1374

T94 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.85cm PLUS MODEL ONLY-ADM1346
T95 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.33cm PLUS MODELS ONLY-DM1346

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT EASY OPTION CODE 55

Manuale Tecnico
FOR THE FOLLOWING EASY OPTION CODES REFER TO THE FORMULA HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT :
• 50 (with Bidry)
• 51 (with Perforation Bic. powder system)
• 65 (with heat exchanger)
• 60 (with heat exchanger + Bidry)
• 61 (with heat exchanger + Perforation Bic. powder system)
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (EASY OPTION CODE 55)

AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS12 BLOCK FOR STERIL. AGENT INTAKE
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
PRESSURE TESTS)
FIX3 CABLE TIE 98X2.5

Manuale Tecnico
FIX3A CABLE TIE 98X2.5

FIX4 CABLE TIE 98X2.5
FIX4A CABLE TIE 98X2.5
FIX9 CABLE TIE WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING BARB(NR.2) AND Adm1733
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
FIX17 CABLE TIE UNEX WITH HOSE LOCKING RING ADM1817
FS1 FLOWMETER UNIT
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HT1 HEATING ELEMENT
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR
JNE1 PGM8 CONNECTOR RdM1447
JNE2 Y CONNECTOR RdM1447

Manuale Tecnico

TK1 HEATING TANK
OPTIONS for 50-51-60-61-65 codes

HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
AS10 BIDRY POWDER BIC. CARTRIDGE SYSTEM
AS15 PERFORATED POWDER BIC. CARTRIDGE SYSTEM
KIT TUBI
TE1 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 8X14 L.30cm
TE2 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.18cm
TE4 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 6X12.1 L.38cm
TE8 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 6X12.1 L.28cm
TE9 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 6X14 L.90cm
TE10 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 6x12.1 L.50cm
T3 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.20cm Adm1817

Manuale Tecnico

T37 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (6x12 L.4 +2x6 L.9)cm Rdm1733
T39 REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. 6x12.1 L.4cm
T41 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.( 6x12.1 L.4 +2x6 L.22)cm Rdm1733
T74 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL.(6x12.7 L.5+2x6 L.25)cm Rdm1733

Manuale Tecnico
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT MODIFICATION FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE

FILLING OF THE POWDER BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE (WITHOUT
PRESSURE SWITCHES)
(EXCEPT FORMULA MODEL EASY OPTIONS)

Manuale Tecnico
MODIFICATION FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE FILLING OF THE POWDER

BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE (WITH PRESSURE SWITCHES)

Manuale Tecnico
MODIFICATION FOR DIALYSATE OUT PROBE FOR KT/V

MEASUREMENT
Conductivity Probe D.O. (Dialysate Out)

Formula Plus/Formula 2000 Plus models
COND DO CONDUCTIVITY PROBE D.O. (DIALYSATE OUT)

T94 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L.85cm
T95 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L.33cm
T58A SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L.20cm
PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD

Manuale Tecnico
MODIFICATION FOR 3-WAY EV2 SOLENOID VALVE (KIT EV2)
(DO NOT perform bicarbonate cartridge emptying)

On all Formula and Formula Therapy models.
(Incompatible with positive pressure filling kit of the powder bicarbonate cartridge
cod.3830100 for Canada )
EV2 3 WAY - SOLENOID VALVE TANK DOWN (OUTLET TANK)

T11 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5x11 L.10cm
T12 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5x11 L.42cm

Manuale Tecnico
REINFORCED HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT KIT

(on all Formula and Formula Therapy models, EXCEPT Formula Model EASY options)
LEGEND
FIX3-FIX4 CABLE TIE 98x2.5

FIX1-FIX2,FIX5-FIX6-FIX7-FIX8-FIX9-FIX10-FIX11- FIX12 CABLE TIE WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING BARB
JN28, JN31 ¼”STRAIGHT CONNECTOR
JN14A,JN25 L CONNECTOR
MX1, MX2 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE MIXING DEVICE
T36 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L. 15cm
T37 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT GROUP
T40A SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L. 20cm
T41 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT GROUP
T42 SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L. 5 cm
T45A, T93A SILICONE TUBE SEGMENT 5X11 L. 7cm
T82, T91 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6X12.1 L.5cm
T90 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6X12.1 L.15cm
T90 A REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6X12.1 L.4cm

Manuale Tecnico

Manuale Tecnico

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
3.1.1 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - THERAPY MODELS (until Rev.01)
ENG – Ed.07/16 chap.3.1.1-Hydraulic circuit - Therapy models - 1 of 18

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (until Rev.01)

AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS7B CONDUCTIVITY PROBE D.O. (DIALYSATE OUT)
BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE SUPPORT ASS. PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
AS15 CARTRIDGE VERSION
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
CF3 QUICK CONN. 22-006 WITHOUT VALVE
CM3 BIDRY CONNECTOR
CM6 CONNECTOR FOR DISINF. AGENT (YELLOW)
CM9 INFUSION CONNECTOR
EV2 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK DOWN (OUTLET TANK) 2 WAYS N.C.
PRESSURE TESTS)
EV9 SOLENOID VALVE, BY PASS 1 3 WAYS
EV10 SOLENOID VALVE, BY PASS 2 2 WAYS N.C.
EV11 SOLENOID VALVE 2 WAYS N.C.
EV12 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 1 (DISINF. EMPTYNG) 2 WAYS N.O.
EV13 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 2 (CONC.PUMPS DISINF.INTAKE) 3 WAYS
2 of 18 – chap.3.1.1-Hydraulic circuit - Therapy models ENG – Ed.07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
EV14 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 3 (DISINF. INTAKE FROM THE TANK) 3 WAYS
EV16 SOLENOID VALVE 3 WAYS
FS1 FLOWMETER UNIT
FS2 FLOWMETER UNIT, THERAPY
CARTRIDGE VERSION
FT11 AIR DISK FILTER D.37
GP2 GEARPUMP (FLOW)
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
HT1 HEATING ELEMENT 1500W
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN3 Y CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR
CARTRIDGE VERSION
JN23 T CONNECTOR
JN24 T CONNECTOR
JN25 T CONNECTOR
JN26 T CONNECTOR
JN27 T CONNECTOR

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

PT1 BIDRY PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
PT2 DIALYSATE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
PT3 THERAPY PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
S10 SENSOR FOR PERFORATING UNIT PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
S11 INFUSION CONNECTOR SENSOR
S12 PROXIMITY SENSOR FLOW-LOW
S13 PROXIMITY SENSOR FLOW-HIGH
TK1 HEATING TANK
uFT1 ULTRAFILTER “FORCLEAN Plus”
uFT2 ULTRAFILTER “FORCLEAN i ”
OPTIONS
TUBES KIT

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
T17 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4+2x6 L.28) cm

T25 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.3,5+2x6 L.21+5x11 L.3,5) cm
T27 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.3,5 +2x6 L.15) cm
T79 FLEX REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 8X14 L.200cm

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PERFORATED POWDER BIC.

T86 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.5cm CARTRIDGE VERSION
T87 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20)cm PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T 99 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.10cm
T103 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L30cm
T120 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.20 cm

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT THERAPY MODELS (from Rev.05)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (from Rev.05)


AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS15 BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE SUPPORT ASS. PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
BYP1 BYPASS, “MULTIPURE” FILTER
CM3 BIDRY CONNECTOR
EV2 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK DOWN (OUTLET TANK) 3 WAYS ADM1362
PRESSURE TESTS)
EV12 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 1 (DISINF. EMPTYNG) 2 WAYS N.A.
EV13 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 2 (CONC.PUMPS DISINF. INTAKE) 3 WAYS

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
FIX1 CABLE TIE WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING BARB AdM1347
FIX3 CABLE TIE 98x2.5 AdM1347
FIX3A CABLE TIE 98x2.5 AdM1347
FIX9 HOSE LOCKING RING AdM1362
FS2 FLOWMETER UNIT, THERAPY AdM1343
CARTRIDGE VERSION
GP1 GEARPUMP (DEG.)
GP2 GEARPUMP (MAND.)
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

CARTRIDGE VERSION
JN23 T CONNECTOR
JN24 T CONNECTOR
JN25 T CONNECTOR
JN26 T CONNECTOR
JN27 T CONNECTOR
JN28 ¼”STRAIGHT CONNECTOR AdM1362
JN30 L CONNECTOR AdM1374
MX1 CONDUCT. PROBE MIXING DEVICE AdM 1319
PR1 PRESSURE REDUCER AdM 1367
CARTRIDGE VERSION
TK1 HEATING TANK
uFT2 ULTRAFILTER “FORCLEAN i ” (with transponder)
OPTIONS
TUBES KIT

Technical Manual
TM
form ula

T37 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.9) cm AdM1362
T38 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.5 cm AdM1362
T39 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L.4cm AdM1362
T42 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L. 5cm AdM1362
T45 A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5X11 L.7cm AdM1347
T66 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5X11 L.75cm AdM1362

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

T82 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L.5 cm AdM1362
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T87 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20) cm PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T90A REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L.4cm AdM1374
T92 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L. 28cm AdM1362
T93 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L. 10 cm AdM1362
T93A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5X11 L.7cm AdM1347
T98 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.22m

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT THERAPY MODELS (from Rev.10)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT LEGEND (from Rev.10)


AS3 UF PUMP UNIT
AS15 BICARBONATE CARTRIDGE SUPPORT ASS. PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
BLD B.L.D. UNIT
BYP1 BYPASS, “MULTIPURE” FILTER
CM3 BIDRY CONNECTOR
EV2 SOLENOID VALVE, TANK DOWN (OUTLET TANK) 3 WAYS ADM1362
PRESSURE TESTS)
EV12 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 1 (DISINF. EMPTYNG) 2 WAYS N.A.
EV13 SOLENOID VALVE, STER 2 (CONC.PUMPS DISINF. INTAKE) 3 WAYS

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
HOSE LOCKING RING
FIX17 CABLE TIE UNEX WITH HOSE LOCKING RING ADM1817
FS2 FLOWMETER UNIT, THERAPY AdM1343
CARTRIDGE VERSION
GP1 GEARPUMP (DEG.)
GP2 GEARPUMP (MAND.)
GP3 GEARPUMP (UF)
HE1 HEAT EXCHANGER
JN2 T CONNECTOR
JN4 T CONNECTOR
JN5 Y CONNECTOR
JN6 T CONNECTOR
JN7 T CONNECTOR
JN8 T CONNECTOR
JN9 T CONNECTOR
JN10 T CONNECTOR

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
JN14 L CONNECTOR
JN15 L CONNECTOR
JN19 L CONNECTOR
JN20 L CONNECTOR
CARTRIDGE VERSION
JN23 T CONNECTOR
JN24 T CONNECTOR
JN25 T CONNECTOR
JN26 T CONNECTOR
JN27 T CONNECTOR
JN30 L CONNECTOR AdM1374
PR1 PRESSURE REDUCER ADM1551
CARTRIDGE VERSION
TK1 HEATING TANK
uFT2 ULTRAFILTER “FORCLEAN i ” (with transponder)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
OPTIONS
TUBES KIT
T0 FLEX. REINFORCED TUBE SEGMENT 8X14.4 L.300cm ADM1918
T38 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.5 cm AdM1362
T42 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L. 5cm AdM1362
T45 A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5X11 L.7cm AdM1347

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

T74 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (6x12.1 L.5+2x6 L.25)cm ADM1733
T82 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L.5 cm AdM1362
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T87 WELDED TUBE SEGMENT SIL. (5x11 L.4 +2x6 L.20) cm PERFORATED POWDER BIC.
CARTRIDGE VERSION
T90A REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L.4cm AdM1374
T92 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L. 28cm AdM1362
T93 REINFORCED SIL. TUBE SEGMENT 6x12.1 L. 10 cm AdM1362
T93A TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5X11 L.7cm AdM1347
T98 TUBE SEGMENT SILICONE 5x11 L.22m

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
3.2 BLOOD CIRCUIT

BLOOD CIRCUITS HERE OUTLINED REFER TO THE TREATMENTS PERFORMED BY ALL
formula® MODELS (EXCEPT WHERE DIFFERENTLY SPECIFIED)
N.B. THE VENOUS DRIP CHAMBER LEVEL REGULATION IS NOT AVAILABLE ON
FORMULA® MODELS “EASY” OPTION
DN (DOUBLE NEEDLE)
ENG - ED.07/16 chap.3.2-Blood circuit - 1 of 16

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
SNsp (SINGLE NEEDLE SINGLE PUMP , SINGLE CLAMP)
2 of 16 – chap3.2-Blood circuit ENG - ED.07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
SNsp (SINGLE NEEDLE SINGLE PUMP, DOUBLE CLAMP)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
SNdp (SINGLE NEEDLE DOUBLE PUMP, SINGLE CLAMP)

(TREATMENT PERFORMED BY formula® 2000, formula® 2000 Plus AND formula® Therapy
MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
SNdp (SINGLE NEEDLE DOUBLE PUMP, DOUBLE CLAMP)

MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HDF ( WITH PHYSIOLOGICAL SOLUTION BAGS)

(TREATMENT PERFORMED BY formula® 2000 AND formula® 2000 Plus MODELS WITH
SCALE ONLY)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
HFR
MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HFR (Aequilibrium)
(TREATMENT PERFORMED BY formula® 2000 Plus AND formula® Therapy MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
PHF PRE
(TREATMENT PERFORMED BY formula® 2000 AND formula® 2000 Plus MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PHF POST
(TREATMENT PERFORMED BY formula® 2000 AND formula® 2000 Plus MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
PHF PRE
(TREATMENT PERFORMED BY formula® Therapy and Formula 2000 HDF MODELS ONLY)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PHF POST

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
HDF PRE

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HDF POST

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
MID – HDF

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
BLOOD CIRCUIT LEGEND
REF. COMPONENT
11 Single/double clamp unit

12 Air detector
13 Blood detector
14 Heparin pump
15 Heparin siringe positioning keys
16 Arterial pump flow regulator
17 Arterial pump
18 Level detector
19 Luer lock connector to measure the arterial pressure (red)
20 Luer lock connector to measure the venous pressure (blue)
N.B. VENOUS DRIP CHAMBER LEVEL REGULATION IS NOT AVAILABLE ON
FORMULA MODELS “EASY” OPTION
27 Fixing clips
To fix the switching chamber in Single Needle with Double Pump (SNdp)
or the infusion chamber.
28 Blood/infusion/ultrafiltration pump
29 Infusion/ultrafiltration pump flow regulator
30 End Infusion detector
31b Blood leakage detector
32 Natrium Sensor
33 Hemox Sensor
34 Additional pressure transducers
35 Scale Formula 2000

LAYOUT ANALOGICA BOARD 3111500 (REV.10)
(PCB1406400/C)
71
LAYOUT ANALOGIC BOARD 3111500 (REV.11)
(PCB1406400D)
LAYOUT ANALOGIC BOARD 3111500 (REV.12)
(PCB1406400/E)
U W W W
7 4 5 6
PLACEMENT OF DFM AND SPI BOARDS ON CPU THERAPY BOARD
(ONLY FORMULA THERAPY MODEL)
CPU
DFM board inserted on J11 strip and U18, U86 free sockets
THERAPY
BOARD
Nr.2 SPI boards inserted on U96, U43 free sockets (U96 and U43 removed from
CPU THERAPY board have to be inserted on corresponding SPI boards)
LAYOUT CPU BOARD 3110050 (REV.06)
(PCB 1406300/C)
NOTE : BOARD CODE 3110055 INSERTED ON FREE SOCKET U58
U72
U8
PCB1406300/C
LAYOUT CPU BOARD CODE 3110050 (FROM REV.09) (ALL FORMULA AND THERAPY MODELS)
LAYOUT CPU BOARD CODE 3110050 (REV.08) (ONLY FORMULA MODELS)
LAYOUT CPU BOARD CODE 3110550 (REV.00) (ONLY THERAPY MODELS)
(PCB 1406300/E)
NOTE : BOARD CODE 3110055 NO LONGER PRESENT
LAYOUT DFM BOARD CODE 3110090 (REV.02)
(ONLY FORMULA THERAPY MODELS)
(PCB 1480200/B)
LAYOUT EMATICA BOARD CODE 3110250 (REV.06)
(PCB 1406500/D)
W1
W2
LAYOUT ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS BOARD CODE COD. 3112701
(REV.04) (HFR EVOLUTION)
(PS1 = PS2 = 15 psi)
PCB 1475000/A
PS1 = UF PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

PS2 = ART. PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
LAYOUT ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS BOARD 30 psi COD. 3112711
(REV.00) (HFR EVOLUTION)
PS1 (UF) = 15 psi
PS2 (ART) = 30 psi
PCB 1475000/A
PS1 = UF PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

PS2 = ART. PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
LAYOUT PHF BOARD CODE 3109400 (REV.05)
(PCB 1439300/A)
LAYOUT DUAL DRIVER BOARD SONCEBOZ COD. 3110298 (REV.01)
(PCB1406498/A)
LAYOUT SPI BOARD CODE 3113500 (REV.03) LAYOUT SPI BOARD CODE 3113500 (REV.04)
(PCB 1464800/A) (PCB 1464800/B)
FORMULA NON-THERAPY MODELS

NOTE : NR. 1 SPI BOARD INSERTED ON CPU BOARD U43 FREE SOCKET
U43
U43
LAYOUT SPI BOARD CODE 3113500 (REV.04)

(PCB 1464800/B)
FORMULA THERAPY MODELS
NOTE : NR. 2 SPI BOARDS INSERTED ON CPU THERAPY BOARD U43 AND U96 FREE SOCKETS
U96 U43
LAYOUT FORMULA PLUS BOARD CODE 3113400 (REV.02)
(PCB 1464600/B)
LAYOUT FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK CODE 3113450 (REV.03)
(PCB1480000/C)
4.2 BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Power Voltages (Distribution)

Air Detector + Clamp
Arterial and Venous Pressure
Arterial PWM
BLD (Blood Leakage Detector)
Blood Detector
Conductivity 1st step
Conductivity 2nd step
Dcl (Drip Chamber Level)
Delivery (Flow)
Double Clamp
End Infusion Detector
Flowmeter (mechanical)
Heparin Pump + Encoder
HFR Evolution Pressure (Additional Pressure Transducers)
Level Control
Loading Cell (Scale)
PHF BLD + BLDH Detector
PHF Pressure
Pressure Switches (Flow and UF)
Servo Power ON/OFF System
Thermoregulation
Ultrafiltration (UF)
Venous (bidir. pump) PHF PWM
Formula Therapy
Formula Plus/Biofeedback Boards
DFM Board
Hemox
SPI Boards (Serial Peripheral Interface)
Lector
Natrium
Pulsar
Formula Domus
Drawing
Connections (remote cable)
POWER VOLTAGES DISTRIBUTION
TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST

NAMES POINT POINT POINT POINT POINT POINT POINT POINT
SMPS ANALOGICA EMATICA PHF CPU FORMULA PLUS ADDITIONAL DFM
FORMULA BOARD BOARD BOARD BOARD /PLUS PRESS. BOARD
EMI BIOFEEDBACK TRANSD.
BOARD BOARD BOARD
(HFR Evol.)
GND15 (GNDA) TP5 GNDA TP101 TP101 TP101 TP100 TP0

GND5 (GNDL) TP7 GNDL TP102 TP102 TP102 TP103 TP0
GND26 (GNDP) TP9 GNDP TP103 TP103 TP105
GND REF TP100
+15VCC TP3 +15V TP104 TP104 TP101
(+15VCCR)
-15VCC TP4 -15V TP105 TP105 TP102
(-15VCCR)
+5,15VCC TP6 +5,15V TP106 TP106 TP104 TP2 TP3
(+5V)
+26VCC TP8 +26V TP107 TP107 TP106

(+26,4VCC)
+26VBRK +26VBRK TP108 TP108
TP40 TP1
VOLTAGES (REF1+10V) (REF+5,12VCNTR) TP1
REFERENCES (REF1+10V)
TP41 TP2
(REF2+10V) (REF+5,12VPROT)
PS7 PC1 RACK PC
POWER VOLTAGES DISTRIBUTION J7
J1 6 GNDP 8 8 REG2
5 GNDP 7 7 GNDP J2
4 GNDP 6 6 REG.SMPS LCD /
3 +24V 3 3 ALIMENTATORE
REG1
JP1/S
2 +24V 2 2 +24V J1
PC-TFT
1 +24V 1 1
J4
PS4
DS1 J1
2 +26V 1
4 +5V 2 DISTRIBUZIONE
1 GND26 3
3 GND5 4 BOARD
J4 MP4 PS5 FP1
RETE 230V POWER J5 J1 FORMULA
BOARD TRANSFORMER 2 +26V 1 PLUS/
4 +5V 2
SMPS 1 GND26 3 BIOFEEDBACK
3 GND5 4
FORMULA BOARD J34
EM34 ADC5 J5 AZION.
( RETE 115V
BOARD) EMI BOARD DOPPIA
EMATICA 19 GND26 11
J2 PS2 AN1 20 +5,15VCC 12 CLAMP
J1 ANALOGICA BOARD 21 GND26 13
22 GND5 14 BOARD
2 +26VCC 13 23 +26VBRK 15
3 +26VCC 15 BOARD 24 +26VBRK 16
4 +26VCC 17
5 GND 26 1
6 GND 26 3
7 GND 26 5 AN5 EM1
J5 J1
J3 1 GND26V 1 J33
EM33 PHF1 J1
PS3 2 +15VCC 2
3 GNDA 3 1 GND26V 1
2 +5VCC 18 4 -15VCC 4 2 +26VBRK 2
3 +5VCC 19 5 +26VBRK 5 3 +15VCC 3 PHF
4 +5VCC 20 6 +26VCC 6 4 +26VCC 4
5 GND 5 6 7 GND5 7 5 GNDA 5 BOARD
6 GND 5 7 8 +5,15VCC 8 6 GND5 6
7 GND 5 8 7 -15VCC 7
J4 8 +5,15VCC 8
J6 PS6
1 +15VCC 21
2 -15VCC 22
EM4
3 GND 10
GNDA 34 J1
+15VCC 33
ADD. PRESS.
JP1/C
CP4 TRANSD.
J1 J2
GC2 AN28 J28
TPA1
BOARD
NUOVO GRUPPO 1 +26VCC 1 AN6 CP1
2 VB 2 J6 J1 J4 J11
DI CONTINUITA'
6 GND 6 1 GND26V 1 GND26V 19-21 J1
BOARD 2 +15VCC 2 +15VCC 5
3 GNDA 3
+ - 4 -15VCC 4 DFM
5 +26VBRK 5 +26VBRK 23-24
6 +26VCC 6
7 GND5 7 GND5 22 BOARD
8 +5,15VCC 8 +5,15VCC 20
+ RED
BATTERIA
CPU BOARD
BLACK
AIR DETECTOR + CLAMP
(EMATICA BOARD TILL REV.06)
CONNECTORS
EMATICA
BOARD
J13 RX AIR DETECTOR

J24 TX AIR DETECTOR
J15 ENCODER CLAMP
J20 COIL FOR CLAMP
AIR DETECTOR + CLAMP
AIR EMATICA BOARD
DETECTOR
P13=
P12=GAIN THRESHOLD CPU BOARD
CONTROL
TP20 TP25 PROTECTION
U12D
Rx (EM 13) J13 FOAM DET ON RN7
1 RX J5-21 J5-21 9 8 6 5 27/U8
74HC14 RN7
8 7 27/U70
TP27 TP48
FOAM DET TEST ON
Tx (EM 24)
J24 TX J5-22 J5-22 12/U37
RN72
4 3 4/U93
CLAM P
TP32
(EM 20) 1 CLAMP CMD ON 4 C_CLAMP CMD ON 2/U26

DRV J20 A J5-15 J5-15 6 U63
2 5
P_CLAMP CMD ON 2/U86
RN74
TP31 2 1 2/U94
(EM 15) CLAMP READ ON RN14
(ENCODER) J15 J5-16 J5-16 4 3 19/U13
RN53
4 3 13/U80
ARTERIAL AND VENOUS PRESSURE
(EMATICA BOARD STILL REV.06)
TEST POINT STRIP SIGNAL VALUE FORMULA

EMATICA
BOARD
TP15 J31-1 PRES ART 5mmHg/BIT

+4mV/mmHg ART. PRESSURE (mmHg) = VOLTAGE (mV) -1600
+1600mV=0mmHg 4
TP16 J31-2 PRES VEN 5mmHg/BIT
+4mV/mmHg VEN. PRESSURE (mmHg) = VOLTAGE (mV) -1600
+1600mV=0mmHg 4
ART/VEN PRESSURE
REF1 EMATICA BOARD CPU BOARD
P5 = F.S. CONTR. PROT.

TP16
U8
1 PRES VEN RN29
P A J4-7 J4-7 6 5 3/U42
RN77
PS1 6 5 3/U95
P9 = ZERO
1
P8 = TEST 460 PRES 460 TEST ON
J5-14 J5-14 16/U37 RN72
8 7 8/U93
P6 = F.S.
TP15
U8
7 PRES ART RN29
P A J4-5 J4-5 8 7 4/U42 RN77
8 7 4/U95
PS2
P10 = ZERO
3
P7 = TEST 200 PRES 200 TEST ON

J5-13 J5-13 15/U37 RN72
6 5 6/U93
ARTERIAL PWM
(CPU BOARD TILL REV.08, CPU THERAPY BOARD FROM REV.00)

EMATICA
BOARD
TP8 J30-1 SET ART PUMP 0÷5V PUMP REVOLUTIONS (ROTOR) = SET ART PUMP (mV)
0÷2000 RPM 50
MOTOR REVOLUTIONS (RPM) = SET ART PUMP (mV)

2,5
TP14 J30-7 FREQ MOT ART 60 0÷2000 Hz

0÷2000 RPM
CONNECTORS
EMATICA
BOARD
J16 ARTERIAL MOTOR

J17 ARTERIAL ENCODER 60 HOLES
CONNECTORS FROM CPU REV.08

AND CPU THERAPY REV.00
CPU BOARD
BOARD CODE 3110055 NO LONGER PRESENT
( U58 POSITION)
J18 ARTERIAL STATOR

J20 ARTERIAL ENCODER 1 HOLE
J27 ARTERIAL POTENTIOMETER
ARTERIAL PWM EMATICA BOARD CPU BOARD
TP14 CONTR PROT
FREQ MOT ART 60 RN24
6 5 15/U24
J5-24 J5-24
(ENCODER)
J17 P4 = R.P.M. 14/U14
(EM17) 1 6 V/F R300
P_FREQ MOT ART 60 15/U77
U6
1 HOLE 60 HOLES
P_FREQ MOT ART 60 15/U94
ART
J16 P3 = OFFSET
MOTOR
(EM16) TP8
M PWM
SET ART PUMP
LED U5 U4 J4-11 J4-11 8/U39
GREEN 10
(POTENTIOMETER)
STATOR ART MOT OFF QX1

J5-33 J5-33 U55
2 11 12 C_ART MOT OFF 19/U25
U58 13 P_ART MOT OFF 19/U85
BC337
MAGNETIC J18
COVER ART ON(CP18) RN19
SENSOR 1 4 3 4/U22
LED ART ON R37 RN58
6 4 3 4/U83
12 U66 5 6/U31
SET ART PUMP

FREQ MOT ART 1 = J20 U12
120 FREQ MOT ART 1(CP20) RN8
1 11 10 7 8 C_FREQ MOT ART 33/U8
RN8
5 6 P_FREQ MOT ART 33/U70
J27
POT ART (CP27) RN27
1 8 7 4/U43
RN79
8 7 4/U96
BLD (BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR)
(ANALOGICA BOARD TILL REV.12)
TEST POINT STRIP SIGNAL VALUE

ANALOGICA
BOARD
TP42 J38-1 1.2KHz

TP46 12VPP
1.2KHz
TP47 J38-3 BLD +4. 5V IN NORMALITY
CONNECTORS
ANALOGICA
BOARD
J30 BLD SENSOR

BLD
ANALOGICA BOARD CPU BOARD

4,5V IN
12VPP - NORMALITY
P19 = BLD GAIN 1,2KHz
CONTR
TP44 TP46 TP47
J30 U32A U32C U32D
BLD RN5
1 RX K J2-C29 J2-C29 8 7 50/U8 PROT
BLD 2 RX A RN47
(AN30) 8 7 50/U70
3 TX A TP43
1,2KHz
4 TX K
TP42
U33 P20 = BLD FREQ.
PRESS
DIAL
P PT2
Q3
15
UF
16 BLD TEST OFF
J3-C15 J3-C15 19/U34
U20
M RN66
14 8 7 8/U90
DFL1
C
D
BLOOD DETECTOR

EMATICA BOARD
TP36 J28-4 BLOOD DET ON IN DIALYSIS :

< 3.1 Normality
> 3.1 Alarm
TP41 J28-9 BLOOD LEVEL ON 0 ÷ 5V
CONNECTORS
EMATICA BOARD
J11 BLOOD DETECTOR

J12 BLOOD LEVEL DETECTOR
BLOOD DETECTOR
BLOOD
DETECTOR
EMATICA BOARD CPU BOARD
(EM11) J11 TP36 CONTR. PROT.

U13
Rx BLOOD DET ON RN30
A J5-19 J5-19 2 1 5/U42
RN78
TP51 2 1 5/U95
Tx
OSC.
TX
LEVEL
DETECTOR
BLOOD DET TEST ON
J5-20 J5-20 19/U37
TP52
RN73
2 1 11/U93
TX
(EM12) J12 HIGH LD INT ON
J4-21 J4-21 5/U38
Tx
RN73
6 5 15/U93
TP41
Rx U15 BLOOD LEVEL ON RN30

A J5-23 J5-23 4 3 6/U42
RN78
4 3 6/U95
CONDUCTIVITY 1st STEP
(CPU BOARD TILL REV.08 / CPU THERAPY BOARD FROM REV.00)
TEST POINT STRIP SIGNAL RANGE FORMULA

ANALOGICA
BOARD
TP1 J33-1 SONDA 1 100mV/mS/cm

TP3 J33-2 COND 1 0 ÷ 5V
(2 – 8. 25 mS/cm) COND. (mS/cm) = COND 1 (mV) +2
0. 8V/mS/cm 800
TP4 J33-3 SET COND1 0 ÷ 5V SET COND 1 (mV) = [SET IN (mS/cm) – 2] x 800
(2 – 8. 25 mS/cm)
0. 8V/mS/cm
TP6 J33-4 10mV/RPM
3mV/Hz
TP7 J33-5 FREQ COND 1 MOT 0 - 2KHz REVOLUTIONS PUMP 1 (RPM) =FREQ COND 1 MOT (Hz) x 0. 3
0-600 RPM
CONNECTORS
ANALOGICA
BOARD
J21 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE 1st STEP
J32 PISTON PUMP MOTOR 1st STEP
TEST POINT SIGNAL

CPU BOARD
TP301 FREQ COND 1 MOT

TP300 ENCO COND 1 MOT
CONNECTORS
CPU BOARD
J24 OPTICAL ENCODER PISTON PUMP

(COND1)
AS2
(FLOW) AS6 COND1 AS7 COND2
FL1 MX1 MX2
DFL1 BYP
BIDRY/BIC
CONDUCTIVITY 1st STEP
MT4
.
ACET.
E AC
CPU
TP3 ANALOGICA BOARD CONT.
U1
COND 1
BOARD RN4
PROT.
8 7 49/U8
J2-1C J2-1C
TP1
RN46
8 7 49/U70
1 +3mS/cm COND 1 TEST 1 OFF
J3-1A J3-1A 12/U36
J21 RN70
6 2 1 2/U92
+2mS/cm COND 1 TEST 2 OFF
3 J3-2A J3-2A 15/U36
RN70
4 3 4/U92
COND 1 SERVO ON
J3-1C J3-1C 9/U36
TP5 TP4 RN69
8 7 17/U91
SET COND 1
A J2-5C J2-5C 8/U40
DIAL OFF
J2-7C J2-7C 16/U36 RN70
TP7 TP301 6 5 6/U92
TP6 FREQ COND 1 MOT
J3-5A J3-5A 1/U14
U6 V/F
RN24
3 2 11/U24
TP300
ENCO COND 1 MOT
11 U5 J24 1/U12
F/PHASES
COND 1 MOT I1 OFF

J32 9/17
U4 J3-4C J3-4C 12/U30
200 STEP/RPM PWM COND 1 MOT I0 OFF
8/20 J3-3C J3-3C 9/U30
CONDUCTIVITY 2nd STEP
(ANALOGICA BOARD TILL REV.12 – SEE TABLE)
(CPU BOARD TILL REV.08 / CPU THERAPY FROM REV.00)
TEST POINT STRIP SIGNAL RANGE FORMULA

ANALOGICA
BOARD
TP11 J34-1 100mV/mS/cm
TP13 J34-2 COND 2 (11. 5 - 16. 5 mS/cm) COND. 2nd STEP (mS/cm) = COND 2 (mV) + 11. 5
TILL REV.11 1V/mS/cm 1000
TP13 J34-2 COND 2 (0 - 20 mS/cm) COND. 2nd STEP (mS/cm) = COND 2 (mV)
FROM REV.12 0.25V/mS/cm 1000
TP14 J34-3 SET COND2 (11. 5 - 16. 5 mS/cm) SET COND 2 (mV) = [SET IN (mS/cm) –11. 5] x 1000
TILL REV.11 1V/mS/cm
0-500 RPM 10mV/RPM
TP14 J34-3 SET COND2 (0 - 20 mS/cm) SET COND 2 (mV) =SET IN (mS/cm) x 1000
FROM REV.12 0.25V/mS/cm
0-500 RPM 10mV/RPM
TP16 J34-4 10mV/RPM 3mV/Hz
TP17 J34-5 FREQ COND 2 MOT 0 - 2KHz 0 - 600 RPM REVOLUTIONS PUMP 2 (RPM) = FREQ COND 2 MOT (Hz) x 0. 3
TP19 J34-7 COND TOT (11. 5 - 16. 5 mS/cm) TOTAL COND. (mS/cm ) = COND TOT (mV) +11. 5
TILL REV.11 1V/mS/cm 1000
TP19 J34-7 COND TOT (0 - 20 mS/cm) TOTAL COND. (mS/cm ) = COND TOT (mV)
FROM REV.12 0.25V/mS/cm 1000
TP20 J34-8 100mV/mS/cm
TP22 J34-9 COND STER (0 - 20 mS/cm) STERIL. COND. (mS/cm ) = COND STER (mV)
0. 25V/mS/cm 250
CONNECTORS FORMULA NON - THERAPY FORMULA THERAPY

ANALOGICA MODELS MODELS
BOARD JUMPERS W4 - W5 - W6 SETTING JUMPERS W4 - W5 - W6 SETTING
ANALOGICA BOARD REV.12 ANALOGICA BOARD REV.12
J20 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE 2nd STEP (COND 2) W4 OPEN W4 CLOSED
J22 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE 2nd STEP (COND TOT) W5 OPEN W5 CLOSED
J31 PISTON PUMP MOTOR 2nd STEP W6 CLOSED W6 OPEN
TEST POINT SIGNAL CONNECTORS

CPU BOARD CPU BOARD
TP302 ENCO COND 2 MOT J25 OPTICAL ENCODER PISTON PUMP
(COND2)
TP303 FREQ COND 2 MOT
AS2
(FLOW) AS6 COND1 AS7 COND2 AS7 COND TOT
FL1 MX1 MX2
DFL1 BYP
nd
CONDUCTIVITY 2 STEP
MT5
ACET. AC
E nd
(2 STEP)
CPU BOARD
TP19 ANALOGICA BOARD
U10 RN5 PROT
COND TOT 6 5 48/U8
J2-3C
J2-3C RN47
TP22 6 5 48/U70
U10
COND STER RN27
TP20 J2-4C J2-4C 4 3
J22 2/U43
RN79
1 4 3 2/U96
COND T TEST OFF
J3-4A J3-4A 6/U37
6 RN71
TP11 TP13 6 5 15/U92
U11 COND 2 RN5
J2-2C J2-2C 2 1 44/U8
1
RN47
2 1 44/U70
COND 2 TEST OFF
6 J3-3A J3-3A 2/U37 RN71
2 1
J20 11/U92
COND 2 SERVO ON
J3-2C J3-2C 19/U36
RN70
8 7 8/U92
BIC GAIN ON
J3-7A J3-7A 5/U37
RN71
TP15 TP14 4 3 13/U92
SET COND 2
A J2-6C J2-6C 14/U40
U12
16/U36
U9 DIAL OFF RN70
J2-7C J2-7C 6 5 6/U92
TP17 TP303
TP16 FREQ COND 2 MOT 15/U14
J3-6A J3-6A RN24
4 3
13/U24
V/F TP302
3/U13 ENCO COND 2 MOT
J25 3/U12
11/U7
F/PHASES COND 2 MOT I0 OFF
J31 J3-5C J3-5C 15/U30
(AN31) 200 STEP/RPM 8/20 COND 2 MOT I1 OFF
U8 J3-6C J3-6C 16/U30
PWM 9/17
DCL (DRIP CHAMBER LEVEL)
(CPU BOARD TILL REV.08 - CPU THERAPY BOARD FROM REV.00)
CONNECTORS
CPU
BOARD
J5 FLAT DIGITAL (ematica section)

J12 FRONT PANEL (DCL KEYBOARD)
CONNECTORS
EMATICA
BOARD
J5 FLAT DIGITAL (ematica section)

J22 DCL MOTOR (VEN)
EMATICA BOARD
CPU BOARD
CONTR. DCL VEN

J5 J5 MOTOR
J22
DCL VEN UP U17
U29-19 1 1 2 3
DCL VEN DW 6
U30-2 2 2 7 (EM22)
DRIVER
PUSH
PULL
J12
RN22 K DCL VEN UP
U23-11 1 2 1
RN22 K DCL VEN DW (DCL)
U23-13 3 4
2 KEYBOARD
(CP12)
DELIVERY (FLOW)
(ANALOGICA BOARD TILL REV.12 – SEE TABLE)

ANALOGICA
BOARD
TP23 J35-1 FREQ FLOW 600Hz/l/min FLOW (cc/min.) = FREQ FLOW METER (Hz) x 1. 67
METER
TP24 J35-2 FLOW (cc/min.) = VOLTAGE (mV)
5
TP25 J35-3 SET FLOW + 5mV/cc/min FLOW (cc/min) = SET FLOW (mV)
5
TP26 +2,6V = 0V MOT MOTOR VOLTAGE (V) = SET FLOW (mV) + 2,6
(TILL REV. 10) +3,6V = 20V MOT 50
50mV/Vmotor
TP26 +2V = 0V MOT MOTOR VOLTAGE (V) = SET FLOW (mV) + 2
(FROM REV.11) +3V = 20V MOT 50
50mV/Vmotor
TP27 FLOW MOT (+)
TP34 J37-1 - 10mV/mmHg PRESSURE (mmHg.) = VOLTAGE (mV)
10
TP35 J37-2 PRES BIDRY + 4mV/mmHg PRESSURE (mmHg) = PRES BIDRY (mV) – 2500
+ 2. 5V=0mmHg 4
CONNECTORS
ANALOGICA
BOARD
J12 / 11-12 DELIVERY (FLOW) MOTOR
J19 DELIVERY FLOWMETER
J24 BIDRY PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
MT2
M
DELIVERY (FLOW)
COND2 COND1 FLOWMETER PRESS
AS7 AS6 BIDRY
FL1 PT1
P
1ST STEP
AS2 2ND STEP

DELIVERY (FLOW)
TP34 TP35 ANALOGICA CPU BOARD

U29 U29 BOARD PROT.
(AN24)
J24 A A J2-15C
PRES BIDRY
J2-15C 6 RN27 5 3/U43 RN79
6 5
3/U96
PRES SERVO FL FLOW LOOP OFF
J3-7C J3-7C 2/U35 RN67
15 6 2 1 11/U90
TP23 BIDRY LOOP OFF
(AN19) 6 1 16 8 J3-8A J3-8A 9/U35 RN67
J19 V/F 8 7 17/U90
U17 U14
TP24 11 PIC
FREQ FLOW
U41 U12 RN7
METER 3 4
J3-12C J3-12C 5 6 2/U14 RN7
2 1
2/U77
TP27 TP26 TP25
U16
(AN12) SET FLOW
J12 J2-9C 7/U40
U15 J2-9C
A=0
PWM
2 FLOW SERVO ON
U14 J3-11A 6/U35 RN67
J3-11A 6 5
15/U90
3
FLOW MOT OFF J3-10C 5/U35 RN67

J3-10C 4 3 13/U90
DOUBLE CLAMP
(AZION.DOPPIA CLAMP BOARD REV.02)
(EMATICA BOARD FROM REV.03)
CONNECTORS
AZION. DOPPIA
CLAMP
BOARD
J1 ELECTROMAGNET VEN. CLAMP

J2 ELECTROMAGNET ART. CLAMP
J3 ENCODER VEN. CLAMP
J4 ENCODER ART. CLAMP
J5 EMATICA BOARD CONNECTION
DOUBLE CLAMP
CPU BORAD
AZIONAMENTO EMATICA
DOPPIA CLAMP
BOARD
BOARD CLAMP ART J11-12
CONTR.
CMD ON
2 J5-4 J34-12 J5-12 J5-12 CLAMP ART CMD ON 19/U27
U1
PIC
FCL1
J11-14
(ADC2) CLAMP CMD ON 4 C_CLAMP CMD ON 2/U26 PROT.
J2 3 7 J5-6 J34-14 J5-15 J5-15 6 U63 5
(ADC1) P_CLAMP CMD ON 2/U86
J1 6
RN74
2 1 2/U94
(ADC3) CLAMP READ ON RN14
J3-1 J5-3 J34-11 J5-16 J5-16 4 3 13/U19
J11-11 RN53
4 3 13/U80
CLAMP CLAMP
VEN ART
DRV DRV
ENCODER
VEN.
(ADC3)
(ADC1)
(ADC2)
END INFUSION DETECTOR
TEST POINT SIGNAL VALUE

EMATICA
BOARD
TP50 END INFUSION ON
CONNECTORS
EMATICA
BOARD
J14 RX END INFUSION DETECTOR

J25 TX END INFUSION DETECTOR
END INFUSION DETECTOR
END INFUSION EMATICA BOARD CPU BOARD

DETECTOR
P11 = E.I. GAIN

TP49
TP50 CONTR
Rx (EM 14) J14 END INFUS ON RN14

1 RX J5-6 J5-6 8 7 17/U19
PROT
RN53
8 7 17/U80
TP28
Tx (EM 25)
J25 TX
FLOWMETER (MECHANICAL)
(CPU BOARD TILL REV.08)
(CPU THERAPY BOARD FROM REV.00)
CONNECTORS
CPU BOARD
J22 PROXIMITY SENSOR, FLOWMETER 0cc

J23 PROXIMITY SENSOR, FLOWMETER 200cc
FLOW SWITCH
CPU BOARD
J23
CONTROL
RN23 FLOW 250 OFF
U24-2 1 2 1 PROXIM ITY SENSOR
(CP23) 200cc/min.
RN16
U20-13 3 4
PROTECTION
RN74
U94-4 3 4
J22
RN55 FLOW SWITCH ON
U81-13 3 4 1 PROXIM ITY SENSOR
(CP22) 0cc/min.
HEPARIN + ENCODER
CONNECTORS
CPU
BOARD
J5 DIGITAL FLAT
J29A HEPARIN LIMIT SWITCH (INIT)
J29B HEPARIN LIMIT SWITCH (END)
J30 HEPARIN KEYBOARD
J33 HEPARIN ENCODER
CONNECTORS
EMATICA
BOARD
J5 DIGITAL FLAT
J23 HEPARIN MOTOR
CPU BOARD HEPARIN + ENCODER
J29B
RN17 (CP29B) EPA POS END ON
U21-2 1
1 2
CONTR.
J29A
RN16 (CP29A) EPA POS INIT ON
U20-17 1
7 8
RN15 J33 (CP33) ENCO EPA MOT ENCODER SENSOR

U20-8 1
7 8
HEPARIN
RN17
U21-6 M OTOR
5 6
EM ATICA BOARD
RN17
U21-4
3 4
J5 J5 U12 J23
7 EPA STEP F1 ON 7 (EM23)
U8-31 16 1
2
U8-30 8 EPA STEP F2 ON 8 5
10 21
9 LIMIT CURR I0 9
U30-19 8/20
U31-2 10 LIMIT CURR I1 10
9/17
PROT.
RN56
U82-2
1 2
RN55 HEPARIN
U81-17
7 8 KEYBOARD
RN54
U81-8
7 8
J30
RN56 EPA KEY UP ON
U82-6 1
5 6
RN56 EPA KEY DOW N ON
U82-4 2
3 4
HFR EVOLUTION PRESSURE (ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS) 30 PSI
(ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSD. BOARD IB3112711 FROM REV.00)
(UF PRESS. TRANSD. PS1 = 15 psi)
(ART. PRESS. TRANSD. PS2 = 30 psi)

ADDITIONAL
PRESSURE TRANSD.
BOARD
TP5 OUTUF 1600mV = 0 mmHg

4mV/mmHg
Range (- 400 ÷ + 800
mmHg)
TP7 OUTART 1600mV = 0 mmHg

2mV/mmHg
Range (- 800 ÷ + 1600
mmHg)
HFR EVOLUTION PRESSURE
(ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS)
ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS BOARD

EMATICA
TEST + 460 CPU BOARD
BOARD
REF1+10V
PS2 PS1
TEST - 200
P P
J1 J4 J4
TP1
REF1+10V REF1+10V
ART UF 13 13 13
CONTR PROT
Q1 Q2 TEST1 TEST
19 19 19 2/U38
RN73
4 3
13/U93
TP5 RN300
4 3 11/U42
OUTUF ADH AUX 3
A 27 27 27
4 RN301 3 11/U95
TP7
OUTART ADH AUX 4 6 RN300 5 12/U42
A 29 29 29
RN301
+15VCC +15VCC 6 5 12/U95
33 33 33
HFR EVOLUTION PRESSURE (ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS)
(ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSD. BOARD . IB3112701 TILL REV.04)
(UF PRESS. TRANSD. PS1 = 15 psi)
(ART. PRESS. TRANSD. PS2 = 15 psi)

ADDITIONAL
PRESSURE TRANSD.
BOARD
TP5 OUTUF 1600mV = 0 mmHg

4mV/mmHg
Range (- 400 ÷ + 800
mmHg)
TP7 OUTART 1600mV = 0 mmHg
4mV/mmHg
Range (- 400 ÷ + 800
mmHg)
HFR EVOLUTION PRESSURE
(ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS)
ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS BOARD

EMATICA
TEST + 460 CPU BOARD
BOARD
REF1+10V
PS2 PS1
TEST - 200
P P
J1 J4 J4
TP1
REF1+10V REF1+10V
ART UF 13 13 13
CONTR PROT
Q1 Q2 TEST1 TEST
19 19 19 2/U38
RN73
4 3
13/U93
TP5 RN300
4 3 11/U42
OUTUF ADH AUX 3
A 27 27 27
4 RN301 3 11/U95
TP7
OUTART ADH AUX 4 6 RN300 5 12/U42
A 29 29 29
RN301
+15VCC +15VCC 6 5 12/U95
33 33 33
LEVEL CONTROL

ANALOGICA
BOARD
NOTES
TP63 J43-6 DIGITAL LT 1.3V = Level Presence
(LT old type) PRESSURE REDUCER ADJUSTMENT
0V =Level Presence
(LT new type) With the testing software select the section analogical/pressure-level reducer.
LED 3 Green = OFF With the final software set a power off but when the machine has already reach the
appropriate temperature.
3.9V = Level Absence Connect a multimeter between pin 13 (+) of PIC U41 and GNDA (-).
(LT old and new type) Adjust at 1100 mV with a pressure reducer.
LED 3 Green = ON Range 1000 ÷ 1200 mV
CONNECTORS
ANALOGICA
BOARD
J13 DIGITAL LT
J11-3/4 EV1 VALVE
LEVEL CONTROL
LT
TK1
HT1
CPU BOARD
ANALOGICA BOARD
CONTR. PROT.
DIGITAL LT TP63 RN28

4 3 6/U43
(AN13) WATER LEVEL
J13-1 0÷5V LO÷LH J2-21C J2-21C RN80
4 3 6/U96
DIGITAL LT
21
18
LED3 U41
EV1 GREEN PIC
L.T.
WATER 13
INLET PRESSURE NO WATER PIC ON
REDUCER 25 24 23 J3-29A J3-29A 2/U19
REGULATOR RN52
2 1 2/U80
LT DISABLE ON
J3-24A J3-24A 12/U29
EV W PIC ON
(AN11-3/4) J2-17C J2-17C 6/U23
J11-3/4 RN60
6 5 6/U84
EV1 WATER ON
10 J3-16C J3-16C 6/U33
U38 33 RN63
6 5 15/U88
PIC
LOADING CELL - SCALE

EMATICA
BOARD
1Bit=1.25mV=5g
TP45 J27-2 EMODIA CELL 1Kg=250mV=200 BIT
1V=4Kg=800 BIT
0mV=0,48Kg=0 BIT
+120mV=0Kg=96 BIT
+5120mV=20Kg=4096 BIT
CONNECTORS
EMATICA
BOARD
J10 LOADING CELL

J4 FLAT ANALOGIC
CONNECTORS
CPU BOARD
J4 FLAT ANALOGIC
LOADING CELL
CPU BOARD
EM10 EMATICA
J10 BOARD
(EXC-) 1
(EXC+) 2 TP45
CONTR
(OUT+) 3 U16
EMODIA CELL RN29
(OUT-) 4 AMP J4-17 J4-17 4 3 2/U42
PROT
RN77
4 3 2/U95
CONTR
TEST
J4-19 J4-19 2/U38
PROT
RN73
4 3 13/U93
PHF BLD + BLD H DETECTOR
(PHF BOARD TILL REV.03)

PHF BOARD
TP8 BLD H +3.1V IN NORMALITY

TP9 1. 2KHz
CONNECTORS
PHF BOARD
J4 PHF BLD SENSOR
CONNECTORS
CPU BOARD
J34 PHF BLD SENSOR

CPU BOARD
PHF BLD + BLDH SENSOR CONTR. PROT.
(CP34)
RN16
(CP34) T_ SENS OFF
J34-1 2 1 11/U20
RN55
2 1
11/U81
P6 = BLD FREQ.
PHF BOARD EMATICA BOARD
PHF BLD
SENSOR TP9
J4 U4
(PHF4) Tx BLD H TEST ON BLD H TEST ON BLD H TEST ON
4 A J1-16 J33-16 J5-3 J5-3 6/U26
RN54
2 1
2/U81
U3
TP8
(PHF4) Rx SENZA TUBO BLD H BLD H BLD H RN300
1 A J1-15 J33-15 J4-25 J4-25 2 1 9/U42
3.1V ± 10mV
BLD PHF
GROUP RN301
P5 = BLD GAIN
2 1
9/U95
RN25
PHF PRESSURE

PHF BOARD
TP3 PRES H +4mV/mmHg

0 = +1600mV
PHF PRESSURE
PHF BOARD EMATICA BOARD CPU BOARD

PS1
P P4
TEST
PRES Q1 CONTR. PROT.
(460mmHg)
1 PRES H TEST ON
PRES H TEST ON PRES H TEST ON 9/U26
10 10 J5-5 J5-5 RN54
TP3 J1 J33 4 3
4/U81
PRES H
A 9 9
PRES H
J4-23
PRES H
J4-23 8 RN28 7
8/U43 RN80
U1 8 7
9 8/U96
RN25
P1 P3
ZERO F.S.
+VA -VB
PRESSURE SWITCHES (DELIVERY FLOW AND UF)
CONNECTORS LOGIC LEVEL

CPU BOARD/
CPU THERAPY
BOARD
J32 PRESSURE SWITCHES 0 = ALARM

PS1 = FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH (2,5 BAR) 5V = NORMALITY
PS2 = UF PRESSURE SWITCH (3 BAR)
VB TP70 VB
SERVO POWER ON/OFF SYSTEM PRESENT
U46
ANALOGICA BOARD
TP68
TP71 TP67
VTEST Q8
MAIN POWER BOARD J5 J25 TP66 J27
KEYBOARD
1 1 VSERV 1
+
RED LED
+
TR1 2 2 BR1 2
BR2 GREEN LED
3 3 3
J2 PUSH
4 4
-
4
-
L2 L2
POW ER
MAGN.THERMAL 9 KEY
MAIN SW ITCH 2 28 20 11
9
NTC1 12
8A N2 N2 RL U47 21
AUXILI ARY J26
CONTACT t 5 U48C PIC16C73A
10 10 24 22 BUZZER
14 3 START UP ON BUZZER PIC ON 4 13 2
U48D 1
9
U48A 18
F5 23 5 12 +26VCC
FILTER 16 1 POWER ON 6 U48E
5 5
3
N1 N1 6 6 LAMP
8
25 F2
MOS1 ALARM
L1 L1 RL 26
MOS2 7 10 J29
LOAD
1 7 16 14 17 13 U48G 1
AUX1 16 AUX1 16 AUX1
EMI 2
1 15 AUX2 15 AUX2 TP65
J6
AUX1 1 LINE AUX2
AUX2 2
AUX3 3
BATTERY GOOD ON
POWER RESUME ON
F1 W1
POWER RESETON
DIALISI MODE ON
LAMP ALARM ON
SHUTDOWN ON
BUZZER CPU ON
230V J1 RL
WAKE UP OFF
L L BA3
VB
N N
2
RESET
J4 J28
2 3 5 4 J2 C22 C31 C20 C30 C23 J3 A27 A21 A22 A14
POW ER
TRANSFORMER
J2 2 3 5 4 J2 C22 C31 C20 C30 C23 J3 A27 A21 A22 A14
+ F1
J1
1
F3
2
17 4 6 16 6 4 9 8 1
OSCILLATORE
GRUPPO
J1 3
F2 U84 U80 U29 U19 U32 U23 U7
4
SMPS
EMI 1
U59
BOARD F1
F3 GR.CONTINUITA' BOARD
F5 F4 F2
+
16
U62
17
REG.±15 REG.+5,15 REG.+26
-
P5 P4 P3 P1
J4 uPP uPC
1 + U70 U8
2 BATTERY
-
3
4
TP4 TP5 TP8 TP9
* 17 17
NOT MOUNTED
J5
TP3 TP6 TP7
TP2 TP1
* AT PRESENT
-15
1 GND
2 +15
3 CPU BOARD
10
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
ANALOGICA J6 ANALOGICA J3 ANALOGICAJ2 VIDEO J7 RED = TURNING ON THE MAGN.THERMAL MAIN SWITCH
BLUE = POWER KEY ACTIVATION
GREEN = PROGRAMMED LIGHTING ACTIVATION
VIOLET = "OFF" STATUS ACTIVATION
THERMOREGULATION

ANALOGICA BOARD
TP52 +260mV
TP53 -1mV/°C
TP54 J43-1 25 ÷50°C TEMPERATURE (°C) = VOLTAGE (mV) + 25°C
200mV/°C 200
TP55 J43-2 TEMP READ 0 ÷ 100 °C TEMPERATURE (°C) = VOLTAGE (mV)
50mV/°C 50
TP57 - (Pt100 control) -1mV/°C
TP58 J43-3 TEMP DIAL C HI RANGE
0÷100°C
50mV/°C
LOW RANGE
25÷50°C
200mV/°C
TP60 - (Pt100 protection) -1mV/°C
TP61 J43-4 TEMP DIAL P 25 ÷50°C
200mV/°C
TP64 J43-7 RS1 COMM ON
CONNECTORS
ANALOGICA BOARD
J16 THERMORES. PT100 TANK
J17 TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER CONTROL
J18 TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER PROTECTION
J25 RETE BOARD (MAIN POWER)
CONNECTORS
RETE BOARD
(MAIN POWER)
J5 ANALOGICA BOARD
J8 HEATING ELEMENT
TEMP SET : 0÷100 mV FORMULA

THERMOREGULATOR OFF
a) TEMP SET 0÷5V = 0÷100°C TEMPERATURE (°C) = TEMP SET (mV)
(TEMP HI RANGE ON=5V) 50
b) TEMP SET 0÷5V = 25÷50°C TEMPERATURE (°C) = TEMP SET (mV) + 25°C
(TEMP HI RANGE ON=0V) 200
FILTER
HEAT REGULATION
BY-PASS TK1
HT1
TS2
TS1 ANALOGICA BOARD CPU BOARD
TS3
TP52 TP55 TEMP READ AD8 CP 2 RN4 1 PROT.
J16 J2-26C J2-26C 0÷100°C-0.4°C/BIT 43/U8
1 U42A
U42C 3 2 1
2 43/U70
U41 RN46
(AN16)
3 PIC TEMP SET
2 J2-25C 1/U40
PT100 4 J2-25C
4
TANK U42B TEMP LOW
TP53 TP54 22 RANGE ON
J3-25A J3-25A 2/U32
2 1
DELIVERY (FLOW) 11/U84
RN61
REG
TP57 TP58
J17 TEMP DIAL C AD8 CP 4 RN4 3
(AN17) J2-27C J2-27C 25÷50°C-0.1°C/BIT 45/U8
4 A
0÷100°C-0.4°C/BIT 4 3
PT100 U40
45/U70
CONTROL (TEMP HI RANGE=5V) RN46
REF1
U43-9
J3-13C TEMP C TEST OFF 5/U32

J3-13C 4 3
13/U84
RN61
+4°C
REG
REF2
TP60 TP61 6 RN4 5
J18 TEMP DIAL P AD8 CP 47/U8
(AN18) U39 J2-28C 25÷50°C-0.1°C/BIT
4 A J2-28C 6 5
47/U70
PT100 RN46
PROTECTION
TEMP P TEST OFF
MAIN POWER U20-9 J3-14C J3-14C 6/U32
BOARD 6 5 15/U84
J2 RN61
J5 J25
PIC HEAT ON 1 C HEAT ON 2/U25
RS1 COMM ON +4°C TP64 3 U65
11 U41 J3-23A J3-23A 2 P HEAT ON
STATIC 2/U85
RELAY 11 27
+26VBRK RN73
7 7 LED2 8 7 17/U93
T.R. 26
YELL
RL3
U48
2 HEAT POWER OFF RN60
RL4 8 8 15 J3-28A J3-28A 8 7 8/U84
J8
(MP8) 5 1
13 13 U45 4 U45 3
OP1 6 2
UF

ANALOGICA
BOARD
TP28 J36-1 DIFF FLOW METER 10mV/g/min

(+)
TP30 J36-2 UF RATE UF: UF (g/min.) = UF RATE (mV) – 500
+500mV=0g/min. 20
+20mV/g/min
REV UF : UF (g/min.) = UF RATE (mV) – 4500

+4500mV=0g/min. 20
TP31 J36-3 SET UF PRESSURE (mmHg) = SET UF (mV) – 500
+20mV/g/min 50
+500mV=0g/min.
UF (g/min.) = SET UF (mV) – 500
20
TP32 SERVO UF +2.6V=0V MOT
(TILL REV.10) +3.6V=20V MOT MOTOR VOLTAGE (V) = DRIVING VOLTAGE (mV) +2. 6
50mV/V Motor 50
TP32 +2V=0V MOT
(FROM REV.11) SERVO UF +3V=20V MOT MOTOR VOLTAGE (V) = DRIVING VOLTAGE (mV) +2
50mV/V Motor 50
TP36 J37-3 -10mV/mmHg
TP37 J37-4 PRES DIAL +4mV/mmHg PRESSURE (mmHg) = PRES DIAL (mV) – 2500
+2.5V=0mmHg 4
TP38 J37-5 PRES CAL +3mV/mmHg PRESSURE (mmHg) = PRES CAL (mV) – 2500
+2.5V=0mmHg 3000
TP39 PRES SERVO UF +10mV/mmHg
0V=0mmHg
CONNECTORS
ANALOGICA BOARD
J12/9-10 UF MOTOR
J15 DIFFERENTIAL FLOWMETER
J23 DIALYSATE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
UF CPU BOARD
ANALOGICA BOARD
CONTR
TP37
RN27 PROT
U28 PRES DIAL 2 1 1/U43
J2-13C J2-13C
7 RN79
2 1 1/U96
BLD TP38
U27 PRES CAL RN5
4 3 46/U8
7 J2-14C J2-14C RN47
4 3 46/U70
TP36 TP39
PT2 U28 U27
PRESS
(AN23) PRES SERVO UF
DIAL
P J23 1 1
DIFF FLM OFF
12/U35
J3-10A J3-10A RN68
MT3 GP3 8 2 1 2/U91
-0.5V -4.5 REV UF SHIFT OFF
M 1 U20 TP28
U18
TP29 7 6 J3-9C J3-9C 6/U36
(AN15) 2 3 U20 RN69

J15 1 1 6 5 15/U91
TP30
DFL1 U18 UF RATE RN29
C 3 J2-11C J2-11C 2 1 1/U42
B
U22 RN77
1 2 1 1/U95
D
2
A UFC LOOP OFF
7 J3-8C J3-8C 2/U36
RN69
U22 PRES LOOP OFF 2 1 11/U91
8 J3-9A J3-9A
5/U36
J12 6 RN69
TP32 U22 TP31 4 3 13/U91
UF 9
MOT+ 7 11 10 SET UF
U21 2 U19 6 J2-10C J2-10C 1/U39
PWM
UF 10 9
MOT-
10 U22
-0.5V 15/U35
15 14 UF HOLD ON RN68
J3-13A J3-13A 4 3 4/U91
UF SERVO ON 19/U35
16 J3-12A J3-12A RN68
8 7 8/U91
UF MOT OFF
J3-11C J3-11C 16/U35
RN68
U14 6 5 6/U91
10 REV UF SET OFF
9 J2-24C J2-24C
REV UF SET ON
11 6/U38
10 11
U52
VENOUS (BIDIR. PUMP) PHF PWM
(CPU BOARD TILL REV.08, CPU THERAPY BOARD FROM REV.00)

EMATICA BOARD
TP1 J32-1 SET VEN PUMP 0÷5V PUMP REVOLUTIONS (ROTOR) = SET VEN PUMP (mV)
0÷2000 RPM 50
MOTOR REVOLUTIONS (RPM) = SET VEN PUMP (mV)

2,5
TP7 J32-7 FREQ MOT VEN 60 0÷2000 Hz
0÷2000 RPM
CONNECTORS
EMATICA BOARD
J18 VENOUS MOTOR
J19 VENOUS ENCODER 60 HOLES
J33 PHF BOARD CONNECTION
CONNECTORS FROM CPU REV.08

AND CPU THERAPY REV.00
CPU BOARD
BOARD CODE 3110055 NO LONGER PRESENT
(U58 POSITION)
J19 VENOUS STATOR
J21 VENOUS ENCODER
J28 VENOUS POTENTIOMETER
CONNECTORS
PHF BOARD
J1 POWER SUPPLY
J2 PWM
J3 VENOUS MOTOR
VENOUS (BIDIR. PUMP) PHF PWM TP7 EMATICA BOARD CPU BOARD
CONTR
J19 FREQ MOT VEN 60 PROT
(EM 19) RN24
8 7 17/U24
J5-25 J5-25
P2 = R.P.M.
1 6 V/F 13/U14
U2 R301
P_FREQ MOT VEN 60 14/U77
RN75
P_FREQ MOT VEN 60 8 7 17/U94
PHF BOARD
J2 J18 P1 = OFFSET
(PHF2)
(EM 18) TP1
PWM
SET VEN PUMP
U3 U1 J4-9 J4-9 7/U39
10
(ENCODER)
RE 1
VEN MOT OFF
J5-29 J5-29 QX2
8 9 C_VEN MOT OFF 16/U25
U55 8 U58
1 HOLE 60 HOLES 10
(PHF1) (EM 33) BC337 P_VEN MOT OFF 16/U85
J1 J33
MOT INV ON MOT INV ON MOT INV ON
J3 14 J5-32 J5-32 9/U37
14
PUMP RN72
BIDIR. (PHF3) 2 2 1 2/U93
MOTOR M 7 MOT CW ON MOT CW ON MOT CW ON RN14
1 U2 12 6 5 15/U19
12 J5-34 J5-34
RN53
GREEN 6 5 15/U80
LED TP6
STATOR
J19
POTENTIOMETER
MAGNETIC COVER VEN ON (CP19) RN19

SENSOR 1 6 5 6/U22
LED VEN ON R32 RN58
6 6 5 6/U83
11 U66 6 9/U31
J21 U12
FREQ MOT VEN 1 (CP21) RN8
1 13 12 3 4 C_FREQ MOT VEN 32/U8
RN8
1 2 P_FREQ MOT VEN 32/U70
POT VEN
J28 RN28
(CP28)
1 2 1 5/U43
RN80
2 1 5/U96
SPI INTERFACE CABLE FORMULA PLUS CONNECTIONS
INTERFACE SPI BOARD
FORMULA PLUS BOARD COD.3113400
COD.3113500 COD.3831700
J1 SPI1
FP6 J6
(INSERTED ON C.I. U43
SOCKET OF CPU BOARD)
DISPOSABLE PROBE (1)

CPU/SPI VIDEO ON CABLE CABLE
J2 SPI2 J3 FP3 SSD1 J1
COD.3832200 DISPOSABLE
COD.3831720 PROBE
BOARD
(TOJ16 COD.3113700
REAR PANEL CPU) C P16
DISPOSABLE PROBE (2)

CABLE
COD.3113900 HEMOX INTERFACE CABLE FP7 J7 J4 FP4 SSD2 J2
COD.3832300
COD.3831900
DV1
BLOOD AND
PULSAR
INTERFACE CABLE FP8 J8 ULTRAFILTRATE
CONDUCTIVITY
PULSAR
EXTERNAL COD.3831800 SENSOR
CABLE DVP2 DV2 COD.3114100
COD.3831820
COD.3832100
FP1 J1 J5
POWER
SUPPLY
FORCLEAN
CABLE FP5
FILTER
FORMULA
SUPPORT
PLUS
GROUP
COD.3114300
PLATE FOR
FORMULA
PLUS BOARD
LECTOR
CONNECTION
PS5 CABLE
COD.3832000
TRANSPONDER
J5 READING SYSTEM
FORMULA TRSP
PLUS COD.3813700
GROUND
CABLE
COD.3813800
HEART RATE METER UNIT POWER SUPPLY (TO THE BRACKET OF THE
COD.3831850 DIFFER. FLOWMETER)
FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD CONNECTIONS
(FROM REV.03)
CONTROL FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD CODE 3113450 PROBE D.O. CABLE
SPI CABLE FP10
(CONTROL) CODE 3864910
PROBE D.O.
CODE 3831700 (DIALYSATE OUT)
NR.2 CABLE
SPI1C FP6
SPI BOARDS
CODE 3113500 DISPOSABLE
INSERTED INTO PROBE BOARD
CPU/SPI VIDEO ON CABLE
U43 AND U96 SOCKET COD.3113700
SPI2C
OF CPU BOARD CODE 3831720
DISPOSABLE
PROTECTION (TO J16 CPU) CP16 PROBE (1) CABLE
FP3 SSD1
CODE 3832200
INTERFACE SPI PROT. CABLE CODE 3831710
SPI1P FP9
CPU/SPI X86_RESET CABLE
CODE 3831730 DISPOSABLE

SPI2P (TO J15 CPU) CP15 PROBE (2) CABLE
FP4 SSD2
CODE 3832300
HEMOX INTERFACE
CABLE FP7
CODE 3831900
DV1
BLOOD AND
HEMOX PULSAR INTERFACE ULTRAF.CONDUCTIVITY
CABLE CABLE FP8 SENSOR
CODE CODE 3831800 CODE3114100
3113900
DVP2 DV2
PULSAR
EXTERNAL
CABLE FP1
CODE
3831820 POWER
SUPPLY
CABLE
CODE FP5
3832100 FORCLEAN
SUPPORT
GROUP
PLATE FOR
CODE
FORMULA
PLUS 3114300
BIOFEEDBACK
BOARD
PS5
TRASPONDER
READING
J5 SYSTEM
CODE 3813710
GROUND CABLE
CODE 3813800
HEART RATE METER UNIT POWER SUPPLY (TO THE BRACKET OF THE
CODE 3831850 DIFFER.FLOWMETER)
FORMULA PLUS BOARD
(TILL REV.02)
TEST POINT SIGNAL RANGE

FORMULA PLUS
BOARD
TP101 +15VCCR
TP102 -15VCCR
TP104 +5,15VCC
TP106 +26,4VCC
TP108 +12VCC
TP109 +5,12VREF
TP3 PROBE 1 +20mV/mS/cm
(BLOOD)
TP6 PROBE 2 +20mV/mS/cm
(ULTRAFILTRATE)
TP9 TEMP 1 +200mV/°C
(BLOOD) 25÷50 °C
(ULTRAFILTRATE) 25÷50 °C
CONNECTORS
FORMULA PLUS
BOARD
J1-J2 POWER VOLTAGES INPUT

J3 NATRIUM1 (TEMP1 + PROBE1)
(BLOOD)
J4 NATRIUM2 (TEMP2 + PROBE2)
(ULTRAFILTRATE)
J5 LECTOR
J6 SPI INTERFACE
J7 HEMOX
J8 PULSAR
POWER +5,15VCC
TP104 TP108
VOLTAGES
INPUT J1
1 2 +12VCC
FORMULA PLUS BOARD
3 4
POWER SUPPLY +5,12VREF
TP101
+26,4VCC TP109
J2
1 2 +15VCCR
3 4 DC/DC
CONVERTER
-15VCCR
TP106 TP102
J8
PULSAR
+200mV/°C 6
TP9 25 ÷ 50°C
NATRIUM 1 J3 (PTC1) 37 CARDIOFREQ 7
1 Pt100 TEMP 1 4 39 LOGIC1 8
(PROBE1 + AMP
TEMP1) 38 LOGIC2 9
TP3 +20mV/mS/cm
8 analogic 10
J11
6-7 T2 PROBE1 2
4-5
RX1 1
BLOOD VIDEO
J6 2 ON
10 33 SPI
R60
TEST SONDE 36 7 /SS 2 INTERFACE
T1 TX 23 SDI 3
18 SCK 4
NATRIUM 2 J4 +20mV/mS/cm U11
24 SDO 5
1 TP6 PIC18F442
(PROBE2 + R61 6
TEMP2)
PROBE2 3
T3 RX2
J5
6-7
TP12 +200mV/°C +5,15VCC 1 LECTOR
4-5 25 ÷ 50°C
(PTC2) 2
TEMP 2 5
Pt100 29 RX 3
10 AMP
ULTRAFILTRATE 30 TX 4
35
34 5
26 25
J7 LED 8
HEMOX
3 RS232 TX 13 12 LED1
4 +5,15VCC RED
U12
5 RS232 RX 14 11
6
MAX232
9
FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD
(FROM REV.03)

FORMULA PLUS
BIOFEEDBACK
BOARD
TP101 +15VCCR
TP102 -15VCCR
TP104 +5,15VCC
TP106 +26,4VCC
TP108 +12VCC
TP109 +5,12VREF
TP3 PROBE1 +20mV/mS/cm
(BLOOD)
TP6 PROBE2 +20mV/mS/cm
(ULTRAFILTRATE)
(BLOOD) 25÷50 °C
CONNECTORS
FORMULA PLUS
BIOFEEDBACK
BOARD
J1-J2 POWER VOLTAGES INPUT

J3 NATRIUM1 (TEMP1 + PROBE1) (BLOOD)
J4 NATRIUM2 (TEMP2 + PROBE2) (ULTRAFILTRATE)
J5 LECTOR
J6 SPI INTERFACE CONTR.
J7 HEMOX
J8 PULSAR
J9 SPI INTERFACE PROT.
J10 PROBE D.O. (DIALYSATE OUT)
POWER VOLTAGES
INPUT
TP104
+5,15VCC
TP108 FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD
J1
1 2 POWER +12VCC
3 4
+5,12VREF
+26,4VCC
J2 TP101
1 2
TP109
3 4
+15VCCR
DC/DC
CONVERTER
-15VCCR
TP106
TP102
SPI
J6
TP9 CONTROL
NATRIUM 1 J3 (PTC1)
R106
1 Pt100 TEMP 1 4 33 R60 /SS 2
(PROBE1 + AMP
TEMP1) 23 SDI 3
TP3
18 SCK 4
R102
6-7 T2 PROBE1 2 U11 24 R61 SDO 5
4-5
RX1 6
BLOOD PIC18F4420
10
UE 35 R98
CONTROL TEST+15
36 R99 TEST+VREF
R100
TX TEST SONDE 38 9 R110
T1 TEST±15
10 R111
J4 ULTRAFILTRATE TEST+12
R107
1 TP6 R104 3 17 J10
NATRIUM 2
R109 PROBE D.O.
PROBE 2 8 SONDA-DO 1
T3 RX2 R108 (DIALYSATE OUT)
5 R101
(PROBE2 + 6-7 39 TESTSONDA-DO 3
TEMP2) TP12
4-5 R135
(PTC2) 25 J8
TEMP 2 R105 CARDIOFREQ
Pt100 R136 16 8 PULSAR
10 AMP 26 7
9 10
R127
16
J7 PIC18F4420 R122
39
R138
3 RS232 TX 13 12 RX HEMOX 26 U13 R132
8 +5,15VCC 1 J5
4 +5,15VCC U12 PROT.
HEMOX R137 R129 2 LECTOR
5 RS232 RX 14 11 TX HEMOX 25 17 TRANSP
4
6 MAX232
R130 10 R134 LED 8
9 5
9 R133 LED1
R126 RED
3 36 R120
R121 35 R119
38
J9
R124 33 R118 /SS 2
2 SPI
23 SDI 3
R128
18 SCK 4
4 SDO 5
24 R131 6
PROT.
DFM BOARD
(FROM REV.02)
(ONLY FORMULA THERAPY MODELS)

DFM BOARD
TP0 GND
TP3 +5,15VCC
TP1 PRESS
TP2 1707 mV 3 Bar = 2250 mmHg
Voltage Range 5120 mV
Resolution in mbar =
5120:3000=1,707mV/mbar
CONNECTORS
DFM BOARD
J1 POWER SUPPLY
J2 THERAPY FLOW SWITCH (LOW)
J3 THERAPY FLOW SWITCH (HIGH)
J4 THERAPY PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (PT3)
J5 INFUSION CONNECTOR SENSOR
J6 (NOT USED)
J7 THERAPY EV16-EV17-EV18 VALVES
J8 ICSP (PIC PROGRAMMING)
INSERTED IN FREE SOCKET OF
DFM BOARD I.C. U86 -DIL20 (CPU BOARD)
CPU BOARD PROT.
J5
1 4
2 2 U86
INFUSION 3 3 U3 S86 U86
+5_15VCC
4
SENSOR +15VCC
TX 6
RX 7
1
19 J8
PROTECTION +5_15VCC
1 ICSP
2
3
4
(PIC PROGRAMMING)
FLOW (HIGH) 5
15 1 28 6
J3 27
1 FLUSS-HI 2 +26VBRK
2 3 19 EV16 11 U5 J7
3 U1 U2 18 EV17 12 1
+5_15VCC 4 17 EV18 13 8
4 PIC18F242 U6 8
+15VCC 16 EVXX 14 7
6 14 6
FS 24
23 11
16
9
5
4
EV18
FLOW (LOW) 1 22 6 7 3 EV17
19 21 3 2 2
J2 EV16
1 FLUSS-LO 11 ULN2064
1
2
3 TERMINAL CTRL
+5_15VCC BLOCK
4
+15VCC
U18 S18 U18
INSERTED IN
FREE SOCKET OF
CONTROL I.C. U18 -DIL20
(CPU BOARD) J1 J11
CS2C CS2C
15 15 U16/9
CS1C CS1C
17 17 U11/7
CS1P CS1P
13 13 U76/15
PRESSURE PRESS PRESS
TP1 3 3
U4A
2 +26VBRK 5 5
J4 TP3 +15VCC RN28
1 1 23 23
3 U43/7
PT3 2
3 24 24 RN80
4 U96/7
+5_15VCC 20 20
+15VCC
CTRL PROT.
7 TP0 22 22
U4B TP2
19 19
21 21
HEMOX
(FORMULA PLUS BOARD TILL REV.02)
HEMATOCRIT AND OXYGEN SATURATION MEASURING

FORMULA PLUS BOARD
+5,15VCC
DV1 FP7 J7
U12
4 4 4
MAX232
Tx
3 3 3 RS232 TX 13 12
Rx
5 5 5 RS232 RX 14 11
6 6 6
9 9 9 U11
PIC18F442
INTERFACE CABLE
25
26
HEMOX
(FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD FROM REV.03)
HEMATOCRIT AND OXYGEN SATURATION MEASURING

+5,15VCC
DV1 FP7 J7
U12
4 4 4
MAX232
Tx RXHEMOX
3 3 3 RS232 TX 13 12
Rx TXHEMOX
5 5 5 RS232 RX 14 11
6 6 6
9 9 9 U11 R135
25
INTERFACE CABLE PIC18F4420
R136
26
CTRL
R138
U13 26
PIC18F4420
R137
25
PROT.
SPI INTERFACE
(CPU BOARD FROM REV.08)
SPI (SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE)
CPU BOARD
CABLE SPI
SPI BOARD
CONTROL SPI2C CP16
CONTROL RN1 J2
1 2 1 1 VIDEO ON
J6 FP6 SPI1C J1 J16-1
R60 20 1
33 /SS 2 2 2 2 /SS 19 2
RN1 18 3
23 SDI 3 3 3 3 SDI 3 4 17 4
6 5 16 5
18 SCK 4 4 4 4 SCK 15 6 U31/5
8 7 14 7
24 SDO 5 5 5 5 SDO 13 8
12 9
R61 6 6 6 6 GND 11 10
U11 U43 (FROM CPU BOARD)

PIC18F4420
CABLE SPI SPI BOARD

PROTECTION PROTECTION SPI2P CP15
RN1 J2 X86_RESET (SW RESET PC)
FP9 SPI1P J1 1 2 1 1 J15-1
J9
R118 20 1
33 /SS 2 2 2 2 /SS 19 2
RN1 18 3
23 SDI 3 3 3 3 SDI 3 4 17 4
6 5 16 5
18 SCK 4 4 4 4 SCK 15 6 U86/16
8 7 14 7
24 SDO 5 5 5 5 SDO 13 8
12 9
R61 6 6 6 6 GND 11 10
U13 U96 (FROM CPU BOARD)

PIC18F4420
SPI INTERFACE
SPI (SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE)
CPU BOARD
FORMULA PLUS BOARD

J11-1 SPI BOARD
CABLE
SPI INTERFACE RN1
FP6 SPI1 J1 J2-1 VIDEO ON J16-1
J6 1 2
33 R60 20 1
7 /SS 2 2 2 2 /SS 19 2
RN1 18 3
23 SDI 3 3 3 3 SDI 3 4 17 4
6 5 16 5
18 SCK 4 4 4 4 SCK 15 6 U31/5
8 7 14 7
24 SDO 5 5 5 5 SDO 13 8
12 9
R61 6 6 6 6 GND 11 10
U11 U43 (FROM

PIC18F442 CPU BOARD)
LECTOR
FORCLEAN with trasponder RECOGNITION DEVICE
FORMULA PLUS BOARD

TRASPONDER
+5,15VCC READER
J5 FP5 MODULE
U11
1 1 +5V 1
PIC18F442
2 2 GNDA 2
4
30 TX 4 4 TX 8
35
34 5
LED 8 8 LED
LED1
RED
LECTOR
FORCLEAN with trasponder RECOGNITION DEVICE
FORMULA PLUS
BIOFEEDBACK
+5,15VCC
BOARD
TRANSPONDER READER
J5 FP5 MODULE
+5V 1
U11 1 1 +5V
GND 2
PIC18F4420 2 2 GNDA TX 3
RX 4
R112 LED 5
CTRL 17 TRANSP 4 4 TX
INP 6
R139
U13 17 LED 8 8 LED
PIC18F4420
PROT. LED2
RED
NATRIUM
CONNECTORS
BOARD
DISPOSABLE
PROBE
J1 NATRIUM (TEMP 1 + PROBE1) (BLOOD)

J2 NATRIUM (TEMP 2 + PROBE2) (ULTRAFILTRATE)

FORMULA
PLUS BOARD
TP3 SONDA1 +20mV/mS/cm

(PROBE1- BLOOD)
TP6 SONDA2 +20mV/mS/cm
(PROBE2 - ULTRAFILTRATE)
TP9 TEMP1 (BLOOD) +200mV/°C
25÷50 °C
TP12 TEMP2 (ULTRAFILTRATE) +200mV/°C
25÷50 °C
CONNECTORS
FORMULA
PLUS BOARD
J3 NATRIUM (TEMP1 + PROBE1) (BLOOD)

J4 NATRIUM (TEMP2 + PROBE2) (ULTRAFILTRATE)
TEMPERATURE AND CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENT OF BLOOD AND ULTRAFILTRATE
SUPPORTO
SONDA
DISPOSABLE
BOARD FORMULA PLUS BOARD
PTC1 TERMICALLY
* CONNECTED TO M1A DISP. PROBE (1) CABLE
M1A TP9
J1 SSD1 FP3 J3 (PTC1) +200mV/°C
1 1 1 1 Pt100 TEMP 1 4
AMP
+20mV/mS/cm
MASSELLO TP3
Pt100
1
*
PTC1
2 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 SONDA 1 2
T2
t 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5
RX1
BLOOD
M1B
10 10 10 10
TEST SONDE 36
MASSELLO
T1 TX U11
M2A J2 SSD2 FP4 J4 PIC18F442
ULTRAFILTRATE
1 1 1 1 TP6
+20mV/mS/cm
MASSELLO SONDA 2 3
Pt100 PTC2 **2 T3 RX2
1 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7
t TP12
4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 +200mV/°C
(PTC2)
M2B TEMP 2 5
Pt100
10 10 10 10 AMP
MASSELLO
DISP. PROBE (2)
** PTC2 TERMICALLY CABLE
CONNECTED TO M2A
NATRIUM
CONNECTORS
SUPPORTO
SONDE
DISPOSABLE
BOARD
J1 NATRIUM (TEMP1 + SONDA1) (PROBE1-BLOOD)

J2 NATRIUM (TEMP2 + SONDA2)
(PROBE2-ULTRAFILTRATE)

FORMULA
PLUS
BIOFEEDBACK
BOARD
TP3 SONDA 1 +20mV/mS/cm

(PROBE1-BLOOD)
TP6 SONDA 2 +20mV/mS/cm
(PROBE2-ULTRAFILTRATE)
(BLOOD) 25÷50 °C
CONNECTORS
FORMULA
PLUS
BIOFEEDBACK
BOARD
J3 NATRIUM (TEMP1 + SONDA1) (BLOOD)

J4 NATRIUM (TEMP2 + SONDA2) (ULTRAFILTRATE)
TEMPERATURE AND CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENT
OF BLOOD AND ULTRAFILTRATE
PTC1 THERMICALLY DISP. PROBE (1) FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK BOARD

CABLE
* CONNECTED TO M1A
M1A TP9
J1 SSD1 FP3 J3 (PTC1)
TEMP 1 R106
1 1 1 1 Pt100 4
AMP
U11
MASSELLO TP3
Pt100
1
*
PTC1
2 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 SONDA 1 R102
2
T2 RX1
t 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 BLOOD
CONTR.
M1B
10 10 10 10
TESTSONDE R100
38
MASSELLO
PIC18F4420
T1 TX
M2A J2 SSD2 FP4 J4 ULTRAFILTRATE
1 1 1 1 TP6
SONDA 2 R104
MASSELLO 3
T3 RX2
Pt100
1
PTC2 **2 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7
t TP12
4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5
(PTC2) TEMP 2 R108
M2B 5
Pt100
10 10 10 10 AMP
MASSELLO R130
U13
DISP. PROBE (2) 5
PROT.
**PTC2 THERMICALLY CABLE R126
3
CONNECTED TO M2A R121
38
R124
PIC18F4420
SUPPORTO 2
SONDE R128
DISPOSABLE 4
BOARD
PULSAR
(FORMULA PLUS BOARD TILL REV .02)
HEART RATE METER
FORMULA PLUS
BOARD
RICEVIT.PER CARDIOFREQUENZ. BOARD RCF1 DVP2 DV2 FP8

+15V CC 2 +15V CC 1 1 +15V CC 1 U11
GND 4 GND 11 11 GND 11 PIC 18F442
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 J1
- 15V CC 6 - 15V CC 2 2 - 15V CC 2 J8
U1 U1 U1 U1 LOGIC LEV EL J1-8 CA RDIOFREQ 8 CA RDIOFREQ 4 4 CA RDIOFREQ 4 J8-7 CA RDIOFREQ 37
1 7 8
14
EXTERNAL CABLE INTERFACE CABLE
L1
AN TEN NA
Fo=5,15 KHz
PULSAR
HEART RATE METER
FORMULA PLUS BIOFEEDBACK

BOARD
RICEVIT.PER CARDIOFREQUENZ. BOARD RCF1 DVP2 DV2 FP8
+15VCC 2 +15VCC 1 1 +15VCC 1 U11
GND 4 GND 11 11 GND 11 PIC 18F4420
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 J1
-15VCC 6 -15VCC 2 2 -15VCC 2 J8 CTRL
LOGIC LEVEL CARDIOFREQ R105
U1 U1 U1 U1 J1-8 CARDIOFREQ 8 CARDIOFREQ 4 4 CARDIOFREQ 4 J8-7 16
1 7 8
14
EXTERNAL CABLE INTERFACE CABLE U13
L1 PIC 18F4420
R127
ANTENNA IN FERRITE 16
PROT.
Fo=5,15 KHz
FORMULA DOMUS Drawing
FORMULA DOMUS DRAWING
(RACK PC SECO)
Technical Manual
TM
form ula
5.1 TROUBLESHOOTING
The majority of malfunctions that occur in the machine trigger alarms and error messages.
Instructions for interpreting the alarms and actions to be taken are given in detail in chapters 5.4 and 5.5.
This chapter describes other possible equipment malfunctions.
Defect Check Recommended action

Display failure or not visible. Replace display lamps and replace
display.
PC not starting program. Replace disk on chip.
Incorrect weight loss. Check the weight loss in vitro. Replace differential flowmeter.
Compare the weight loss during Replace dialysate pressure transducer.
several dialysis treatments. Replace analogic printed board.
Perform the ultrafiltration system
testing procedure (see ch. 5.2)
Contamination. Take a sample of the dialysis fluid Replace hoses if residual traces are
and discharged fluid, and analyse it. found.
Replace the mixers of the probes.
Check for blockage or constriction in the
hydraulic circuit.
Replace the ultrafilters.
Disinfect the water inlet with amuchina,
use the PHF disinfection device. Rinse at
least twice.
Perform a complete chemical
disinfection.
Check again for contamination.
High levels of residual Take a sample of the dialysis fluid Check for blockage or constriction in the
disinfectant. and discharged fluid, and analyse it hydraulic circuit.
with a suitable kit for the type of Check that the disinfectant used is one
disinfectant used in the centre. listed in the user manual.
Check for compatibility between the
disinfectant and the filter used.
Replace the ultrafilters.
Perform a complete chemical
disinfection.
The machine switches off during Check on the analogic printed board:
operation due to a mains failure - the presence of W1 jumper
- the F1 fuse
- the battery
ENG- Ed. 02/09 chap.5.1-Troubleshooting - 1 of 2

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
2 of 2 – chap.5.1-Troubleshooting ENG- Ed. 02/09

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
5.2 TESTING THE ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM
PHASE 0 - SETTING UP THE EQUIPMENT:
• Install test software.

• Select SERVICE / ANALOG / ULTRAFILTRATION.
• Select “Main preparation panel” using the key provided, and check that:
➢ the degassing pump is on,
➢ the level control is on,
➢ set Temp 39°c and temperature is stable,
➢ concentrate pumps are stopped.
• Prepare in vitro UF test without scales: connect a T between the dialyser connectors and simulate the
patient with a tank or becker full of deionized water.
• Enter dialysate flow Set Flow/press = 800 cc/min.
• Enter Set UF = 100 g/min.
• Excite the by-pass solenoid valves so that the water passes towards the dialyser simulator (external
circuit).
• Start Uf loop
• Wait until the dialysate flow and pressure (Press Dial) have stabilised.
PHASE 1 - PRELIMINARY CONTROLS ON ANALOG CARD
Using a multimeter, check that:

• References TP40, TP41 = 10.000 mV ± 2mV
• Offset -0.5V TP10 = - 500 mV ± 2mV
• SET UF TP31 = +2500 mV ± 2mV
NB: the multimeter mass must be connected to the TP100 Analog card.
If the values detected are out of the ranges indicated, check the paths of these signals on the Analog and CPU
cards to identify the cause of malfunction (ref. block diagrams chapter in this manual).
ENG - Ed. 02/10 chap.5.2-Testing the UF system - 1 of 4

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
PHASE 2 - CONTROLLING UF LOOP OPERATION
If the measurements in Phase 1 are OK, proceed as follows:
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
ANALOG CARD UP TO REV.10
• MEASURE motor driving input 2.6  TP32  +3.6V

• MEASURE motor driving output 0  TP33  +20V
ANALOG CARD FROM REV.11 ON
• MEASURE motor driving input 2  TP32  +3V

• MEASURE motor driving output 0  TP33  +20V
NB: the multimeter mass must be connected to the TP100 Analog card.
If all the above measurements are within the tolerances indicated, it is possible to exclude problems with the
hydraulic circuit.
On the other hand, if the values for TP32 and TP33 are higher than indicated:
➢ Check the hydraulic circuit to make sure there are no leaks or blockages.
➢ Check that there is no air in the tubes.
➢ If degassing is not OK, fit the kit DEGAS PIC FAN3803 (Adm 779).
➢ Inspect the motor-UF pump group to ensure there are no obvious problems.
➢ If the group is found to be inefficient, close the mechanical pump BY-PASS following the instructions
provided in the PUMP BY-PASS retrofit KIT cod.3830200 (Adm 817).
➢ If the problem persists, replace the motor-pump group.
➢ Check that the repairs have been successful by repeating measurements on TP32 and TP33.
ELECTRONIC PART OF THE SERVOSYSTEM
• Check the test software screen to ensure that the average UF rate value (UF window) after a few minutes
observation corresponds to the SETUF value (100 g/min +/- 0.5 g/min).
• Set a SETUF of 50 g/min.
• Check the test software screen to ensure that the average UF rate value (UF window) after a few minutes
observation corresponds to the SETUF value (50 g/min +/- 0.5 g/min).
If all the above measurements are within the tolerances indicated it is possible to exclude problems with the
electronics of the servosystem. Move on to Phase 3.
If the measurements listed above do not fall within the set limits, replace the Analog card.
2 of 4 – chap.5.2-Testing the UF system ENG - Ed. 02/10

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
PHASE 3 - CHECKING CALIBRATION OF THE FLOWMETER
If the tests carried out in Phases 1 and 2 are OK, proceed as follows:
• Install the software 5.3-08(2) (or above) if it is not already present.
• Turn on the machine.
• Select the menu 4.Service Only and press Enter.
(remember to enable this menu using the DOS command ren my_srvc.srv my_srvc.run or the batch
command ren_srv (see ch. 2.7)).
• Select the submenu 5. Formula autocal test version and press Enter .
• Formula carries out the initial electrical tests, then moves on to perform the blood and hydraulic
tests.
• Wait until Error 1 129:004 appears (Therapy model) or 161:002 (non Therapy model) (yellow box
on left hand side of screen); this phase lasts approximately one hour; should the test stop for any
reason (for example a NO WATER alarm), it must be restarted from the beginning.
• Turn the machine off or access DOS by pressing q.
• Start the machine again, using a keyboard to prevent the program from starting, and using the DOS
window, access the directory c:\lc (cd lc enter).
• Type in the command type autocal.log.
• Press enter. A screen similar to the one shown below should appear.

• Check that the DATA (Date) and ORA (Time) correspond to when the test was carried out.
• Note down the value for the line Code = 51 rounded up to the first decimal place (e.g. 0.54 = 0.5,
0.55 = 0.6) (let us call this value AC500).
• Note down the values for the lines Code = 81, Code = 31 rounded up to the first decimal place, (let
us call these values AC800 and AC300 respectively); if the line for code 81 does not appear on the
screen, type the command type autocal.log|more, then use the arrow keys to scroll through until the
required line is found.
The value AC500 must be indicated as the OFFSET UF value in the machine configuration, if, and
only if, all the following conditions are met:
• AC500 is between –3.0 g/min and +3.0 g/min
• the difference between AC800 and AC500 is between –1 g/min and +1 g/min
• the difference between AC300 and AC500 is between –1 g/min and +1 g/min
If the centre performs dialysis mainly at dialysate flow rates of 800 ml/min, the value AC800 should be set
as offset, whereas AC300 should be used for centres that perform dialysis mainly using flow rates of 300
ml/min.
If the above conditions are not met, replace the flowmeter.
ENG - Ed. 02/10 chap.5.2-Testing the UF system - 3 of 4

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
• After replacing the flowmeter, phase 3 must be repeated so as to enter the offset obtained in this way in the
machine configuration.
• In any event, download the *.log files and the disinfection protocol in use in the centre in question, with the
exact formulation for the disinfectants.
• It is also necessary to know whether or not the incorrect weight loss signalled by the user occurs in every
treatment, or only in certain conditions.
• It is also important to indicate the extent of the error notified by the user.
NOTES
Remember that a + departure from zero indicates a minus weight loss error, whereas a – departure indicates
a plus weight loss error.
Also remember that the weight loss offset set in the configuration is added to SET UF, so that a positive
offset indicates an increase in the UF RATE and compensates for a minus weight loss error, whereas a
negative offset indicates a decrease in the UF RATE and compensates for a plus weight loss error.
EXAMPLE:
The machine shows a plus weight loss error of 600 g after 4 hours dialysis:
- This is equivalent to a UF RATE IN EXCESS by +2.5 g/min.
- AC500 (or AC800, AC300) indicates a departure of the flowmeter from the ideal zero of –2.5 g/min.
To correct the error

- you must set a zero OFFSET of – 2.5 gr/min. which is equivalent to REDUCING the SET UF by 2.5
gr/min.
NOTE:
AS FOR THE TESTS OF THE FLOWMETER CALIBRATION, THE VALUES OF THE SHORT
AUTOCALIBRATIONS CARRIED OUT AT T1-TIME (PRE-DIALYSIS) AND T0-TIME (DURING
DIALYSIS) ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED .
4 of 4 – chap.5.2-Testing the UF system ENG - Ed. 02/10

Technical Manual
5.3 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

For replacing activities, refer to the specific installation work instructions (if available).
In any case, after each replacement, turn on the machine and wait for the completion of the self-
tests; if the hydraulic circuit is involved perform a thermal disinfection.
IMPORTANT: The procedures shall only be performed by appropriately technical persons

trained and authorised by Bellco.
ENG – Ed.10/18 chap.5.3-Replacement Procedures - 1 of 1

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
5.4 ALARMS AND WARNINGS
The alarms enable returning the machine to safe operating conditions when there is a fault.
The alarms to alert the operator are indicated by messages displayed on the bar at the bottom of the
screen, on the right those relative to the blood section and on the left those relative to the dialysate
section.
Every alarm has an indicator light and an acoustic signal.

The visual signalling (red indicator on I.V. pole) continues flashing for the entire duration of the
alarm. The intensity of the acoustic warnings varies according to an intervention priority scale.
The warnings draw the operator’s attention to a given event that has occurred on the machine.
The warnings to alert the operator are indicated by messages displayed on an orange background on
the bar at the bottom of the screen.
Every warning is characterised by a luminous and acoustic indication.
The acoustic signal can be silenced for 5 min during priming and 2 min in dialysis by
pressing the key on the side.
Where permitted, the alarms may be temporarily overridden (5 min in primingand 2 min
in dialysis) allowing the machine to be started again and remove the cause of the alarm.
In some conditions the key is used to cancel a warning or an alarm. Press the key on the
side.
ENG –Ed.07/16 chap.5.4-Alarms and warnings- 1 of 20

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
LIST OF WARNINGS
DIALYSATE SIDE WARNINGS
WATER Indicates water conductivity Check:

UNSUITABLE within the hydraulic circuit - value of COND STER signal compared to the configuration.
(COND STER), above the - water conductivity at machine water inlet.
limit set by configuration. - the conductivity of water circulating within the circuit after
inserting a reference conductivity meter on the dialyzer
connector. tubes
- presence of flow at drain
BACK The alarm threshold set Check:
FILTRATION during configuration has been - uf parameter settings and type of dialyser utilised
exceeded. - if the value set in configuration is too low
PUMP Indicates blockage of one Check:
REVOLUTIONS concentrate pump or irregular - seized concentrate pumps
reading of encoders - set in (SET COND 1 and SET COND 2)
positioned on the pumps. - driver current (CondMotI0Off and CondMotI1Off)
- DialOff signal
- encoder positioning and associated connection
- frequency measurement (FreqCondMot)
DISINFECTION/ Indicates failure to reach the Measure the COND STER signal during disinfection, checking
MAINTENANCE conductivity set for the that there is no air intake.
selected type of chemical
agent, or failure to reach the Check:
required temperature during - the disinfectant concentration utilised and the quantity drawn.
heat disinfection or - flow at the drain
maintenance. - the correct temperature Set in for heat disinfection
- regulation of the pressure reducer.
By type of agent .
AGENT CONDUCTIVITY THRESHOLDS

DEFINED IN THE SOFTWARE
MIN (mS/cm) MAX (mS/cm)
HYPOCHLORITE 7 19
AMUCHINA 15 21
PERESAL 0.2 1.5
TIUTOL 8 18
HD INSTRUNET 0.2 6
RENAXID 1 3
PURISTERIL 0.2 6
ACETIC ACID 0.2 1.5
DIALOX 1 5
OXAGAL 0.5 1.5
CITRIC ACID 1 5
2 of 20 – chap.5.4-Alarms and warnings ENG - Ed. 07/16

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
DISINFECTANT Identifies failed drawing of Check:

NOT INTAKEN disinfectant or descaler. - that there is disinfectant/descaler in the container.
- proper drawing of the disinfectant/descaler (possible
obstructions in the suction tube).
- level transducer operation.
BYPASS The override key has been Check:

pressed. - if the override key has been pressed accidentally.
The machine operates in - that the override key is working properly.
pressure loop. Dialysis has
stopped.
TESTING TEMP. Shows failure of temperature Check:
INSUF. to reach 38 °C for - thermoregulation
implementation of
autodiagnostic tests. Check:
Optimum temperature for - SET TEMP signal
carrying out T1 tests has not - thermoregulator fuse
been reached in 10 minutes. - Pt100 tank , control and fail-safe systems
ON-BOARD The amount of agent present Check the remaining volume in the tank.
AGENT in the on-board tank is If necessary, replace the tank and reset the estimate by pressing
sufficient to effect less than the button "change tank"
four disinfection / descaling.
MINIMAL UF The ultrafiltration program Check:

has been deactivated. - if the UF ON key has been pressed accidentally.
The minimum ultrafiltration - if the key is working properly.
set during configuration of
the machine will be
performed
(default 0.1 Kg/h)
SYSTEM READY The autodiagnosis tests have This is merely a software information message.
been completed successfully. Press the silence or override key to prevent the buzzer from
sounding.
Proceed with programming of the dialysis or disinfection.
UF NOT The ultrafiltration program Proceed with programming of the ultrafiltration.
PROGRAMMED has not been entered.
The minimum ultrafiltration
the machine will be
performed
(default 0.1 Kg/h)
UF NOT The ultrafiltration program Check:
ACTIVATED has been entered, but not - if the UF ON key has not been pressed
activated. - if the key is working properly
The minimum ultrafiltration
the machine will be
performed
(default 0.1 Kg/h)
END UF The uf program time has This is merely a software information message.
ended.
Check:
- completion of the set uf program.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
VERIFY The resulting profile differs This is merely a software information message.
PROFILE from the one programmed
because some variables are Check:
outside the set limits. - the set profile.
REPLACE 20 hours remain to the end of Check:
FORCLEAN the lifetime set in - the actual total hours of operation of the Forclean filter/s.
configuration.
Plan replacement of the Forclean filter/s.
MISSING The Forclean filter has not Check:
FORCLEAN been detected or is incorrectly - presence of transpoder on Forclean Plus filter.
positioned. - operation of the Lector.
REPLACE A number of hours equal to Check:
MULTIPURE the lifetime set in - actual hours totalled by the Multipure filter.
configuration has elapsed.
Plan replacement of the Mutipure filter.
WAITING FOR The machine is awaiting the This is merely a software information message.
RINSING start of the rinse phase.
Check:
Once the set wait rinsing time - the value configured.
has passed, the machine will
start up again automatically.
If the time is set to 0, start the

rinsing program by pressing
the Continue key.
INFUSION The infusion connector is in a Check:
CONNECTOR position not coherent with the - the actual position of the infusion connector.
machine status. - infusion connector functioning.
AEQUIL\ISONA The ultrafilter temperature Press the Override key to cancel the warning.
NOT AVAIL. and/or conductivity levels
measured by Natrium do not
allow the automatic total
conductivity profile recount.
TMP MAX The maximum TMP Check:

measured on the dialyser has - The condition of the dialyser.
exceeded the permitted limit.
- Reduce the blood flow.
- Possible dialyser
- Reduce the hourly UF.
clotting.
- Reduce the infusion flow.
- Blood flow and/or hourly
UF and/or infusion flow
too high.
TIMER EXPIRED The time set is expired -Reset the timer

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
BLOOD SIDE WARNINGS
FLOW SET TO Controls show blood flow Check:

ZERO at zero. - Art MotOff signal and relevant hardware chain.
- setting and operation of arterial potentiometer (flow rate set <
20 ml/min)
MODIFY Controls show a variation Check:
ARTERIAL FLOW in the blood flow setting - PotArt signal and relevant hardware chain.
(>100 ml/min) during - SetArtPump signal and relative hardware chain.
super override The warning, which is only active in double needle, can be reset
functioning. by changing the blood flow.
BLOOD DETECTED The output of the priming Check:
end detector has detected - line insertion (blood detected?)
a signal indicating the - if line is opaque
presence of blood. - detector output (compare the output and machine status with
the threshold table).
- dirty or opaque detector
- test lines activated
Machine status Priming - Level Priming

Trans. Normal Alarm Connection Normal Alarm
dialysis Trans.
Blood Det On (V) 00.8 0.83.4 3.45.12 00.8 45.12 0.84
Blood Det Test On (V) 0 0
Low Bd Int On (V) 0 0
Machine status Priming – Connection Dialysis

Normal Alarm Normal Alarm
Blood Det On (V) 03.1 3.15.12 03.1 3.15.12
Machine status Rinseback 1 Rinseback 2

Normal Trans. Rinseback Alarm Normal Alarm
2
Blood Det On (V) 00.8 0.83.1 3.15.12 05.12 ---
ARTERIAL Pressure in excess of  Check:

PRESSURE 25 mmHg has been - that the line for measuring arterial pressure is connected in
detected in single needle single needle.
dialysis. - for pressure memorised by the arterial transducer in single
No variations in arterial needle.
pressure were detected in - that the line for measuring arterial pressure in double needle is
double needle dialysis. clamped.
- if the arterial line blood catcher is clogged or wet.
- for problems on the pressure transducer.
- for damage to internal lines.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
ART. /FILTER - In Single Needle with Check:

INLET PRESS. single clamp, a
pressure has been - that the internal lines for pressure measurement is undamaged
detected in the arterial (sealed connections)
pressure transducer. - that the blood catchers in the arterial or prefilter pressure
- In other treatments, measurement connector are not clogged
there are no variations -
detected in the arterial
pressure measurement
and/or the prefilter
arterial pressure
measurement (except
SN for the latter).
HEPARIN OFF The heparin program has Check:

not been activated or the - if the HEPARIN ON key has not been pressed.
heparin pre-stop has been - if the key is working properly.
reached. - if the heparin pre-stop has been reached.
NO HEPARIN The heparin program has Enter the heparin program.
SETTING not been entered.
INADEQUATE The arterial pressure is <- Check:
BLOOD FLOW 250 mmHg and the blood - if the set values are too limited for the type of vascular access.
pump flow rate might not - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
be congruent with the - if the arterial line is obstructed.
value entered. - operation of the arterial pressure transducer.
Decrease the blood flow.

BLOOD LINES Indicates the start of the This is merely a software information message.
EMPTYING blood circuit emptying The conditions required to enter the disconnection phase have
cycle. occurred.
Terminate the return of blood.
COMM. PRESSURE No variations in the Check:
switching pressure - if the switching pressure measurement line has been
measurements have been disconnected by mistake.
detected. - if the blood catcher is clogged.
- that the switching pressure measurement line is undamaged.
Checking of the pressure - operation of the hemodia pressure transducer (Press H signal).
does not take place if the
flow is < 150 ml/min.
ERROR: INF. LINE An anomalous pressure Check:
PRESSURE level has been detected on - line erroneously connected to the hemodia pressure transducer.
the infusion pressure - operation of the hemodia pressure transducer (Press H signal).
transducer.
In HDF with Formula
model the sensor must not
be connected.
ERROR: INF. BLD The BLD tracer has Check:
detected incorrect - positioning of line in the BLDH tracer.
positioning of the infusion -operation of switch (switch broken, pin blocked, connection
line. broken)
- signal T_sens Off and related hardware chain.
NO INFUSION The infusion flow Check:
FLOW regulator is set to 0. - signal VenMotOff and related hardware chain
- setting and operation of infusion flow regulator (flow rate set <
50 ml/min)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
INCOMPL. INF. Priming of the infusion

Check:
LINE PRIMING line has not been - if the infusion line has been inserted in the BLDH blood leak
performed correctly; in
detector and in the end infusion sensor.
particular the presence of
- calibration of BLDH detector.
saline solution has not
- BLDH signal and related hardware chain.
been detected by the end
- If the BLDH sensor is opaque or there are traces of salt scales.
infusion and BLDH - for presence of air bubbles along the infusion line.
sensors. - End infusion signal and related hardware chain.
INCOMPL. HFR Priming of the infusion
Check:
LINE PRIMING line has not been - If the infusion line has been inserted in the BLDH blood leak
performed correctly; in
detector and in the end of infusion sensor.
particular the presence of
- calibration of BLDH detector.
saline solution has not
- BLDH signal and related hardware chain
been detected by the end
- If the BLDH sensor is opaque or there are traces of salt scales.
infusion and BLDH - for presence of air bubbles along the infusion line.
sensors. - End infusion signal and related hardware chain.
ERROR: WEIGHT In PHF and HFR Check:
ON SCALE treatment a weight of >
- adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
6.0 Kg connected to the
- scales connection cable (bad contact)
scales had been detected.
- fixing of cell.
SPHYGMO ERROR The sphygmomanometer Check:
has failed the
- connection of the sphygmomanometer to the machine.
measurement. - correct connection of the cuff to the patient’s arm.
- proper cuff deflation between a measurement and the
following.
SYSTOLIC OUT OF The systolic pressure is Check:
RANGE outside the set thresholds. - thresholds settings
- connection of sphygmomanometer cuff
- operation and calibration of sphygomanometer card.
DIASTOLIC OUT The diastolic pressure is Check:
OF RANGE outside the set thresholds. - thresholds settings
- connection of sphygmomanometer cuff
- operation and calibration of sphygomanometer card.
HR OUT OF RANGE The heart rate is outside Check:
the set thresholds. - threshold settings
- Pulsar functions
- positioning of belt and Pulsar.
HCT OUT OF The hematocrit is outside Check:
RANGE the set thresholds. - threshold settings
- insertion of disposable in sensor
- Hemox functions
SO2 OUT OF The oxygen saturation is Check:
RANGE outside the set thresholds. - threshold settings
- insertion of disposable in sensor
- Hemox functions
VL% OUT OF The percentage drop in Check:
RANGE blood volume is outside - threshold settings
the set threshold. - insertion of disposable in sensor
- Hemox functions
CARDIUM HR OUT The heart rate is outside Check:
OF RANGE the absolute thresholds set - threshold settings
for the Cardium - Pulsar functions
application. - positioning of belt and Pulsar

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
CARDIUM HR% The heart rate is outside the

Check:
OUT OF RANGE percentage thresholds set for
- threshold settings
the Cardium application.
- Pulsar functions
- positioning of belt and Pulsar
CARDIUM DER. HR The difference between Check:
OUT OF RANGE average heart rate values per - threshold settings
minute is outside the set - Pulsar functions
thresholds. - positioning of belt and Pulsar
TEST SENSORS The Formula Plus sensors test Identify which sensor has failed to pass the test (Natrium or
FORMULA + has not been passed. Hemox).
Check:
-lines incorrectly inserted in the Natrium and Hemox sensors
with solution inside.
- operation of the Hemox and Natrium sensors.
Repeat the test.

SODIUM Sodium concentration not Check:
CONCENTRATION detected. - that the ultrafiltrate probe is correctly positioned in the
NOT DETECTED Natrium sensor reading error. dedicated seat (right-hand side) of the Natrium sensor.
- If the warning persists, disable the Aequilibrium
application.
EFFICIENCY The cycle yield is outside the Check:

range set in the configuration. - the thresholds set in the configuration.
Basically speaking, due to an - for suction problems on the arterial line.
excessive negative suction - if the arterial pressure blood catcher is clogged or wet.
pressure, the arterial pump - operation of the arterial pressure transducer.
turns much faster than the
venous pump.
Kt/V TARGET The time required to reach Check:
the desired Kt/V exceeds the - Kt/V target set on the machine.
set treatment time by more
than 15 min.
K MIN OUT OF The clearance measured is Check:
RANGE less than the minimum set. - Minimum clearance set.
MINIMUM KT/V The Kt/V measured is less Check:

than the minimum Kt/V set. - Minimum Kt/V set on the machine.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
LIST OF ALARMS
DIALYSATE SIDE ALARMS
TMP OUT OF The absolute thresholds of Check:

RANGE operation set in configuration - uf parameters not in accordance with type of dialyser utilised.
have been exceeded. - presence of air (especially during phase of connection).
- ultrafiltration not set.
- valves of dialyzer connectors obstructed.
- dialyzer connectors disconnected.
- blood flow too low.
- threshold configuration too limited.
- operation of the dialysate pressure transducer.
- PresDial signal and related hardware chain.
TMP MINMAX The relative thresholds of Check:
operation set in configuration - uf parameters not in accordance with type of dialyser utilised.
have been exceed - presence of air (especially during phase of connection).
TMPH OUT OF The transmembrane pressure Check:
RANGE measured on the hemofilter is - that the hemofilter has not been clotted.
outside the operating - calibration and operation of the pre-pump UF/Inf pressure
thresholds. transducer (yellow).
TMPH is the difference

between
Prefilter Arterial pressure
(PFilt) and HemoFilter
Ultrafiltration Pressure
BLD An attenuation in the BLD Possible causes:
signal has been detected - air or blood detected.
which is greater than 10% of - BLD ampoule opaque or dirty.
the value acquired during
priming. Check:
- BLD signal and related hardware chain.
- BldTestOff signal at 0.
The alarm is ignored during priming, Bidry filling and rinseback.
BICARB. The partial conductivity is Check:
CONDUCTIVITY outside the reference - suctioning of air.
threshold values set. - connection and type of concentrate utilised.
The T0 test has failed. - Cond 1 signal and relative hardware chain.
- 1st step (partial conductivity) probe connection.
- Cond1Test2Off signal and relative hardware chain.
- presence of water or saline solution on the probe.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
TOTAL The dialysis fluid Check:

CONDUCTIVITY conductivity is outside the - suctioning of air.
reference threshold values - connection and type of concentrate utilised.
set. - Cond Tot signal and relative hardware chain.
The T0 test has failed. - probe 3 connection.
- CondTTestOff signal and relative hardware chain.
- presence of water or saline solution on probe 3.
DISINFECTANT Indicates incorrect Check:
CONNECTOR positioning of the disinfectant - positioning of disinfectant connector.
connector. - signal chain (CONN STER OFF).
CONCENTRATE Indicates faulty positioning of Check:
CONNECTORS concentrate connectors - positioning and correct insertion of connectors (the LEDs
(including Bidry). positioned on the Hall sensors must be on).
- signal chain (CONN COND 1-2 OFF and CONN BIDRYOFF
=0).
- the sensors of the pierciable support probes and closure of the
fixing bracket
DIALYSER Indicates faulty positioning of Check
CONNECTORS dialyser connectors. - positioning and correct insertion of connectors.
- check signal chain (CONN BYPASS 1-2 OFF =0).
- operation of switches.
- for broken cables.
CONCENTRATE The concentrate pumps are Check:
ERROR not operating at the correct - types of concentrate utilised and their connection.
speed. - suctioning of air.
- delivery flow rate
- concentrate pump speed rate
Set utilisation of the extended threshold in machine configuration.
HYDRAULIC Indicates that an irregular Possible causes:
pressure in the hydraulic - the PressDial pressure read by pressure transducer PT2 has
circuit has been detected. exceeded the threshold of 600 mmHg (presence of
obstructions).
- the PressBidry pressure has exceeded the threshold of -175
mmHg (no EV3 switching).
- control system only enabled in rinsing at 800 cc/min flow.
- the OVERFLOW signal has exceeded the value of 820 mV
(delivery pump out of range)
- Control system not enabled during draining and rinsing phases.
- the delivery flow and UF pressure switches have exceeded the
thresholds.
Check:
- possible blockages in the outlet or in the tubes connecting to the
dialyser ( in particular check the non return valves inside the
connectors linking to the dialyser).
NO WATER Indicates an irregularity after Check the level in the heating tank.
checking the switching If the level remains low, check:
carried out by the level - presence of water at machine inlet.
transducer. - presence of obstructions along the supply tube (Multipure filter
blocked).
- regulation of pressure reducer.
- connections and level transducer operation.
- water inlet solenoid valve opening.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
P_UF OUT OF The absolute thresholds of Check:

RANGE operation set in configuration - uf parameters not in accordance with type of dialyser utilised.
have been exceeded. - presence of air (especially during phase of patient connection)
P_UF MINMAX The relative thresholds of Check:
operation set in configuration - uf parameters not in accordance with type of dialyser utilised.
have been exceeded. - presence of air (especially during phase of patient connection)
BIDRY NOT A peak of conductivity on the Check:
FILLED probe 1 has not been detected - Cond 1 signal and relative hardware chain.
during the bicarbonate - presence of obstructions at connections to the cartridge.
cartridge filling within the - clamp closed on the connector tubes to the cartridge.
max. time of 3 minutes. - problems with inlet water pressure.
The temperature of the -Wait until the temperature spontaneously falls within the
TEMPERATURE dialysis fluid has exceeded permissible range
the absolute thresholds of 34
 40 °C.
REVERSE UF In uf loop the flow at the Check:
drain is greater than the - presence of obstructions at the drain.
delivery flow, with a negative - sealing of the by-pass solenoid valve in pressure loop.
sign, therefore a theoretical - suctioning of air.
increase of the patient weight - presence of air (following a Bidry filling or change of
> 100 g has been set off in an concentrates)
interval of time.
A balanced flow has not
registered in the pressure
loop, so that, within a certain
interval, a theoretical increase
or decrease in the patient's
weight has occurred.
BLUE CON. During emptying of the Check:
dialyser, the blue dialyser -that the blue connector has actually been connected to the
connector is found not to be machine and has not been left connected to the dialyser.
connected to the machine. -signal chain CONN BYPASS 1-2 OFF , (switch connections
broken, switches stuck or damaged, blue connector not properly
inserted).
BATTERY The machine is operating Check:
using the emergency power - that the mains power is actually down.
supply due to the absence of
mains power. Wait until the mains power supply returns.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
UF TEST The ultrafiltration system Check:

FAILED may have a failure. - the integrity of the Forclean(s).
- presence of air in the hydraulic circuit.
- possible leaks in the hydraulic circuit.
Press “Repeat test” key and eventually perform a filling of the

cartridge.
REPLACE The ultrafilter/s has/have Check:
FORCLEAN totalled a number of dialysis - the actual hours totalled by the Forclean filter/s.
hours equal to the lifetime set
in configuration. Proceed with replacing the Forclean filter/s .
INFUSION The infusion connector is in a Check:
CONNECTOR position not coherent with the - the actual position of the infusion connector.
machine status. - infusion connector functioning.
FORCLEAN The Forclean filter has not Check:
ABSENT been detected or is incorrectly - presence of transpoder on Forclean Plus filter.
positioned. - operation of the Lector.
DIALISATE During priming the filling Check:
INFUSION does not run to the expected - presence of obstructions on the line infusion
value of flow infusion; - infusion pump speed
during dialysis the infusion - the set of VenPump signal and its chain hardware
bolus does not run at a value - ultrafiltration pump operation
consistent with the Qb flow - UF rate and its chain hardware
set. - possible filter packing
START [Na] The sodium concentration Check:

measured by Natrium shows - Natrium sensor and relative positioning of the cuvette.
a difference of at least 3
mEq/L against the initial
concentration set. Alarm
active in Aequilibrium mode.
TECHNICAL The signal conformity tests

ALARM on the dialysate side failed. - If possible, press to clear the alarm.
XXX.XXX
- If the alarm persists, note down the alarm code XXX:XXX and
contact After-sales Service.
HYDRAULIC Bypass state does not

XXX conform with machine state. - If possible, press to clear the alarm.
- If the alarm persists, note down the alarm code XXX:XXX and

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
BLOOD SIDE ALARMS
WRONG ART. The output of the priming Check:

LINE end detector has detected - line insertion
a signal indicating that the - detector output (compare the output and machine status with the
arterial line has not been threshold table).
inserted in the proper seat. - dirty detector
- test lines activated

Trans. Normal Alarm Trans. Normal Alarm
dialysis connection
Blood Det On (V) 00.8 0.83.4 3.45.12 00.8 45.12 0.84

Blood Det On (V) 03.1 3.15.12 03.1 3.15.12

Normal Trans. Rinseback Alarm Normal Alarm
2
Blood Det On (V) 00.8 0.83.1 3.15.12 05.12 ---
BLOOD LEVEL The outlet probe has Check:

indicated that the blood - for air or foam in the venous drip chamber.
level is not within the - LevelDetOn signal and related hardware chain.
correct range for the current - BloodDetTestOn signal at high logic level.
status of the machine. - LowBdIntOn signal at logic level not corresponding to machine
status.
The alarm can be overridden for a maximum time of 2 minutes.
Normal Sub. trans. Normal Alarm
Level Det On (V) 04 4.05.12 45.12 04

Level Det On (V) 05.12 --- 00.8 0.85.12

Normal Sub. trans. Normal Alarm
Level Det On (V) 00.8 0.85.12 05.12 ---

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
VENOUS PHASE The venous phase in SNsp Check:

TIMEOUT has exceeded the - for obstructions in the venous line.
maximum permitted time. In SNdp, check that the OUT OF RANGE alarm value set in
configuration is compatible with the stroke set (e.g. with a stroke
of 40 ml, the out of range alarm needs to be configured to at least
40/10 +2 = 6, where 10 is the flow rate per revolution (in ml) of
the venous pump.
- operation of the venous pressure transducer.
- clamp closed.
ARTERIAL PHASE The arterial phase in SNsp Check:

TIMEOUT has exceeded the required - for leaks in the switching pressure measurement line.
time to perform the - suctioning of air
maximum stroke. - chamber levels incorrect according to the parameters set for the
treatment.
- positioning of arterial pump encoder and relevant reading
hardware chain.
- maximum number of arterial pump revolutions (set in
configuration) is too low.
CLAMP OPEN After an alarm has been Check:
detected, the control - optical encoder positioning
system does not detect - for friction on the clamp shaft.
closing of the clamp. If at least one transition on the clamp closing signal does not
occur, error 0 cod. 244 intervenes.
BLD An attenuation of BLD Possible causes:
signal 10% higher than - Presence of air or blood
the value obtained in - BLD ampulla opaque or dirty
priming was detected. Check:
- BLD signal and its chain hardware
- BldTestOff signal to 0
The alarm is ignored in the process of priming, filling Bidry and
rinseback
PA OUT OF The arterial pressure has Check:

RANGE exceeded the absolute - blood flow value set.
operating values. - too restrictive values set with respect to the vascular access in
use.
- if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
- if the arterial line is obstructed.
- vascular access unsuitable.
- correct operation of the arterial pressure transducer.
PA MINMAX The alarm limits set for Check:

PAmH or PAmL during - if the set values are too limited for the vascular access being
configuration with used. (it is advisable to set a threshold of at least 100 mmHg).
reference to mean arterial - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
pressure have been - if the arterial line is obstructed (recalculate the average pressure)
exceeded. - vascular access unsuitable.
- correct operation of the arterial pressure transducer.
- for leaks in the internal line for measuring the pressure.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
ABNORMAL In SNsp, air is or has been

COMM. intaken in the blood In SNsp, vent air out of the circuit.
PRESSURE circuit. In SNdp, check that the switching pressure measuring line is not
occluded.
In SNdp, the switching In SNdp, check that the blood catcher is not wet.
pressure has an irregular In SNdp, check that the blood line is not occluded or the dialyser
trend (it increases during clotted.
the arterial phase and In SNdp, check that there is no air intake or blood leaks.
decreases during the In SNdp, check that the level in the drip chambers is not too low.
venous phase).
PUMP OFF The arterial pump has Check:

stopped. - Art MotOff signal and relevant hardware chain.
- setting and operation of arterial potentiometer (flow rate set at <
20 ml/min)
PREFILTER The arterial prefilter Check:
PRESSURE pressure is outside the set calibration and operation of the prefilter pressure transducer.
thresholds:
(p max = +770 mmHg)
(p min = +20 mmHg)
PV OUT OF Venous pressure has Check:
RANGE exceeded the absolute - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
operating values set in - if the venous line is obstructed.
configuration. - operation of the venous pressure transducer.
If the alarm is due to the decrease of the pressure below the lower
threshold (+ 10 mmHg), press the override key (enabled if PV is
between +10 and - 20 mmHg) and the arterial pump should start
again keeping the clamp closed until the pressure has reached + 30
mmHg; after two revolution of the blood pump or after two
minutes have elapsed (with the pump stopped), if the limit of + 30
mmHg has not been reached, the alarm goes on again.
On the contrary, if the threshold exceeds +450 mmHg and the

alarm intervenes, the override key is not enabled.
PV MINMAX The limits set for the Check:
PVmH or PVmL with - if the set values are too limited for the vascular access being
reference to mean venous used. (it is advisable to set thresholds of at least 120 mmHg).
pressure during - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
configuration have been - if the venous line is obstructed (recalculate the average pressure).
exceeded. - operation of the venous pressure transducer.
- for leaks in the internal line for measuring the pressure .
BLOOD VOLUME During dialysis (arterial Check:
phase) the Pcomm - that the stroke set can be obtained with the line and chamber
switching pressure has levels being used.
exceeded the Pcommmax - that levels in the venous drip chambers have been reduced.
threshold before
executing the stroke.
HEPARIN RUN The signal EpaPosEndOn Check:
OUT is at 1, since the plunger - condition and operation of the switch at the upper end of stroke.
has reached the end of - status signal EpaPosEndOn and related hardware chain.
stroke.
In order to move the heparin syringe plunger, the infusion
programme must be disabled and the adjusting key have to be
pressed.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
HEPARIN The heparin pump feed Check:

INFUSION does not correspond to the - If there are any mechanical obstructions that hinder heparin
value set. pump feed.
- Heparin pump operation by means of the manual keys (arrow
keys).
- Press Override and re-enable the heparin pump if you want to

reactivate infusion.
AIR DETECTED The presence of a >100l Check:

air bubble has been - position of line in the sensor.
detected on the venous -actual presence of an air bubble within the line and in the
line. immediate vicinity of the sensor.
The alarm is active when - Foam det on signal and related hardware chain.
blood is detected in the - Foam det test On test signal.
line.
END INFUSION The presence of air has
Check:
been detected on the
- position of line within the sensor.
infusion line. -actual presence of an air bubble within the line and in the
immediate vicinity of the probe.
- End infusion signal and related hardware chain.
- if the dialyser is clotted.
LOAD The scale has detected a Check:
EXCESSIVE weight exceeding 16 Kg. - actual presence of a weight exceeding 16 kg.
- adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
- scales connection cable.
LOAD The scale has detected a Check:
INSUFFICIENT weight of less than 0.3 - actual weight of bags on scales.
Kg. - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
- scales connection cable
LOAD MODIFIED The scale has detected a Check:
variation in weight - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
> 1Kg. - stability of the Hemodia cell signal
LOAD UNSTABLE An unstable reading has Check:
been detected from the - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal).
scales - stability of the Hemodia cell signal
- fixing of cell
LOAD An increase or decrease of Check:
ABNORMAL between 0.2 and 1 Kg has - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal).
been detected on the - stability of the Hemodia cell signal.
scales. - scales connection cable (bad contact).
- fixing of cell.
INFUSION ERROR An infusion error Check:
exceeding 0.3 Kg has - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
been detected. - stability of the Hemodia cell signal
- fixing of cell
- leaks in infusion line, including bags
- infusion line clamps closed
- the infusion pump segment

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
EXCESSIVE The infusion carried out Check:

INFUSION exceeds the value - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
foreseen for the set time - stability of the Hemodia cell signal.
interval. - scales connection cable (bad contact).
- leaks in infusion line, including bags.
INSUFFICIENT The infusion carried out is Check:
INFUSION lower than the value - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
foreseen for the set time - stability of the Hemodia cell signal.
interval. - scales connection cable (bad contact).
- obstructions on the infusion line.
REVERSE The scales have detected Check:
INFUSION in increase in the weight - adjustment of scales (Hemodia cell signal)
of the bags, probably due - stability of the Hemodia cell signal.
to reverse infusion. - scales connection cable (bad contact).
- obstructions on the infusion line.
- the infusion pump segment and relevant assembly
INF. PUMP The infusion pump cover Check:
COVER is open. - that the infusion pump cover is closed.
- CoverVenOn signal and relevant reading hardware chain.
- that the Hall sensor is not damaged.
V PUMP COVER The venous pump cover is Check:
open. - that the venous pump cover is closed.
- CoverVenOn signal and relevant reading hardware chain.
INF. PUMP Indicates an error in the Check:
ROTATION No. number of infusion pump - encoder positioning.
revs. - FreqMotVen1 signal and relevant reading hardware chain.
- SetVenPump signal.
The alarm appears after continuous starting and stopping of the
infusion pump by the operator.
MAX. VEN. P. During the venous phase Check:
the venous pressure has - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
exceeded the maximum - if the venous line is obstructed.
set threshold. - operation of the venous pressure transducer.
Reduce the speed of the pumps.
V. PUMP Indicates an error in the Check:
ROTATION No. number of venous pump - encoder positioning.
revs. with respect to the - FreqMotVen1 signal and relevant reading hardware chain.
set blood flow. - SetVenPump signal.
infusion pump by the operator.
EXTRACT V. The switching pressure is Check:
PUMP SEGMENT outside the operating - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
limits. - if the venous line is obstructed.
- operation of the hemodia pressure transducer (Press H signal).
- if the venous segment has erroneously been left inserted during
rinseback.

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
INF. TEST TIME The infusion line has not Check:

ELAPSED filled properly. - that the line is correctly mounted.
- position of line within the sensor.
-actual presence of an air bubble within the line and in the
immediate vicinity of the probe.
TECHNICAL The signal conformity
ALARM tests on the blood side - If possible, press to clear the alarm.
failed. - If the alarm persists, note down the alarm code XXX:XXX and
Pinf OUT OF Out of range pressure Check:

RANGE detected by the infusion - that the infusion line is the correct one for the treatment.
pressure transducer. - if the blood catcher is clogged or wet.
- if the venous line is obstructed (klemmers closed or line segment
fitted back-to-front).
- operation of the hemodia pressure transducer (Press H signal).
- breakage of HFR hemofilter.
HFR LINE PRIME In HFR the UF/Infusion Check:

TIMEOUT line has not filled - that the infusion line is inside the end infusion sensor.
properly. - presence of air bubbles along the infusion line.
WRONG HFR In HFR the UF/Infusion Check:
LINE INSERTION line has not fitted - insertion of the infusion line in the BLDH blood leakage detector.
properly. - calibration of BLDH detector.
In particular, the blood - BLDH signal and related hardware chain.
leakage detector has not - BLDH probe is opaque or there are traces of salt scale
detected the presence of - presence of air bubbles along the infusion line .
solution.
WRONG INF. The infusion line has not Check:
LINE INSERTION been fitted properly - insertion of the infusion line in the BLDH blood leakage detector.
- calibration of BLDH detector
- BLDH signal and related hardware chain
- probe is opaque or there are traces of salt scale
- presence of air bubbles along the infusion line
BLOOD DET. IN The blood leakage Check:
INF. LINE detector BLDH has - insertion of the infusion line in the BLDH blood leakage detector.
detected the presence of - calibration of BLDH detector.
air or blood in the - BLDH signal and related hardware chain.
infusion line. - probe is opaque or there are traces of salt scales.
- presence of air bubbles along the infusion line.
- breakage of the hemofilter.
INADEQUATE The presence of air has Check:
FLOWS been detected on the - insertion of the infusion line in the end of infusion sensor.
infusion line. - presence of air bubbles along the infusion line
Decrease the infusion flow.

DIALYSATE In priming filling is not Check:
INFUSION carried out at the infusion - for obstructions in the venous line.
flow rate foreseen; - infusion pump speed
in dialysis the infusion - SetVenPump signal and related hardware chain
bolus is not performed at - ultrafiltration pump operation
a flow rate congruent with - UF rate and relative hardware chain
the set Qb. - if the dialyser is clogged.

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
ART. PUMP The arterial pump cover is Check:

COVER open. - that the arterial pump cover is closed.
- CoverArtOn signal and relevant reading hardware chain.
ARTERIAL PUMP Wrong number of arterial Check:
REVOL. pump revs. - encoder positioning.
- FreqMotArt1 signal and relevant reading hardware chain.
- SetArtPump signal
blood pump by the operator.
In SNsp the average speed is given by:
AvSpeedArt= (Number of notches Art Phase* Volume Per Notch)
/ Duration Art Phase)

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Technical Manual
5.5 DESCRIPTION AND INTERPRETATION OF ERROR CODES
Error codes inform the operator or technical assistance about the problem that effectively occurred to
formula.
The formula software only displays error cords in three situations:

- Error 0
- Error 1 - dialysate part
- Error 1 - blood part
ERROR 0
The error 0 state can occur at any moment while the formula programme is running, including the execution
of initial electrical tests. It causes a RED and BLUE window to cover the screen with the message
"ERROR 0"
This window displays message strings with 2 numerical codes separated by ""
ERROR 1 - DIALYSATE PART

The error 1 dialysate part state can only occur when executing T1 tests on the dialysate part: pressure (or
hydraulic) tests, FIT for Formula Therapy, final tests (temperature, bld, self-calibration, etc.) following
warm-up rinsing.
It causes a YELLOW window to appear in the LEFT of the screen with the message "ERROR 1" This
window displays message strings with 2 numerical codes separated by ""
ERROR 1 - BLOOD PART

The error 1 blood part state can only occur when executing T1 tests on the haematic part: It causes a
YELLOW window to appear in the RIGHT of the screen with the message "ERROR 1" This window
displays message strings with 2 numerical codes separated by ""
ENG - Ed.02/10 chap.5.5-Description and interpretation of error codes - 1 of 4

Technical Manual
How it is used
The numerical codes displayed on each of these pages unequivocally identify an error situation, leaving the
causes open to interpretation: in other words, there are no two error situations with the same pair of codes,
but the same error could be caused by more than one concomitant or independent event.
Preliminary notes on the interpretation of formula errors

The type of error can be determined according to the size, colour and position of the error window, as well as
the title appearing inside the window.
Confusing an error 0 with an error 1 or mistaking a blood part error 1 with a dialysate part error 1 could
fatally lead to errors in assessing the problem.
Concerning errors 1, the error window is positioned in the same area in which the instruments relative to the
relative section are normally present (right → blood section, left → dialysate section).
This preliminary identification is also fundamental as regards the recovery of error situations to be performed
after reading identification codes.
A power fail can only be used to recover error 0 situations. Any attempt to use a power fail to recover an
error 1 would only cause the machine to throw another error 1 as to all effects and purposes it is a normal
machine status.
There is a precise procedure for recovering errors 1 which is described in the operator manual: a dialysate
part error 1 can be recovered by pressing the relative "repeat hydraulic tests" button, making the machine
perform a preliminary filter spilling, or by setting a disinfection/descaling cycle with acetic acid, again using
the same buttons; a blood part error 1 can be recovered by pressing the "repeat haematic tests" button.
The message "Contact technical assistance" that appears in the error window should always be considered in
case of error 0, but only after at least one recovery attempt in case of error 1.
INTERPRETING THE NUMERICAL CODES IN THE ERROR WINDOW

Carefully note down the value and order of ALL the numerical codes appearing on the screen, otherwise
the interpretation may be incomplete or misleading:
- the first code identifies a series of errors deriving from the same functional unit of formula,
- the second code identifies the specific cause of the error within the group.
N.B.:
The significant numbers are shown in the following list of error codes. The zeroes completing the string of
3:3 figures have been left out.
e.g.: error 0: 0 17 = 000 017
The solution column shows the correct logical levels of the signals between brackets, in case of error the
opposite level would be expected.
2 of 4 – chap.5.5-Description and interpretation of error codes ENG – Ed.02/10

Technical Manual
From the following Software Revisions:
- 5.8-57 (FORMULA)
- 6.0-77 (THERAPY)
the Errors 0 management modification is introduced, comprising:
a) Introduction "TECHNICAL ALARM 000:XXX" instead of tracking errors 0 (type 000:XXX)

The modification involves replacing the errors generated by protection following tracking failure with
PC-managed alarms.
In particular, the PC generates alarms with "TECHNICAL ALARM 000:XXX" messages where 000:XXX is
the previously generated error code on the corresponding tracking failure (for the list, consult the relative
chapter in the technical manual).
These alarms can involve the blood part or the dialysate part; in the first case the pumps stop and the clamp
closes; in the second case the effects are the same as a HYDRAULIC alarm. In both cases, the alarms are
memorised and must be eliminated by the operator pressing the override button that becomes active when the
reasons for the alarm have been eliminated.
b) Transformation of current errors 0 240:XXX and 241:XXX into HYDRAULIC XXX alarms; new
meaning of error 241:XXX (flow in hydraulic circuit does not stop in the presence of a HYDRAULIC alarm)
Type 240:XXX and 241:XXX errors have been replaced by PC alarms with "HYDRAULIC XXX" message
where XXX is the second part of the previously generated error code. In other words, if the flowswitch is
high in the presence of a dialysate alarm, the machine no longer generates an error but a hydraulic alarm
(managed exactly like the current "HYDRAULIC ALARM").
This management has involved the need to introduce a new type of safety check (for which code 241:XXX
has been recycled) which checks whether the hydraulic pumps have stopped. It checks the turbine flowmeter
and the differential flowmeter and if one of these sensors detected a residue flow, the error in question is
generated.
c) Elimination of type 244:XXX errors 0 except for error 244:004 associated with the air detected alarm
Type 244:XXX errors – except for 244:004 (air detected) - have been eliminated as the safety action for the
blood part involves stopping the pumps, already checked by type 242:XXX and 243:XXX errors.
ENG - Ed.02/10 chap.5.5-Description and interpretation of error codes - 3 of 4

Technical Manual
4 of 4 – chap.5.5-Description and interpretation of error codes ENG – Ed.02/10

Technical Manual
5.5.1 ERROR CODES UP TO REV. 5.8-33 (NON-THERAPY

MODELS) AND 6.0-57 (THERAPY MODEL)
The following sections contain the descriptions of error codes in the following order:
• 5.5.1.1 Electrical test errors up to rev. 5.8-09 and 6.0-39

• 5.5.1.2 Electrical test errors from rev. 5.8-15 to 6.0-44
• 5.5.1.3 Errors 0
• 5.5.1.4 Errors 1 dialysate part
• 5.5.1.5 Errors 1 haematic part
ENG - Ed.05/11 Error code up to sw 5.8-33 (Non Therapy) and 6.0-57 (Therapy) - 1 of 2
Manuale Tecnico
2 di 2 - Error code up to sw 5.8-33 (Non Therapy) and 6.0-57 (Therapy) ENG – Ed.05/11
Technical Manual
5.5.1.1 ERRORS 0 – Electrical tests

Up to rev. sw 5.8-09 (non-Therapy models) and 6.0-39 (Therapy model)
xxx: xxx Description Solution

5 1 Error detected by PC when performing Check:
start-up tests. One of the checks failed. - signal status VoltAlarmOn (0)
- signal status T126VBrkOn (0)
- SelfHoldingOn (0)
start-up tests. - signal status VoltAlarmOn (1)
- T1AlVccUpOff (0)
start-up tests. - signal status VoltAlarmOn (0)
- T1AlVccUpOff (1)
start-up tests - signal status VoltAlarmOn (1)
- T1AlVccDwOff (0)
- T1AlVccDwOff (1)
- T1Al5VUpOff (0)
- T1Al5VUpOff (1)
- T1Al5VDwOff (0)
- T1Al15VDwOff (0)
- T1Al5VDwOff (1)
- T1Al5VDwOff (0)
ENG –Ed. 03/10 Errors 0 - Electrical tests - 1 of 8

Technical Manual
xxx xxx Description Solution

- T1Al15VDwOff (1)
- C26VBrkOn (0)
- C26VBrkOn (1)
- P26VBrkOn (0)
5 29 Error detected by control when performing Check:
- P26VBrkOn (0)
start-up tests - CPU board references incorrect
- SelfHoldingOn (1)
5 31 Error detected by control when performing Check settings:
start-up tests - LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
start-up tests - Water did not fall in tank
- Check LT operation
- Check delivery pump operation
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- FlowSetIn (800 ml/min)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
start-up tests - LT operation
- EV1 drive and status
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)

Technical Manual

start-up tests - water does not rise in tank
- LT operation (no switching)
- EV status
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (0)
start-up tests - Water level does not drop
- LT operation
- delivery pump
- PIC operation
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
start-up tests - PIC operation (EV1 does not open)
- LT operation (level does not rise)
- EVWaterPicOn (1)
start-up tests - degasifier pump operation
- LT operation
- Ev4Drain (0)
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- LT operation
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempLowRangeOn (0)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (0 )
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (39 )
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

6 1 Error detected by protection when Check:
performing start-up tests - signal status VoltAlarmOn (0)
- SelfHoldingOn (0)
performing start-up tests relative to phase - signal status VoltAlarmOn (1)
2 - signal status T126VBrkOn (1)
- T1AlVccUpOff (0)
performing start-up tests relative to phase - signal status VoltAlarmOn (0)
4 - signal status T126VBrkOn (0)
- T1AlVccUpOff (1)
- T1AlVccDwOff (0)
- T1AlVccDwOff (1)
- T1Al5VUpOff (0)
- T1Al5VUpOff (1)
- T1Al5VDwOff (0)
- T1Al5VDwOff (1)
- T1Al15VDwOff (0)
- T1Al15VDwOff (1)
- C26VBrkOn (0)

Technical Manual

- C26VBrkOn (1)
- P26VBrkOn (0)
- P26VBrkOn (0)
performing start-up tests - CPU board references incorrect
- SelfHoldingOn (1)
6 31 Error detected by protection when Check settings:
performing start-up tests - LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
performing start-up tests - Water did not fall in tank
- LT operation
- delivery pump operation
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
performing start-up tests - LT operation
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
performing start-up tests - water does not rise in tank
- EV status
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (0)

Technical Manual

performing start-up tests - Water level does not drop
- LT operation
- delivery pump
- PIC operation
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
performing start-up tests - PIC operation (EV1 does not open)
- EVWaterPicOn (1)
- FlowSetIn (0)
performing start-up tests - degasifier pump operation
- LT operation
- Ev4Drain (0)
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (1)
- LT operation
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (0 )
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)

Technical Manual

- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (39 )
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual
5.5.1.2 ERRORS 0 - Electrical tests

From rev. sw 5.8-15 (non-Therapy models) and 6.0-44 (Therapy model)
xxx : xxx Description Solution
5 1 Error detected by the PC while carrying out start-up Check:

tests. One of the checks failed. - VoltAlarmOn (0) signal status
- T126VBrkOn (0) signal status
- SelfHoldingOn (0)

- VoltAlarmOn (0) signal status
- T1AlVccUpOff ( 0)

- T1AlVccUpOff ( 1)

- T1AlVccDwOff ( 0)

- T1AlVccDwOff ( 1)

- T1Al5VUpOff (0)

- T1Al5VUpOff (1)

- T1Al5VDwOff (0)

- T1Al5VDwOff (1)
ENG-Ed.05/11 Errors 0 Electrical tests – page 1 of 8

Technical Manual

- T1Al15VDwOff (0)

- T1Al15VDwOff (1)

- C26VBrkOn (0)

- C26VBrkOn (1)

- P26VBrkOn (0)
5 29 Error detected by control while carrying out start-up Check:

- P26VBrkOn (0)

- uncorrect reference on the CPU board
- SelfHoldingOn (1)
5 31 Error detected by control while carrying out start-up Check the following settings:
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

- Water has not fallen in the tank
- LT operation
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
Errors 0 Electrical tests – page 2 of 8 ENG-Ed.05/11

Technical Manual

5 33 Error detected by control when Check:
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- EV status
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (0)
- LT operation
- delivery pump
- PIC operation
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- EVWaterPicOn (1)
- LT operation
- Ev4Drain (0)
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (1)

Technical Manual

- LT operation
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (0 ℃)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (39 ℃)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- LT operation
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- EV status
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (0)

Technical Manual

- LT operation
- delivery pump
- PIC operation
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- EVWaterPicOn (1)
- FlowSetIn (0)
- LT operation
- Ev4Drain (0)
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (1)
- LT operation
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (0 ℃)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (39 ℃)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

Technical Manual
5.5.1.3 ERRORS 0
For type-5 codes: xxx and 6: xxx see sections Errors 0 Electrical Tests

0 12 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - prefilter pressure reading chain for both
tracking between C-P of prefilter control and protection.
pressure.
0 14 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - additional pressure reading chain for both
tracking between C-P of TMPH. control and protection.
0 15 In Therapy models: Error detected by
protection on online HDF/PHF cut-off
relative to dialysate and blood alarms.
0 17 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - venous pressure reading chain for both
tracking between C-P of venous pressure. control and protection.
0 18 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - that the Pres200TestOn, Pres460TestOn and
control of the venous and arterial and 15KgTeston test signals are zero set in all phases
scale pressure test signals. except the test ones.
0 19 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - arterial pressure reading chain for both
tracking between C-P of arterial pressure. control and protection.
0 21 Error detected by protection while Check: - FoamDetTestOn signal and relative
carrying out T0 test on the air detector. A hardware chain
time interval >1.3 sec has elapsed since
the previous T0 test.
0 22 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - encoder positioning - hardware chain
tracking between C-P on the number of relative to 1-hole encoder reading, for both control
revolutions read by the 1-hole encoder. and protection
0 23 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - arterial potentiometer integrity- hardware
tracking between C-P on the positioning chain relevant to arterial potentiometer reading.
of the arterial potentiometer or value read
by the signal protection that can be set
with the arterial potentiometer greater
than the maximum settable value.
0 24 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - venous potentiometer integrity- hardware
tracking between C-P on the positioning chain relevant to venous potentiometer reading -
of the venous potentiometer or value read potentiometer connection.
by the signal protection set with the
venous potentiometer greater than the
maximum settable value.
0 25 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - heparin pump drive signals (control),
the drive frequency of the heparin pump protection frequency reading chain and motor
and to the rotation of the heparin pump rotation (with encoder).
motor (by means of an encoder).
0 26 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - CPU / RAM PC operation
the control of the heparin pump speed
setting delivered at double speed by the
PC.
0 27 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - clamp drive signal and position reading
tracking between C-P of ClampRead
signal.
ENG- Ed.03/10 ERRORS 0 – page 1 of 34

Technical Manual

0 28 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - BloodDetOn signal hardware chain
tracking between C-P on BloodDetOn relative to both control and protection.
signal.
0 32 Error detected by protection relative to
blood detection
0 37 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - arterial pump drive chain
venous pump control. Venous pump in
operation during the arterial phase in AS.
arterial pump control. Arterial pump in
operation during the venous phase in SN.
tracking between C-P of the duration of
the arterial phase in AS.
encoder pulses read during the arterial and protection
phase in AS
0 41 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - switching pressure reading chain for both
tracking between C-P of minimum and control and protection (peak value)
maximum switching pressure (single
needle).
0 42 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - frequency of oscillation of the
the control of the time measured by the microprocessor quartz crystals (XT) - h:min:sec
PC in single needle. increments of PC.
0 43 Error detected by protection on the Check: switching pressure reading chain (venous
control of high switching pressure. The pressure transducer or SNsp and infusion for
protection has detected that the maximum SNdp) for both control and protection.
switching pressure has been exceeded
without the control enabling the venous
phase.
tracking between C-P of the duration of
the venous phase in single needle.
revolutions of the venous pump during and protection
the venous phase (Asdp).
0 47 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - reading hardware chain for the venous
tracking between C-P relative to the pump speed (frequency) for both control and
venous pump speed. protection systems.
0 52 Error detected by protection relative to C- Check: - infusion pressure reading chain for both
P tracking on haemodiafiltration pressure. control and protection. Values incorrect or
unstable.
0 53 Error detected by protection relative to C- Check: - BLDH reading chain for both control and
P tracking on BLDH sensor. protection. Values incorrect or unstable.
scale correction >12.5%.
ERRORS 0 – page 2 of 34 ENG- Ed.03/10

Technical Manual

0 57 Error detected by protection on the set Check: - venous potentiometer.
infusion control.
In Therapy models: Error detected by In the Therapy models, check: - the infusion
protection on priming (no blood) DN/SN/SSN connector
following an inconsistency concerning the
state of the infusion connector and the
presence of the corresponding alarm.
0 58 Error detected by protection relative to the
preparation alarms.
0 59 Error detected by protection relative to C-P Check: - scale reading chain for both control and
tracking on scale. protection.
0 60 Error detected by protection relative to C-P
tracking on scale algorithm variables.
In Therapy models: Error detected by
protection on online HDF/PHF priming
0 74 Error detected by protection on the failure of Check: - Cond1 signal read for both control and
the partial conductivity probe relative to protection.
respect of T0 test enable times.
0 75 Error detected by protection on the failure of Check: - Cond TOT signal read for both control
the total conductivity probe concerning and protection.
relative to respect of T0 test enable times.
0 85 Error detected by protection while carrying Check: - RAM corrupted, microcontroller quartz
out conductivity probe 1 T0 test. The tests were crystal oscillation frequency - test signal status
not performed according to the established times. (see test table)
out conductivity probe 3 T0 test. The tests crystal oscillation frequency - test signal status
were not performed according to the (see test table)
established times.
0 114 Error detected protection relative to the Check:
arterial pump control: the arterial pump has - if caused by manual pump rotation
completed at least a revolution while the BLD - arterial pump drive
alarm, detected by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
tracking between C-P on weight loss.
0 152 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - that the NoWaterPicOn signal arrives
tracking between C-P on position of equally to control and protection.
NoWaterPicOn signal.
0 153 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - that the WaterLevel signal arrives
tracking between C-P on position of equally to control and protection.
WaterLevel signal.
0 154 Error detected by protection on level Check: - level transducer operation - delivery
transducer switching time control and UF flow, degassing pump operation -
obstruction absence - delivery pump overflow
signal presence - NOTE: if this error occurs,
error 0 (4-5) will also intervene requiring to zero
the flag (resistance overheating).

Technical Manual

0 155 Error detected by protection on the Check: - drive chain and heating element control –
heating element supply control N.B.: if this error occurs, error 0 (4-5) will also
intervene requiring to zero the flag (resistance
overheating).
0 156 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - reading chain of the connector position
tracking between C-P concerning the transducers.
position of the connectors (sterilisation or
maintenance in the therapy models,
concentrate, bypass, perforation and
infusion cartridge)
0 160 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - CondT signal read for both control and
tracking between C-P of the CondT protection.
signal.
0 161 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - Cond2 signal read for both control and
tracking between C-P of Cond2 signal protection.
0 163 Error detected by protection relative to C- Check: - hydraulic test signal status
P tracking on signals: conduct. probes,
temperature transd., pressure transd. and
BLD tests. Preparation phases, Pressure
loop.
0 164 Error detected by protection relative to C- Check: - hydraulic test signal status
BLD tests. Filter rinse and UF phases.
0 165 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - Cond1 signal read for both control and
tracking between C-P of Cond1 signal protection.
0 166 Error detected by protection relative to C- Check: hydraulic test signal status
BLD tests. Phases: Disinfection or
Maintenance (only in Therapy models).
0 167 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - TempDialC signal for both control and
tracking between C-P of TempDialC. The protection
difference is > 2 .
0 168 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - TempDialP signal for both control and
tracking between C-P relative to protection
TempDialP. The difference is > 2 .
0 169 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - difference between TempDialC and
the control of the difference between TempDialP signals.
TempDialC and TempDialP. The
difference is > .
0 171 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - hardware chain relative to PressDial signal
tracking between C-P of PressDial of both control and protection
measurement.
0 172 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - FreqCond1Mot signal read for both control
tracking between C-P of FreqCond1Mot and protection.
signal
0 173 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - FreqCond2Mot signal read for both control
tracking between C-P of FreqCond2Mot and protection.
signal
the calculation of the UF set value

Technical Manual

0 193 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - BLD signal
tracking between C-P on BLD.
0 194 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - BLD signal
the control of the BLD zero setting.
0 195 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - COND STER signal should equally reach
tracking between C-P of COND STER both the control and the protection.
signal.
0 196 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - operation of the concentrate, delivery and
concentrate, delivery and bypass pumps. switching of the by-pass electrovalves (also see flow
Phase: Disinfection or Maintenance (only switch).
in Therapy models).
Causes (Therapy models): the bypass has
stayed open for more than 25'' in the fast
rinse phase at the end of a maintenance
cycle - the bypass has stayed closed for
more than 35'' in the fast rinse phase at
the end of a maintenance cycle – the
delivery flow is less than 250 ml/min –
the concentrate pumps do not turn enough
0 197 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - operation of the concentrate, delivery and
concentrate, delivery and bypass pumps. switching of the by-pass electrovalves (also see flow
Phase: Warm-up rinsing during T1 tests switch).
or in infinite rinsing.
Causes (Therapy models): the bypass has
remained open more than 30'' in the
rinsing phase – the bypass has remained
closed for more than 30'' in the rinsing
phase – the delivery flow is less than 250
ml/min – the concentrate do not turn
enough
0 198 Error detected by protection relative to Check: - signal sensor reading chain: flowswitchon
tracking between C-P on flowswitchon and flow250off.
and flow250off signals (lower and upper
flowswitch sensor)
0 199 Error detected by protection while Check: - signal sensor reading chain: flow250off. -
checking the congruency between position of clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
machine status, flow setting and flow models) inside the flowswitch - air inside hydraulic
value indicated by the flowswitch. (e.g.: circuit
bypass open and flow rate higher than
250 cc/min: upper flowswitch sensor on -
flow250off=0; clip (or patient bypass clip
in therapy models) high
0 200 Error detected by protection while Check: - signal sensor reading chain: flowswitchon. -
checking the congruency between position of clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
machine status, flow setting and flow models) inside the flowswitch - air inside hydraulic
value indicated by the flowswitch. (e.g.: circuit
bypass open and flow rate higher than
250 cc/min: lower flowswitch sensor on -
flowswitchon=5V; clip (or patient bypass
clip in therapy models) high
tracking between C-P regarding TMP
calculation.
1 1 Error detected by the PC while carrying Check:
out start-up tests relative to the parallel - configuration of the parallel port
port.

Technical Manual

1 2 Error detected by the PC relative to Check:
communication failure of the parallel port - operation of the control and protection
microprocessors on CPU (flashing LED)
- connection of the parallel port cable.
1 3 Error detected by the PC while carrying
out start-up tests relative to the check of
data sent by control and protection to the
PC
out start-up tests relative to a delay or - CPU microprocessor status at start-up (reset signal)
sudden interruption of the parallel port
communication.
1 5 Error in communication through the
parallel port - Parallel port not initialised.
2 1 Error while restoring machine status Check:
- CPU back-up battery
out start-up tests relative to the check on - the control system software revision (chip
the software revision of the control replacement may be required)
system
out start-up tests relative to the check on - the protection system software revision (chip
the software revision of the protection replacement may be required)
system
3 3 Error detected by the PC while carrying Verify CPU board dip switch positioning
out start-up tests relative to the check on
CPU board dip switch position
3 4 Error detected by the PC while carrying Check EEPROMs (reconfigure the machine): they
out start-up tests relative to the CRC of could be damaged or incorrectly programmed
the control and protection EEPROMs
out start-up tests relative to the different - PowerResetOn signals of C and P
reset flag position (power fail) between
control and protection
4 2 Error detected by the PC while carrying Check the EEPROMs and zero set the relative flags
out start-up tests relative to the different in the relative configuration page.
sterilisation flag position (or maintenance
in the therapy models) between control
and protection
dwell flag position between control and
protection
4 4 Error detected by the PC while carrying Repeat machine configuration
out start-up tests relative to the different
help request flag position between control
and protection
4 5 Error detected by the PC while carrying Check error cause in file Err0.log (Errors during
out start-up tests relative to the different start-up test of the heating element 005:046, 005:047,
resistance overheating flag position error 000:154 on the tank level transducer, error
between control and protection 000:155 on the heating element drive) and then
perform the checks specified for each code.

Technical Manual

4 8 Error detected by the PC while carrying Repeat machine configuration
out start-up tests, relative to the different
configuration request flag position
between control and protection
Configuration data differing between
control and protection
sterilisation flag position after error 1 (or
maintenance after error 1 in the therapy
models) between control and protection
4 11 Error detected by the PC while carrying The machine has been configured with a sterilisation
out start-up tests relative to the presence cycle in progress (or maintenance cycle in progress
of the sterilisation flag in progress (or in the therapy models) without zero setting the flags.
maintenance in progress in the therapy Repeat flag configuration.
models) with inconsistent machine
statuses.
4 12 Error detected by the PC while carrying Check back-up batteries and CPU rams
out start-up tests, relative to the flag of
positive test results, misalignment
between control and protection
4 13 Error detected by the PC while carrying Check CPU EEPROM. Zero set the relative flags
out start-up tests relative to the
incongruent state (Disinfection or
Maintenance (only in the Therapy
models))/dwell. Dwell in progress
without sterilisation (or maintenance in
the therapy models).
7 1 Error detected by control relative to the Zero set the flag (disinfection or maintenance) in
type of Disinfection or Maintenance (only configuration and repeat the disinfection or
in the Therapy models) not recognised maintenance.
phase of Disinfection or Maintenance configuration and repeat the disinfection or
(only in the Therapy models) not maintenance.
recognised
subphase of Disinfection or Maintenance configuration and repeat the disinfection or
(only in the Therapy models) not maintenance.
recognised

Technical Manual

7 4 Error detected by control during SVUOT Check:
TANK and SVUOTASS emptying - operation of tank level transducer
phases. The error is due to absence of - operation of delivery pump
detection of level transducer switching - operation of UF pump
within 120 sec from its beginning. - operation of concentrate pump
- state of hydraulic circuit
7 5 Error detected by control in the Check:
CHK_TANK phase (after an emptying - operation of tank level transducer
phase and before a filling phase). The - operation of delivery pump
level transducer has detected a level - operation of UF pump
presence despite the tank being empty. - operation of concentrate pump
7 6 Error detected by the PC relative to the Check: - congruence of the programme file
code in execution (FIT test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
code in execution (EV test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
code in execution (EV test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
9 1 Error detected by control: temperature in Check:
the tank > 50 °C for more than 120 s. - operation of thermoregulation system
- Set temp
- Pt100 TS1 and relative hardware reading chain
9 2 Error detected by control relative to the Check:
misalignment between C and P of the - operation of thermoregulation system
temperature detected by the respective - Signals: TEMP READ, TEMP LOW RANGE ON,
probes at the inlet of the dialyser filter. TEMP DIAL C, TEMP DIAL P, TEMP C TEST
Besides the T1 tests, the temperature read OFF, TEMP P TEST OFF and relative hardware
by the control probe differs by more than reading chain
25°C compared with the value measured
by the protection probe in the read range
[25°C, 50°C].
10 1 Error detected by control: during the Check:
heating and cooling phase, the delivery - air inside circuit.
flow is < 200 ml/min for more than 60 - Electrovalve positions and drives
sec. - occlusions in the hydraulic circuit
code in execution (BLD test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
code in execution (BLD test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
code in execution (partial conductivity dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
test routine)
code in execution (partial conductivity dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
test routine)
code in execution (total conductivity test dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
routine)

Technical Manual

code in execution (total conductivity test dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
routine)
code in execution (connectors test dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
routine)
code in execution (UF test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
code in execution (UF test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
code in execution (flowswitch test dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
routine) - occlusions in the hydraulic circuit
19 Errors relative to non-recognition of T1 Check:
hydraulic test phases - Disk On Chip integrity
20 2 Error relative to non-recognition of data Check:
- Disk On Chip integrity
21 Errors caused by non-loading of the Check:
supporting files by the PC programme - Disk On Chip integrity
22 Errors caused by non-recognition of data Check:
or supporting files by the PC programme - Disk On Chip integrity
during configuration
23 Errors caused by absence of or corrupt Check:
support files, insufficient space in the - Disk On Chip integrity
Disk On Chip memory.
code in execution (graphic initialisation dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
test routine)
25 210 Error due to an overlap between the Check:
mains voltage and that generated by the - continuity group
continuity group.
26 0 Error detected by the PC relative to the Check: - congruency of the file in question
PROFILER.LOG file
PROFILER.LOG file
PROFILER.LOG file
26 3 Error detected by the PC relative to the Check: - space on Hard Disk
space on the HD during the writing of
PROFILER.LOG.
27 Error detected by the PC relative to the Check: - congruency of the file in question
CRC of the PROFILER.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG file

Technical Manual

FILTER.LOG file
ACIDCOMP.LOG file
BASCOMP.LOG file
DIALBKUP.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG file
FILTER.LOG file
ACIDCOMP.LOG file
BASCOMP.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG file
FILTER.LOG file
ACIDCOMP.LOG file
BASCOMP.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG.
DIALCOPY.LOG file
DIALBKUP.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG file
100 Error generated by the PC software due to
the misalignment of the error message
copies sent by protection.

Technical Manual

203 Error generated by protection: failure of the protection Check:
microcontroller operation test - CPU board. - 68HC11 microcontroller operation
N.B.: error not displayed on the PC monitor as the
CPU goes out of the normal loop and disconnects the
communication, the monitor remains black, the CPU
red led does not flash.
204 Error generated by protection: failure of the protection Check:
RAM operation test - CPU board. - protection RAM operation
communication, the monitor remains black, the CPU
red led does not flash.
205 Error generated by protection when an unexpected Check:
interrupt intervenes. - protection CPU operation
communication; the monitor should display the codes
relative to the latter situation, the CPU red led does not
flash.
flash.
flash.
flash.
flash.
217 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_SELFHOLD - Check:
incorrect selfholding signal - SelfHodingOn (1) signal
218 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_26VBREAK - Check:
26 volt not present - power input values
- VoltAlarmOn signal
- Power input test signals

Technical Manual

219 Error detected by protection: Check:
P_TRK_CP_REFERENCE – misalignment of - control and protection reference
references C and P
P_CHK_C_REFERENCE - incorrect C reference - control and protection reference
221 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_OVERRIDE - Check:
max. override time exceeded - total time in override
- PC and CPU clocks
222 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_NO_ADJ -
adjust not performed
223 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_TIMER_FAIL
– timer management error
224 Error detected by protection:
P_CHK_COPIA_STATO_FAIL - control machine
status different from protection machine status
P_CHK_COPIA_STATO_RECOVER_FAIL -
recover copy machine status error NOT USED
P_CHK_COPIA_STATO_ALL_FAIL - copy
machine status error NOT USED
227 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_NO_TIMER -
timer protection buffer terminated
communication; the monitor should display the
codes relative to the latter situation, the CPU red led
does not flash.
228 Error detected by protection during start-up test, Check:
relative to CRC on the protection code. - Protection flash memory
- red protection led flashes
N.B.: error not displayed on the PC monitor as the Reprogramme the protection FLASH
communication, the monitor should remain black,
the CPU red led does not flash.
relative to the software control revision of the control - correct software revision
relative to the control of the PC software revision - software revision of the PC programme

Technical Manual

relative to the data stored in EEPROM: CRCs - EEPROM by retrying a complete
different between control and protection. configuration
P_CHK_TRACK_DIPSWITCH - dip switch - stability of the dip switch signals.
reading misalignment between Control and
Protection
P_CHK_STATETRANSITION - the set treatment
(A, SNsp, ...) does not correspond to the machine
status calculated by FORMULA.
P_CHK_DPRCOMM_LOST - Loss of - communication hardware
communication on the parallel port. Used to put - PC operation
the machine into the safety state, whenever the PC - microcontroller operation
or the control microcontroller fail to work properly
(with consequent loss of communication).
P_CHK_DPRCOMM_REPEAT - Incorrect
parallel communication.
240 29 Error detected by protection: position of clip (or Check:

patient bypass clip in therapy models) not in zero - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
flow position: the absence of blood flow requires models) blocked in the conic pipe
the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: the absence of infusion flow models) blocked in the conic pipe
requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: the machine status requires the models) blocked in the conic pipe
absence of dialysate flow - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: failure of the UF T0 test requires the models) blocked in the conic pipe
bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: the NO WATER alarm detected by models) blocked in the conic pipe
the PC software requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: the TEMPERATURE alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
detected by the PC software requires the bypass to - flowswitch signals
be closed. - position of clip

Technical Manual

flow position: the TOTAL CONDUCTIVITY models) blocked in the conic pipe
alarm detected by the PC software requires the - flowswitch signals
bypass to be closed. - position of clip
flow position: the BICARBONATE models) blocked in the conic pipe
CONDUCTIVITY alarm detected by the PC - flowswitch signals
software requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
flow position: the TMP alarm detected by the PC models) blocked in the conic pipe
software requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: the UF NEGATIVE PRESSURE models) blocked in the conic pipe
flow position: the CONCENTRATE ERROR models) blocked in the conic pipe
flow position: the REVERSE UF alarm detected models) blocked in the conic pipe
by the PC software requires the bypass to be - flowswitch signals
closed. - position of clip
flow position: the END UF alarm detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
PC software requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
flow position: the NULL BLOOD FLOW alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
flow position: the NULL INFUSION FLOW models) blocked in the conic pipe
(total conductivity) alarm detected by protection - flowswitch signals
requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip

Technical Manual

flow position: the difference between the weight loss models) blocked in the conic pipe
calculations of the Control and Protection systems - flowswitch signals
- protection and PC clock
the Protection software requires the bypass to be - flowswitch signals
flow position: the TOTAL CONDUCTIVITY alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
detected by the Protection software requires the - flowswitch signals
CONDUCTIVITY alarm detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
software requires the bypass to be closed. Error - position of clip
detected by protection
240 136 position of clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy Check:
models) not in zero flow position: the - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
TEMPERATURE alarm detected by the Protection models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
flow position: the TMP alarm detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
Protection software requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
(partial conductivity) alarm detected by the - flowswitch signals
Protection software requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
flow position: the REVERSE UF alarm detected by models) blocked in the conic pipe
flow position: the BLD alarm detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
- position of clip

Technical Manual

alarm detected by the Protection software requires - flowswitch signals
the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
flow position: the alarm of connectors out of place models) blocked in the conic pipe
during rinsing, detected by the Protection software - flowswitch signals
during dialysis, detected by the Protection software - flowswitch signals
during sterilisation (or maintenance for Therapy - flowswitch signals
models), detected by the Protection software requires - position of clip
the bypass to be closed.
flow position: the misalignment, detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
Protection software, between the conductivity probe - flowswitch signals
(total conductivity) and the probe at the bypass - position of clip
(total) requires the bypass to be closed.
flow position: failure of T0 test on the bicarb. models) blocked in the conic pipe
conductivity probe detected by the protection - flowswitch signals
software requires the bypass closed. - position of clip
flow position: misalignment of the variables relative models) blocked in the conic pipe
to ultrafiltration control, detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
software, requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
flow position: misalignment, detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
Protection software, between the value set for the - flowswitch signals
ultrafiltration servosystem and the UF rate read value - position of clip
requires the bypass to be closed.

Technical Manual

240 201 Error detected by protection. Position of clip (or Check:
patient bypass clip in Therapy models) not in zero - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
flow position: failure of the T0 test on the total models) blocked in the conic pipe
conductivity probe detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
flow position: the absence of blood flow requires models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
flow position: the absence of infusion flow models) blocked in the conic pipe
requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
241 64 Error detected by protection: Non-zero flow Check:
detected on turbine flowmeter or differential - signals relative to the turbine
flowmeter: the machine status requires - signals relative to the differential
flowmeter
- position of clip
flow position: failure of the UF T0 test requires the models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
- position of clip
flow position: the TEMPERATURE alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
flow position: the TOTAL CONDUCTIVITY models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip

Technical Manual

patient bypass clip in therapy models) not in - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
zero flow position: the UF NEGATIVE models) blocked in the conic pipe
PRESSURE alarm detected by the PC software - flowswitch signals
zero flow position: the CONCENTRATE models) blocked in the conic pipe
ERROR alarm detected by the PC software - flowswitch signals
zero flow position: the REVERSE UF alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
detected by the PC software requires the bypass - flowswitch signals
to be closed. - position of clip
zero flow position: the END UF alarm detected models) blocked in the conic pipe
zero flow position: the NULL BLOOD FLOW models) blocked in the conic pipe
flowmeter: the BLD alarm detected by the PC - signals relative to the differential
software requires the absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter
zero flow position: the NULL INFUSION models) blocked in the conic pipe
FLOW alarm detected by the PC software - flowswitch signals
ERROR (total conductivity) alarm detected by - flowswitch signals
protection requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
zero flow position: the difference between the models) blocked in the conic pipe
weight loss calculations of the Control and - flowswitch signals
Protection systems requires the bypass to be - position of clip
closed.
zero flow position: the NO WATER alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
bypass to be closed - position of clip
zero flow position: the TOTAL models) blocked in the conic pipe
CONDUCTIVITY alarm detected by the - flowswitch signals
Protection software requires the bypass to be - position of clip
closed.

Technical Manual

241 135 Error detected by protection: position of Check:
clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy models)
models) not in zero flow position: the blocked in the conic pipe
BICARBONATE CONDUCTIVITY - flowswitch signals
alarm detected by the Protection software - position of clip
TEMPERATURE alarm detected by the - flowswitch signals
Protection software requires the bypass to - position of clip
be closed.
TMP alarm detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
CONCENTRATE ERROR (partial - flowswitch signals
conductivity) alarm detected by the - position of clip
Protection software requires the bypass to
be closed.
REVERSE UF alarm detected by the - flowswitch signals
Protection software requires the bypass to - position of clip
be closed.
BLD alarm detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
END UF alarm detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
241 143 Error detected by protection: Position of Check:
clip (or patient bypass clip in Therapy - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy models)
models) not in zero flow position: the UF blocked in the conic pipe
NEGATIVE PRESSURE alarm detected - flowswitch signals
by the Protection software requires the - position of clip
bypass to be closed.
alarm of connectors out of place during - flowswitch signals
rinsing, detected by the Protection - position of clip
software requires the bypass to be closed.

Technical Manual

during dialysis, detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
models), detected by the Protection software - position of clip
Protection software, between the conductivity - flowswitch signals
probe (total conductivity) and the probe at the - position of clip
bypass (total) requires the bypass to be closed.
flow position: misalignment of the variables models) blocked in the conic pipe
relative to ultrafiltration control, detected by the - flowswitch signals
Protection software, requires the bypass to be - position of clip
closed.
ultrafiltration servosystem and the UF rate read - position of clip
value requires the bypass to be closed.
241 199 Error detected by protection. Non-zero flow Check:
flowmeter: congruency between machine status, - signals relative to the differential
flow setting and flow value indicated by the flowmeter
flowswitch requires the absence of dialysate flow.
241 200 Error detected by protection. Non-zero flow Check:
flowswitch. Requires the absence of dialysate
flow.
flow position: failure of T0 test on the total models) blocked in the conic pipe

Technical Manual

arterial pump control: the arterial pump - if caused by manual pump rotation
has completed at least a revolution while - arterial pump drive
the PV OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
by the protection, is present.
the PA MINMAX alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
protection, is present.
the PA OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the AIR DETECTED alarm, detected by - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the protection, is present.
the PV MINMAX alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the ART. PUMP COVER alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the ARTERIAL PUMP REVOL. alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
detected by the protection, is present.
the CLAMP OPEN alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the WRONG ARTERIAL LINE alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the PFILT: OUT OF RANGE alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
242 15 In Therapy models: Error detected by Check:
protection relative to the control of the - if caused by manual pump rotation
arterial pump in the presence of dialysate - arterial pump drive
part and blood part on online HDF/PHF - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
cut-off alarms: the arterial pump has
completed at least a revolution while the
stop arterial pump request due to machine
status is present.

Technical Manual

242 20 Error detected protection relative to the arterial Check:
pump control: the arterial pump has completed - if caused by manual pump rotation
at least a revolution while the arterial pump - arterial pump drive
maximum speed exceeded alarm, detected by - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while the VENOUS PUMP - arterial pump drive
COVER alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
present.
at least a revolution while the ARTERIAL - arterial pump drive
PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while the VENOUS PHASE - arterial pump drive
TIMEOUT alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
present.
at least a revolution while the - arterial pump drive
SwitchingPressureFault alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while the STROKE - arterial pump drive
VOLUME alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
present.
at least a revolution while the maximum - arterial pump drive
switching pressure exceeded alarm, detected by - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while it should have stopped - arterial pump drive
due to the machine status. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
242 57 In Therapy models: Error detected by protection Check:
relative to the control of the arterial pump while - if caused by manual pump rotation
the infusion connector in priming (no blood) - arterial pump drive
DN/SN/SSN alarm is present: the arterial pump has - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
completed at least a revolution in the presence of a stop
arterial pump request due to machine status.
relative to the control of the arterial pump in the - if caused by manual pump rotation
presence of dialysate part and blood part in - arterial pump drive
priming on HDF/PHF line: the arterial pump has - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
completed at least a revolution while the stop
arterial pump request due to machine status is
present.

Technical Manual

the stop arterial pump request due to - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
machine status is present.
the PFILT: OUT OF RANGE alarm, - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
detected by the protection, is present
the PV OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
by the PC software, is present.
the PA OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the PV MINMAX alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
PC software, is present.
the PA MINMAX alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the ART. PUMP COVER alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the ARTERIAL PUMP REVOL. alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
detected by the PC software, is present.
the WRONG ARTERIAL LINE alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the venous pump cover alarm, detected by - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the PC software, is present.
the BLD alarm, detected by the PC - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
software, is present.

Technical Manual

the arterial phase timeout alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the venous phase timeout alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the SwitchingPressureFault alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the STROKE VOLUME alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
the venous pump speed alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
242 120 In the Formula models: Error detected Check:
protection relative to the arterial pump - if caused by manual pump rotation
control: the arterial pump has completed at least a - arterial pump drive
revolution while the UNSTABLE LOAD alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
protection relative to the control of the
arterial pump in the presence of dialysate
part and blood part in priming on
HDF/PHF line: the pump has completed
at least a revolution in the presence of a
stop arterial pump request due to machine
status.
the BLD alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
243 1 Error detected by protection relative to Check:
venous pump control: the venous pump - if caused by manual pump rotation
has completed at least a revolution while - venous pump drive
the PV OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
the PA MINMAX alarm, detected by the - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
the PA OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals

Technical Manual

243 4 Error detected by protection relative to venous Check:
pump control: the venous pump has completed - if caused by manual pump rotation
at least a revolution while the AIR DETECTED - venous pump drive
alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while the PV MINMAX - venous pump drive
at least a revolution while the ART. PUMP - venous pump drive
COVER alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
present.
at least a revolution while the ARTERIAL - venous pump drive
PUMP REVOL. alarm, detected by the - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while the CLAMP OPEN - venous pump drive
at least a revolution while the WRONG - venous pump drive
ARTERIAL LINE alarm, detected by the - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
at least a revolution while the PFILT: OUT OF - venous pump drive
RANGE alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
present
at least a revolution while the TMPH OUT OF - venous pump drive
present.
relative to the control of the venous pump in the - if caused by manual pump rotation
presence of dialysate part and blood part on - venous pump drive
online HDF/PHF cut-off alarms: the venous - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
pump has completed at least a revolution in the
presence of a stop venous pump request due to
machine status.
at least a revolution in the presence of the - venous pump drive
arterial pump maximum speed exceeded alarm, - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
detected by the protection.
at least a revolution while the VENOUS PUMP - venous pump drive
COVER alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
present.

Technical Manual

venous pump control: the venous pump has - if caused by manual pump rotation
completed at least a revolution while the - venous pump drive
ARTERIAL PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, detected by
- 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
the VENOUS PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
completed at least a revolution while the - venous pump drive
SwitchingPressureFault alarm, detected by the
the STROKE VOLUME alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
the maximum switching pressure - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
exceeded alarm, detected by the
completed at least a revolution while the venous - venous pump drive
pump speed alarm, detected by the protection, is
present.
has completed at least a revolution in the - venous pump drive
presence of the venous pump maximum - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
speed exceeded alarm, detected by the
protection.
the infusion cover open alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
completed at least a revolution while the infusion - venous pump drive
pump speed alarm, detected by the protection, is
present.
the infusion pressure out of range alarm, - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
the UNSTABLE LOAD alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals

Technical Manual

pump control: the venous pump has completed at - if caused by manual pump rotation
least a revolution while the scale error greater than - venous pump drive
300 g, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
relative to the control of the venous pump while - if caused by manual pump rotation
the infusion connector in priming (no blood) - venous pump drive
DN/SN/SSN alarm is present: the venous pump - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
has completed at least a revolution in the presence
of a stop venous pump request due to machine
status.
least a revolution while preparatory alarms, - venous pump drive
detected by the protection software, requesting a - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
machine stop, are present.
dialysate part and blood part in priming online - venous pump drive
HDF/PHF alarms are present: the venous pump - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
has completed at least a revolution in the presence
of a stop venous pump request due to machine
status.
least a revolution in the wrong direction. - venous pump drive
In Therapy models: Error detected by protection
relative to the control of the correct direction of
rotation of the venous pump in priming, dialysis
and cut-off on line in HDF and PHF treatments.
least a revolution in the presence of a stop venous - venous pump drive
pump request due to machine status. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
243 93 In Therapy models: Error detected by protection
on online HDF/PHF cut-off relative to dialysate
and blood alarms.
least a revolution while the PFILT: OUT OF - venous pump drive
present
least a revolution while the TMPH OUT OF - venous pump drive
present.
least a revolution while the PV OUT OF RANGE - venous pump drive
alarm, detected by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals

Technical Manual

243 107 Error detected by protection relative to venous pump Check:
control: the venous pump has completed at least a - if caused by manual pump rotation
revolution while the PA OUT OF RANGE alarm, - venous pump drive
detected by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
revolution while the PV MINMAX alarm, detected - venous pump drive
by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
243 109 Error detected protection relative to the arterial pump Check:
control: the arterial pump has completed at least a - if caused by manual pump rotation
revolution while the PA MINMAX alarm, detected - venous pump drive
by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
revolution while the ART. PUMP COVER alarm, - venous pump drive
revolution while the ARTERIAL PUMP REVOL. - venous pump drive
revolution while the WRONG ARTERIAL LINE - venous pump drive
revolution while the venous pump cover alarm, - venous pump drive
revolution while the BLD alarm, detected by the PC - venous pump drive
software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related signals
revolution while the arterial phase timeout alarm, - venous pump drive
revolution while the venous phase timeout alarm, - venous pump drive
revolution while the SwitchingPressureFault alarm, - venous pump drive

Technical Manual

revolution while the STROKE VOLUME alarm, - venous pump drive
detected by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
revolution while the venous pump speed alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
revolution while the UNSTABLE LOAD alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
revolution while the scale error greater than 300 g, - venous pump drive
signals
revolution while the stop infusion requested by the - venous pump drive
bypass closure alarm, detected by the PC software, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals
revolution while the SwitchingPressureFault alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
revolution while the infusion cover open alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
revolution while the infusion pressure out of range - venous pump drive
alarm, detected by the PC software, is present - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
revolution while the BLD alarm, detected by the - venous pump drive
protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
244 1 Error detected by protection relative to venous clamp Check:
control: clamp open when the PV OUT OF RANGE - if clamp is kept open by the operator
alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - clamp operation
- clamp drive signals and position reading
control: clamp open when the PA MINMAX alarm, - if clamp is kept open by the operator
detected by the protection, is present. - clamp operation
control: clamp open when the PA OUT OF RANGE - if clamp is kept open by the operator
alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - clamp operation

Technical Manual

venous clamp control: clamp open when - if clamp is kept open by the operator
the AIR DETECTED alarm, detected by - clamp operation
the protection, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
the PV MINMAX alarm, detected by the - clamp operation
protection, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
the ART. PUMP COVER alarm, detected - clamp operation
by the protection, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
the ARTERIAL PUMP REVOL. alarm, - clamp operation
detected by the protection, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
any alarm, detected by the protection, - clamp operation
requiring it to be closed (generating the - clamp drive signals and position reading
CLAMP OPEN alarm) is present.
the WRONG ARTERIAL LINE alarm, - clamp operation
the PFILT: OUT OF RANGE alarm, - clamp operation
protection relative to the control of the - if clamp is kept open by the operator
clamp in the presence of dialysed part and - clamp operation
blood part on online HDF/PHF cut-off: - clamp drive signals and position reading
the clamp opened in the presence of a
clamp closed request due to the machine
status.
the arterial pump MAXIMUM SPEED - clamp operation
alarm, detected by the protection, is - clamp drive signals and position reading
present.
the VENOUS PUMP COVER alarm, - clamp operation
the ARTERIAL PHASE TIMEOUT - clamp operation
alarm, detected by the protection, is - clamp drive signals and position reading
present.
the VENOUS PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, - clamp operation

Technical Manual

the SwitchingPressureFault alarm, - clamp operation
the STROKE VOLUME alarm, detected - clamp operation
the maximum switching pressure - clamp operation
exceeded alarm, detected by the - clamp drive signals and position reading
the venous pump speed alarm, detected - clamp operation
clamp while the infusion connector in - clamp operation
priming (no blood) DN/SN/SSN alarm is - clamp drive signals and position reading
present: the clamp opened in the presence
of a clamp closed request due to the
machine status.
clamp in the presence of dialysate part - clamp operation
and blood part on online HDF/PHF - clamp drive signals and position reading
priming: the clamp opened in the
presence of a clamp closed request due to
the machine status.
venous clamp control: clamp open with - if clamp is kept open by the operator
the clamp closed request (due to the - clamp operation
machine status) is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
the PV OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - clamp operation
by the PC software, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
the PA OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected - clamp operation
the PV MINMAX alarm, detected by the - clamp operation
PC software, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
the PA MINMAX alarm, detected by the - clamp operation
the ART. PUMP COVER alarm, detected - clamp operation

Technical Manual

clamp control: clamp open when the - if clamp is kept open by the operator
ARTERIAL PUMP REVOL. alarm, detected by - clamp operation
the PC software, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
clamp control: clamp open when the WRONG - if clamp is kept open by the operator
ARTERIAL LINE alarm, detected by the PC - clamp operation
software, is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
clamp control: clamp open when the VENOUS - if clamp is kept open by the operator
PUMP COVER alarm, detected by the PC - clamp operation
clamp control: clamp open when the BLD alarm, - if clamp is kept open by the operator
detected by the PC software, is present. - clamp operation
ARTERIAL PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, detected - clamp operation
clamp control: clamp open when the VENOUS - if clamp is kept open by the operator
PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, detected by the PC - clamp operation
SwitchingPressureFault alarm, detected by the - clamp operation
clamp control: clamp open when the STROKE - if clamp is kept open by the operator
VOLUME alarm, detected by the PC software, - clamp operation
is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
clamp control: clamp open when the venous - if clamp is kept open by the operator
pump speed alarm, detected by the PC software, - clamp operation
is present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
clamp control: clamp open when the BLD alarm, - if clamp is kept open by the operator
detected by the protection, is present. - clamp operation
245 69 Error, detected by protection, relative to the Check:
actuator voltage input control (26VBRK): input - PAL U62 CPU operation
voltage remains in situations that require it to - drive and reading of signals involved
drop. - power input alarm system operation
246 Error generated by protection relative to a
memory resource management malfunction:
Following a protection microcontroller failure
(red led doe not flash) and a communications
failure; the code on the PC monitor should be
relative to the latter consequence.

Technical Manual

memory resource management
malfunction: Following a protection
microcontroller failure (red led doe not
flash) and a communications failure; the
code on the PC monitor should be relative
to the latter consequence.

Technical Manual

Technical Manual
5.5.1.4 ERRORS 1 – Dialysate

16 1 Only for Therapy models: Error Check: Repeat the T1 tests. In case of
detected by control when performing repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both
the T1 test. Failure of the FIT test the Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine
following drop in operating pressure back on and perform a "Replace Forclean"
inside one or both the filtering stages by spilling both filters.
(Forclean ultrafilters).
detected by control when performing repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both
the T1 test. Failure in the integral the Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine
measurement of the flow from the back on and perform a "Replace Forclean"
two filtering stages and read by the by spilling both filters.
differential flowmeter.
detected by protection when repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both
executing the T1 test. Failure to the Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine
maintain operating pressure inside back on and perform a "Replace Forclean"
one or both the filtering stages from the "filter management" menu by
(Forclean ultrafilters). spilling both filters.
detected by protection when repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both
performing the T1 test. Failure in the the Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine
integral measurement of the flow back on and perform a "Replace Forclean"
from the two filtering stages and read from the "filter management" menu by
by the differential flowmeter. spilling both filters.
32 2 Error detected by control when Check: - electrovalve status - hydraulic
executing the negative pressure test. leaks (especially electrovalves EV4- EV7)
The pressure of -300 mmHg was not – ultrafiltration operation
reached within 30".
32 4 Error detected by control when Check: - electrovalve status - hydraulic
executing the negative pressure test. leaks (especially electrovalves EV4 - EV7 -
Pressure increased (Pressure>-300 EV9 - EV10) - air in hydraulic circuit
mmHg) while checking maintenance
of same at negative values.
Only for Therapy models: Error

detected by control when performing (Only for Therapy models) check: -
the negative pressure test. The electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
pressure of 250 mmHg was not (especially electrovalves EV4-EV8-EV9-
reached within 20". EV10-EV11-EV15-EV18) – delivery pump
operation
32 6 Error detected by control when Check: - electrovalve status - especially
performing negative pressure tests. EV9 - EV10
Pressure did not drop when EV10
was opened.
32 8 Only for Therapy models: Error Check: - electrovalve status - hydraulic
detected by control when executing leaks (especially electrovalves EV4-EV7-
the negative pressure test. The EV8-EV11) – ultrafiltration pump operation
pressure of -300 mmHg was not
reached within 20".
ENG- d.03/10 ERRORS 1- Dialysate - page 1 of 16

Technical Manual

32 10 Only for Therapy models: Error detected by Check:
control when executing the negative pressure - electrovalve status
test. Pressure increased (Pressure>-200 - hydraulic leaks (especially
mmHg) while checking maintenance of same electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV8-EV11) -
at negative values. No negative pressure in air in hydraulic circuit
auxiliary pressure sensor PresAux (PT3),
with values < -700 mmHg or > 0 mmHg.
control when performing negative pressure - electrovalve status
tests. Pressure did not increase when EV10 - especially EV9-EV10
was opened.
tests. Pressure did not increase when EV15 - especially EV15-EV8-EV9-EV10-
was opened. EV11-EV17
33 2 Error detected by protection when performing Check:
negative pressure test. Same reasons for - state of electrovalve command
failure of Control; moreover, the command - state of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff
status of electrovalves EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10 signal
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not
match the current test phase (see phases
relative to control).
status of electrovalves signal
EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10 and of the
RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not match the
current test phase (see phases relative to
control).
status of electrovalves signal - hydraulic leaks
RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not match the (Only for Therapy models) check:
current test phase (see phases relative to - state of electrovalve command
control). Pressure greater than -270 mmHg. - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
signal
Only for Therapy models: Error detected by
protection when performing negative pressure
test. Same reasons for failure of Control;
moreover, the command status of
electrovalves
EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10/EV11/EV15/EV1
8 and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does
not match the current test phase (see phases
EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10 and of the - by-pass electrovalve seal
RevUfShiftOff (1) e UFMotOff signals does
relative to control). The decrease in test
pressure was not detected.
ERRORS 1- Dialysate - page 2 of 16 ENG - Ed.03/10

Technical Manual

33 8 Only for Therapy models: Error detected Check:
by protection when performing negative - state of electrovalve command
pressure test. Same reasons for failure of - state of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff signal
Control; moreover, the command status of
electrovalves
EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10/EV11 and of
the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not
Control; moreover, the command status of - hydraulic leaks
electrovalves EV4/EV7/EV8/EV11 and of
relative to control). Pressure greater than -
170 mmHg.
Control; moreover, the command status of - by-pass electrovalve seal
electrovalves EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) e UFMotOff
signals does not match the current test
phase (see phases relative to control). The
increase in test pressure was not detected.
Control; moreover, the command status of - seal of by-pass and infusion block
electrovalves electrovalves
EV7/EV8/EV8/EV9/EV10/EV11/EV17
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) e UFMotOff
signals does not match the current test
phase (see phases relative to control). The
increase in test pressure was not detected.
performing positive pressure tests. The - electrovalve status
pressure of +300 mmHg was not reached - hydraulic leaks (especially seal of
within 20". electrovalves EV4-EV7)
- ultrafiltration pump operation
Only for Therapy models: Error detected (Only for Therapy models) check:
by control when executing the negative - electrovalve status
pressure test. The pressure of -330 mmHg - hydraulic leaks (especially electrovalves
was not reached within 20". EV4-EV7-EV8-EV9-EV10-EV11-EV15-
EV18) – ultrafiltration pump operation
performing positive pressure tests. - electrovalve status
Pressure decrease (Pressure < 300 mmHg) - hydraulic leaks (especially seal of
during control of maintenance of same at electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV9-EV10)
positive values. - air in the hydraulic circuit

Technical Manual

48 8 Error detected by control when performing Check: - probable problem in the seal of
positive pressure tests. Pressure did not drop electrovalves EV9-EV10.
when EV10 was opened.
(Only for Therapy models) check: -
Only for Therapy models: Error detected by electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
control when performing positive pressure (especially electrovalves EV4-EV7-
tests. The pressure of +250 mmHg was not EV8-EV9-EV10-EV11-EV15-EV18)
reached within 20". delivery pump operation
control when performing positive pressure - electrovalve status
tests. Pressure decrease (Pressure < 250 - hydraulic leaks (especially seal of
mmHg) during control of maintenance of electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV8-EV11)
same at positive values. No positive pressure - air in the hydraulic circuit
in auxiliary pressure sensor PresAux (PT3),
with values < 1400 mmHg or > 0 mmHg.
control when performing positive pressure - probable problem in the seal of
tests. Pressure did not drop when EV15 was electrovalve EV15
opened.
tests. Pressure did not drop when EV10 was - especially EV9-EV10
opened.
positive pressure test. Same reasons for - electrovalve command status – state of
failure of Control; moreover, the command RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff signals
status of electrovalves
RevUfShiftOff (1) and PFlowMotOff signals
do not match the current test phase (see (Only for Therapy models) check:
phases relative to control). - state of electrovalve command
- state of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff
Only for Therapy models: Error detected by signal
protection when performing negative pressure
electrovalves
8 and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does
positive pressure test. Same reasons for - state of electrovalve command
failure of Control; moreover, the command - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
do not match the current test phase (see
phases relative to control).
positive pressure test. Same reasons for - state of electrovalve command
failure of Control; moreover, the command - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff -
status of electrovalves hydraulic leaks

Technical Manual

positive pressure test. Same reasons for failure - state of electrovalve command
of Control; moreover, the command status of - status of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
electrovalves EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10 and of signals - seal of by-pass electrovalves
the RevUfShiftOff (1) and PFlowMotOff signals
do not match the current test phase (see phases (Only for Therapy models) check:
relative to control). - state of electrovalve command
- state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
Only for Therapy models: Error detected by signal
protection when performing positive pressure
moreover, the command status of electrovalves
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) and PFlowMotOff
signals does not match the current test phase
(see phases relative to control).
protection when performing positive pressure - state of electrovalve command
test. Same reasons for failure of Control; - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff -
moreover, the command status of electrovalves hydraulic leaks
EV4/EV7/EV8/EV11 and of the RevUfShiftOff
(1) and PFlowMotOff signals do not match the
control). Pressure less than 220 mmHg.
protection when performing positive pressure - state of electrovalve command
test. Same reasons for failure of Control; - status of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
moreover, the command status of electrovalves signals - seal of infusion block
EV15 - EV18 and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) and electrovalves
PFlowMotOff signals do not match the current
test phase (see phases relative to control). The
decrease in test pressure was not detected.
protection when performing negative pressure - electrovalve command status – state of
test. Same reasons for failure of Control; RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff signals
moreover, the command status of electrovalves - by-pass electrovalve seal
EV9/EV10 and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) e
UFMotOff signals does not match the current
test phase (see phases relative to control). The
decrease in test pressure was not detected.
80 1 Error detected by control while executing T1 Check:
tests relative to the temperature sensors (phase - TempDialC TempDialP signals and
1), TempDialC and TempDialP out of range relative reading hardware chain - PT100
(37.5 , 41) °C. connection control
- effective water temperature
control while executing T1 tests relative to the
temperature sensors (phase 1), TempDialC and
TempDialP out of range (36.5 , 40) °C.
80 2 Error detected by control while executing T1 Check:
tests relative to the temperature sensors (phase - TempDialC signal and relative hardware
2), TempDialC and TempDialP out of range reading chain
(37.5 , 41) °C. - PT100 connection control
control while executing T1 tests relative to the
temperature sensors (phase 2), TempDialC and
TempDialP out of range (36.5 , 40) °C.

Technical Manual

80 3 Error detected by control while Check:
executing T1 tests relative to the - TempDialC signal and relative hardware
temperature sensors (phase 3), reading chain
TempDialC did not reach 41 °C. - PT100 connection control
- status of TempCTestOff signal
detected by control while executing
T1 tests relative to the temperature
sensors (phase 3), TempDialC did not
reach 40 ℃.
temperature sensors (phase 4) reading chain
TempDialC out of range (37.5, 41 - PT100 connection control
°C). - status of TempCTestOff signal

sensors (phase 4) TempDialC out of
range (36.5, 40 °C).
executing T1 tests relative to the - TempDialP signal and relative hardware
TempDialP out of range (37.5, 41 - PT100 connection protection
°C). - status of TempPTestOff signal

sensors (phase 5) TempDialP out of
range (36.5, 40 °C).
TempDialC did not reach 41 ℃. - PT100 connection protection
- status of TempPTestOff signal
reach 40 ℃.
TempDialP out of range (37.5, 41 - PT100 connection protection
°C). - status of TempPTestOff signal

sensors
(phase 7) TempDialP out of range
(36.5, 40°C).
81 1 Error detected by protection while Check:
performing the T1 test relative to the - TempDialC and TempDialP signals and
temperature sensors (phase 1): relative hardware reading chain
TempDialC and TempDialP out of - PT100 connection control

Technical Manual
range (37.5 , 41°C). The following - effective water temperature

signals are not in the correct state:
TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff
=1 TempLowRangeOn = 1.

detected by protection while
performing the T1 test relative to the
temperature sensors (phase 1):
TempDialC and TempDialP out of
range (36.5 , 40°C). The following
TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff

Technical Manual

81 2 Error detected by protection while performing Check:
the T1 test relative to the temperature sensors - TempDialC signal and relative hardware
(phase 2): TempDialC out of range (37.5 , reading chain
41°C). The following signals are not in the - PT100 connection control
correct state: TempCTestOff = 1 - effective water temperature
TempPTestOff =1 TempLowRangeOn = 1.

protection while performing the T1 test
relative to the temperature sensors (phase 2):
TempDialC out of range (36.5 , 40°C). The
following signals are not in the correct state:
TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff =1
TempLowRangeOn = 1.
(phase 3): TempDialC did not reach 41°C reading chain
TempCTestOff = 0 TempPTestOff =1 - PT100 connection control
TempLowRangeOn = 1. - status of TempCTestOff signal

TempDialC did not reach 40 ℃
TempLowRangeOn = 1.
(phase 4): TempDialC out of range (37.5 , reading chain
41°C). The following signals are not in the - PT100 connection control
correct state: TempCTestOff = 1 - status of TempCTestOff signal

TempDialC out of range (36.5 , 40°C). The
following signals are not in the correct state:
TempLowRangeOn = 1.
81 5 Error detected by protection while executing Check:
T1 tests relative to the temperature sensors - TempDialP signal and relative hardware
(phase 5) TempDialP out of range (37.5, 41 reading chain
°C). - PT100 connection protection
protection while executing T1 tests relative to
the temperature sensors (phase 5) TempDialP
out of range (36.5, 40 °C).
The following signals are not in the correct
state: TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff =1
TempLowRangeOn = 1.

Technical Manual
xxx: xxx Description

Description Solution
the T1 test relative to the temperature sensors - TempDialP signal and relative
(phase 6): TempDialC did not reach 41°C. The hardware reading chain
following signals are not in the correct state - PT100 connection protection
TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff =0 - status of TempPTestOff signal
TempLowRangeOn = 1.

protection while performing the T1 test relative
to the temperature sensors (phase 6):
TempDialC did not reach 40 ℃. The following
signals are not in the correct state
TempLowRangeOn = 1.
the T1 test relative to the temperature sensors - TempDialP signal and relative
(phase 7): TempDialP out of range (37.5 , hardware reading chain
41°C). The following signals are not in the - PT100 connection protection
correct state: TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff - status of TempPTestOff signal

protection while performing the T1 test relative
to the temperature sensors (phase 7): TempDialP
out of range (36.5 , 40°C). The following signals
are not in the correct state: TempCTestOff = 1
96 2 Error detected by control when performing T1 Check:
tests relative to BLD. BLD value not within - BLD ampoule (if opaque, dirty or
range (2.4, 4.9) V incorrectly positioned)
- BLD signal and relative hardware
chain - BldTestOff signal at 0
tests relative to BLD. BLD not less than 5% of - BLD signal and relative hardware
the mean value in the previous phase (phase 2) chain - BldTestOff signal at 1
tests relative to BLD. BLD not less than 5% of - BLD ampoule (if opaque, dirty or
the mean value in phase 2 incorrectly positioned)
chain - BldTestOff signal at 0
T1 tests relative to BLD. BLD value not within - BLD ampoule (if opaque, dirty or
range (2.4, 4.9) V; BldTestOff signal at 0 incorrectly positioned)
chain faulty - BldTestOff signal at 0
T1 tests relative to BLD. BLD not less than 5% - BLD signal and relative hardware
of the mean value in the previous phase (phase chain - BldTestOff signal at 1
2) BldTestOff signal at 1
T1 tests relative to BLD. BLD not less than 5% - BLD ampoule (if opaque, dirty or
of the mean value in phase 2 BldTestOff signal incorrectly positioned)
at 0 - BLD signal and relative hardware
chain faulty
- BldTestOff signal at 0
112 2 Error detected by control when performing the Check:
A/D converter test. The converter output did not - converter
return low (500 mV ± 100 mV) - amplification chain
- ultrafiltration block signal status

Technical Manual
xxx::
112 3 Error detected by control when performing the A/D Check:
converter test. The converter output is not high (4,500 - converter
mV ± 100 mV) - amplification chain
converter test. The converter output did not return low - converter
(500 mV ± 100 mV) - amplification chain
converter test. The converter output is not low (500 mV ± - converter
100 mV) The state of the following signals is incorrect. - amplification chain
PressLoopOff=0 UfMotOff=0 UfcLoopOff=1 - ultrafiltration block signal status
RevUfShiftOff=1 UfServoOn=1 DiffFlm=1
converter test. The converter output is not high (4,500 - converter
mV ± 100 mV) The state of the following signals is - amplification chain
incorrect. PressLoopOff=0 UfMotOff=0 UfcLoopOff=1 - ultrafiltration block signal status
113 4 Error detected by protection when performing the A/D Check:
converter test. The converter output did not return low - converter
(500 mV ± 100 mV). The state of the following signals is - amplification chain
incorrect: PressLoopOff=0 UfMotOff=0 UfcLoopOff=1 - ultrafiltration block signal status
128 2 Error detected by control while performing the T1 test Check:
relative to the conductivity probes (phase 1): Correct - conductivity of inlet water (and
values - configured threshold)
> CondP<2.4 mS/cm CondT,Cond2<12mS/cm; - connection of conductivity
CondWater=CondSter<MAX_CONDWATER(configure probes
d (0,1.0) mS/cm ) - state of test signals - Cond1,
Cond2, CondT signals and relative
hardware reading chains. (see test
table)
> CondP app. (5+CondWater-0.2, - connection of conductivity
5+CondWater+0.2)mS/cm, CondT and Cond2 app. probes
(14+CondWater-0.5, 14+CondWater+0.5)mS/cm - status of test signals
- Cond1, Cond2, CondT signals
and relative hardware reading
chains. (see test table)
CondWater=CondSter<MAX_CONDWATER(configure probes
d (0,1.0) mS/cm ) - status of test signals
chains.
129 2 Error detected by protection while performing the T1 test Check:
values - configured threshold) - connection
> CondP<2.4 mS/cm CondT,Cond2<12mS/cm; of conductivity probes
CondWater=CondSter<MAX_CONDWATER(configure - state of test signals (they must all
d (0,1.0) mS/cm ) be at 1, see test table) - Cond1,
hardware reading chains for

Technical Manual
protection
129 3 Error detected by protection while performing the T1 test Check:
(14+CondWater-0.5, 14+CondWater+0.5)mS/cm - state of test signals (they must all
be at 0, see test table) - Cond1,
hardware reading chains for
protection

Technical Manual

129 4 Error detected by protection while performing the Check:
T1 test relative to the conductivity probes (phase 4): - conductivity of inlet water
Correct values - (and configured threshold) -
> CondP<2.4 mS/cm CondT,Cond2<12mS/cm; connection of conductivity
CondWater=CondSter<MAX_CONDWATER(conf probes
igured (0,1.0) mS/cm ) - state of test signals (they
must all be at 1, see test table)
Only for Therapy models: Error detected by - Cond1, Cond2, CondT
protection at the end of the long self-calibration test. signals and relative hardware
reading chains for protection
144 2 Error detected by control when performing the T1 Check: - clip (blocked low)
test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 0. Patient bypass - FlowSwitchOn signal
closed (no flow). incorrect - drive/state of
bypass electrovalves
Only for Therapy models: (flow reduction caused - delivery operation
by opening of EV8 or EV11).
(Only for Therapy models)
check:
- patient bypass clip (blocked
low)
- FlowSwitchOn signal
incorrect
- drive/state of bypass
electrovalves
- drive/state of electrovalves
EV8 and EV11
- delivery operation
144 3 Error detected by control when performing the T1 Check:
test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 1. Patient bypass - clip (blocked high)
open (flow present). - FlowSwitchOn signal
incorrect - drive/state of
bypass electrovalves

check:
high)
- FlowSwitchOn signal
incorrect
- drive/state of bypass
electrovalves
145 2 Error detected by protection when performing the Check:
T1 test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 0. Patient - clip (blocked low)
bypass closed (no flow). Faulty control in the - incorrect signals
following signals: FlowSwitchOn = 1 Flow250Off - drives of bypass
= 0 EV9/EV10 = ON electrovalves - delivery
operation
Only for Therapy models: (flow reduction caused
by opening of EV8 or EV11). Faulty control in (Only for Therapy models)
the following signals: FlowSwitchOn = 1 check:
Flow250Off = 0 EV9/EV10 = ON and/or - patient bypass clip (blocked
EV8/EV11=OFF low)
- incorrect signals
- drive of bypass
electrovalves - drive of
electrovalves EV8 and EV11

Technical Manual

T1 test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 1. Patient - clip (blocked high)
bypass open (flow present). Faulty control in the - incorrect signals
following signals: FlowSwitchOn = 0 Flow250Off - drives of bypass
= 1 EV9/EV10 = OFF electrovalves - delivery
operation

check:
high)
- incorrect signals
- drives of bypass
electrovalves - delivery
operation
T1 test. Faulty control in the following signals: - clip (blocked high)
FlowSwitchOn = 0 Flow250Off = 1 EV9/EV10 = - incorrect signals
OFF - drives of bypass
operation
check:
high)
- incorrect signals
- drives of bypass
operation

Technical Manual

performing the self-calibration test. - PresCal signal – delivery pump operation
Instable calibration pressure detected. (instable flow)
WaitCal. phase Faulty control in the - pressure transducer operation -
following signals: PresCal > -0.41 ultrafiltration block operation
mmHg e PresCal < 0.41 mmHg
performing the self-calibration test. - flowmeter operation (flowmeter clogged
Self-calibration result > 5 g/m or subject to drifting
(absolute value) - flowmeter output - N.B.: CHECK AUTOCAL. LOG FILE)
readings equal - self-calibration not - flowmeter connection cable - flowmeter
completed within the defined time mechanically blocked - delivery unstable
interval. - pressure transducer operation
- ultrafiltration block operation
performing the self-calibration test. - PresCal signal
PresCal out of range PresCal - delivery pump operation (unstable flow)
out of range [-0.41, 0.41] mmHg - transducer operation
pressure
Only for non-Therapy models: Error - ultrafiltration block operation
detected by protection at the end of
the long self-calibration test.
performing the self-calibration test. - - flowmeter operation (flowmeter clogged
flowmeter output reading equal - UF or subject to drifting
signals (see A/D converter test) not - flowmeter connection cable
consistent with current phase. - flowmeter mechanically blocked
Pressure instability detected. - delivery unstable
Dialysate tracking pressure out of - pressure transducer operation N.B.:
range. CHECK AUTOCAL. LOG
161 15 Self-calibration result > 5g/min Check:
(absolute value). Self-calibration not - flowmeter operation (flowmeter clogged
completed within the defined interval or subject to drifting
of time. - flowmeter connection cable
- flowmeter mechanically blocked -
delivery unstable
- pressure transducer operation N.B.:
CHECK AUTOCAL. LOG
performing T1 tests relative to the - Clip operation
EV8 spilling electrovalve (phase 3): - delivery operation
Correct values: FlowSwitch250Off = - any leaks from electrovalve EV9.
0 (Flow sensor > 200 of the patient
bypass flowswitch (upper proximity (Only for Therapy models) check
sensor) on). - Patient bypass clip operation
- eventual leaks from electrovalves EV8 -
EV9.
performing T1 tests relative to the - If forclean spilling pipe obstructed (tube
EV8 spilling electrovalve (phase 5): kinked, EV8 electrovalve clogged)
Correct values: FlowSwitch250Off =
1 (Flow sensor > 200 of the patient (Only for Therapy models) check:
bypass flowswitch (upper proximity - Patient bypass clip operation - If forclean
sensor) off). spilling pipe obstructed (tube kinked, EV8
electrovalve clogged)

Technical Manual

bypass flowswitch (upper proximity (Only in the Therapy models) check -
sensor) on). Signals relative to bypass Patient bypass clip operation - delivery
electrovalves and spilling not operation - any leaks from Electrovalves
consistent with the current phase. EV8-EV9.
bypass flowswitch (upper proximity (Only for Therapy models) check
sensor) on). Signals relative to bypass - Patient bypass clip operation - delivery
electrovalves and spilling not operation
consistent with the current phase. - eventual leaks from Electrovalves EV8-
EV9.
performing T1 tests relative to the - If forclean spilling pipe obstructed (tube
EV8 spilling electrovalve (phase 5): kinked, EV8 electrovalve clogged)
Correct values: FlowSwitch250Off =
1 (Flow sensor > 200 of the patient (Only for Therapy models) check:
bypass flowswitch (upper proximity - Patient bypass clip operation
sensor) off). Signals relative to - Forclean spilling pipe (tube kinked,
bypass electrovalves and spilling not EV8 electrovalve clogged)
consistent with the current phase.
208 8 Only for Therapy models: Error Check: ultrafilter block clip (blocked
detected by control when performing low)
the T1 test. Fluss-LO signal - Fluss-LO signal incorrect
incorrectly at 0. Reduction or absence - drive/EV17 electrovalve state
of flow caused by the incorrect - delivery operation
closing of EV17 (in configuration 1-
3) detected.
208 9 Only for Therapy models: Error Check: ultrafilter block clip (blocked
detected by control when performing high)
the T1 test. Flow caused by the - Fluss-LO signal incorrect
incorrect opening of EV17 (in - drive/EV17 electrovalve state
configuration 1-2) detected. - delivery operation
209 8 Only for Therapy models: Error Check:
detected by protection when - ultrafilter block clip (blocked low)
performing the T1 test. Fluss-LO - incorrect signals
signal incorrectly at 0. Reduction or - EV17 electrovalve drive
absence of flow caused by the - delivery operation
incorrect closing of EV17 detected.
Faulty control
in the following signals: Fluss-LO =
1 Fluss-HI = 0 EV17 = 1-2.
detected by protection when - ultrafilter block clip (blocked high)
performing the T1 test. Fluss-LO - incorrect signals
signal incorrectly at 1. Flow caused - EV17 electrovalve drive
by incorrect opening of EV17 - delivery operation
detected. Faulty control in the
following signals: Fluss-LO = 0
Fluss-HI = 1 EV17 = 1-3.

Technical Manual

Technical Manual
5.5.1.5 ERRORS 1 - Haematic

1C 2C Description Solution
performing the T1 test. Clamp open - state of ClampCmdOn (0),
without open command enabled CClampCmdOn(0), PClampCmdOn (1)
signals
- state of VoltAlarmOn (0) signal
- clamp blocked open
- positioning of optic fork
signals
signals
performing the T1 test. Clamp closed - state of ClampCmdOn (1),
with open command enabled CClampCmdOn(1), PClampCmdOn (1)
signals
- clamp blocked closed
performing the T1 test relative to arterial - arterial line connected to the arterial pressure
pressure. Arterial pressure PresArt is transducer
outside the range (-20,+20) mmHg. - zero setting of the arterial pressure
transducer
- Pres200TestOn(0) signal
performing the T1 test relative to arterial - arterial pressure transducer
pressure. Arterial pressure PresArt is - Pres200TestOn(1) signal
outside the range (-240,-160) mmHg.

transducer
- the pressure transducer has memorised the
pressure.

performing the T1 test relative to venous - venous line connected to the venous pressure
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is transducer
outside the range (-20,+20) mmHg. - zero setting of the venous pressure
transducer
ENG -Ed.05/11 ERRORS 1- Haematic - page 1 of 6

Technical Manual
1C 2C Description
performing the T1 test relative to venous - reading of venous pressure transducer.
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is - Pres460TestOn(1) signal.
outside the range (+520,+400) mmHg.

performing the T1 test relative to venous - venous line connected to the venous
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is pressure transducer
transducer
- the pressure transducer has memorised a
pressure.
performing the T1 test relative to the - BloodDet signal
blood sensor. Sensor output is greater - BloodDetTestOn(1) signal
than 780 mV.

performing the T1 test relative to the - sensor obscured (line inserted) or dirty
blood sensor. Sensor output is less than - BloodDet signal
1250 mV. - BloodDetTestOn(0) signal

performing T1 tests relative to the - hardware chain relative to the
LowBdIntOn signal. The signal PLowBdIntOn and LowBdIntOn signals
PLowBdIntOn is incorrect (0).

76 0 Error detected by control during the Check:

haemofilter test. - air in infusion line
- effective haematic loss from haemofilter
- calibration of BLDH sensor

performing the T1 test of the scale. - If weight is hung
Weight detected >100 gr. - If weight is left hanging from the scale
for some time, wait for the memory effect
on the zero to be cancelled
- Scale offset value: =+120mV±25mV.

performing the T1 test of the scale. The - Value of balance signal with test enabled
measured weight is not within 15Kg 15 Kg: +3870mV±100mV.
±400gr.

performing the T1 test of the scale. - Scale offset value: +120mV±25mV.
Weight detected >100 gr.

performing the T1 test of the PHF - infusion line connected to the PHF
pressure transducer. Pressure outside the pressure transducer
range 0±20mmHg. - zero value of PHF pressure transducer =
+1600mV±80mV
ERRORS 1- Haematic - page 2 of 6 ENG -Ed.05/11

Technical Manual
- PresHTestOn (0) signal

pressure.
T1 test of the PHF pressure transducer. Pressure - value of PHF pressure transducer:
outside the range 460mmHg±40mmHg. +3440±160mV.
- PresHTestOn incorrectly at 0.
T1 test of the PHF pressure transducer. Pressure - infusion line connected to the PHF
outside the range 0±20mmHg. pressure transducer
- zero value of PHF pressure transducer
+1600mV±80mV
pressure.
T1 test relative to the BLDH sensor. Sensor - infusion line in BLDH detector
outlet reading outside the range 3.05V ± 550 - BLDHTestOn (0) test line
mV. - value of BLDH sensor with air: 3,05V ±
550 mV
T1 test relative to the BLDH sensor. Sensor - BLDHTestOn (1) test line
output >250 mV

mV. - adjustment of BLDH sensor with air:
3,05V ± 550 mV
80 43 Error detected by control when performing the Check the auxiliary pressure transducers
T1 test relative to the pressures of the auxiliary and the TEST 1(0) and TEST 2(0) signals
transducers. The pressure value of the Out Art
prefilter or the pressure value of the UF/Infusion
Out UF is out of range (-20,+20)
prefilter is out of range (+420,+500). The
pressure value of UF/Infusion Out UF is out of
range (-260,-140)
prefilter or the pressure value of the UF/Infusion
the T1 test. Clamp open without open command - ClampCmdOn (0) signal status
enabled - state of VoltAlarmOn (0) signal
- clamp blocked erroneously open
- status of protection signals relative to the
clamp: PClampCmdOn(0),
PPClampCmdOn(1), PClampReadOn(0)

Technical Manual

performing the T1 test. Clamp open - ClampCmdOn (0) signal status
without open command enabled - state of VoltAlarmOn (0) signal
performing the T1 test. Clamp closed with - ClampCmdOn (1) signal status
open command enabled - state of VoltAlarmOn (1) signal
- clamp blocked erroneously closed
performing the T1 test relative to arterial - arterial pressure reading for protection
pressure. Arterial pressure PresArt is not - status of protection signals relative to
within the range ± 20 mmHg. Haematic haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
section test signals in incorrect position Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(0)

within the range -200 ± 40 mmHg. haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(1),
Haematic section test signals in incorrect Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
position PLowBDIntOn(0)

PLowBDIntOn(0)
performing the T1 test relative to venous - venous pressure reading for protection
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is not - status of protection signals relative to
within ± 20 mmHg. Haematic section test haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
signals in incorrect position Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(0)
within 460± 60 mmHg. Haematic section haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
test signals in incorrect position Pres460TestOn(1) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(0)

Technical Manual

PLowBDIntOn(0)
performing the T1 test relative to the - BloodDetOn signal read by protection
blood sensor. The detector outlet - status of protection signals relative to
reading is greater than 780 mV. Blood haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
section test signals in wrong position. Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(1),
PLowBDIntOn(0)
performing the T1 test relative to the - sensor obscured or dirty
blood sensor. The detector outlet - BloodDetOn signal read by protection
reading is less than 1250 mV. Blood - status of protection signals relative to
section test signals in wrong position. haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(0)
performing the T1 test relative to the - hardware chain relative to the
PLowBdIntOn is incorrect (0). Blood - status of protection signals relative to
section test signals in wrong position. haematic tests:PPres200TestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(1)
PLowBDIntOn(0)
haemofilter test. Phases 83 to 89 - air in infusion line
performing the T1 test of the scale. - Value of the scale 0 Kg
Weight detected >100 gr. Haematic =+120mV±25mV.
section test signals in incorrect position - status of protection signals relative to
haematic tests:
PKg15TestOn(0), PPresHTestOn(0),
PBldHTestOn(0)
performing the T1 test of the scale. - Value of balance signal with test
Measured weight outside the range enabled: 15 Kg =+3870mV±100mV.
15Kg ±400gr. Haematic section test - status of protection signals relative to
signals in incorrect position haematic tests: PKg15TestOn(1),
PPresHTestOn(0), PBldHTestOn(0)
haematic tests: PKg15TestOn(0),

Technical Manual
performing the T1 test of the PHF - infusion line connected to pressure
pressure transducer. Pressure outside transducer
the range 0±20mmHg. Haematic PHF
section test signals in incorrect position - zero value of PHF pressure transducer:
+1600mV±80mV
pressure.
- status of protection signals relative to
performing the T1 test of the PHF - value provided by PHF pressure
pressure transducer. Pressure outside transducer: +3440±160mV.
the range 460mmHg±40mmHg. Blood - PresHTestOn (1) signal
section test signals in wrong position. - status of protection signals relative to
pressure transducer. Pressure outside pressure transducer
the range 0±20mmHg. Blood section - zero value of PHF pressure transducer:
test signals in wrong position. +1600mV±80mV
pressure.
performing the T1 test relative to the - infusion line in BLDH detector
BLDH sensor. Sensor outlet reading - BLDHTestOn (0) test line
outside the range 3,05V ± 550 mV. - value of BLDH sensor with air: 3,05V ±
Blood section test signals in wrong 550 mV
position. - status of protection signals relative to
performing the T1 test relative to the - BLDHTestOn (1) test line
BLDH sensor. Sensor output <250 mV - status of protection signals relative to
Haematic section test signals in haematic tests: PKg15TestOn(0),
incorrect position PPresHTestOn(0), PBldHTestOn(1)

Technical Manual
5.5.2 ERROR CODES FROM REV. SW. 5.8-57 (NON-THERAPY

MODELS) AND 6.0-77 (THERAPY MODEL)
The following sections contain the descriptions of error codes in the following order:
• 5.5.2.1 Electrical test errors

• 5.5.2.2 Errors 0
• 5.5.2.3 Technical alarms
• 5.5.2.4 Hydraulic alarms
• 5.5.2.5 Errors 1 dialysate part
• 5.5.2.6 Errors 1 haematic part
ENG - Ed.05/11 Errors code from rev.sw 5.8-57(Non Therapy) and 6.0-77 (Therapy) - 1 of 2
Manuale Tecnico
2 di 2 - Errors code from rev.sw 5.8-57(Non Therapy) and 6.0-77 (Therapy) ENG– Ed.05/11
Technical Manual
5.5.2
5.5.2.1 ERRORS 0 - Electrical tests
From rev. sw 5.8-15 (non-Therapy models) and 6.0-44 (Therapy model)

tests. One of the checks failed. - VoltAlarmOn (0) signal status
- SelfHoldingOn (0)

- T1AlVccUpOff ( 0)

- T1AlVccUpOff ( 1)

- T1AlVccDwOff ( 0)

- T1AlVccDwOff ( 1)

- T1Al5VUpOff (0)

- T1Al5VUpOff (1)

- T1Al5VDwOff (0)

- T1Al5VDwOff (1)

ENG - Ed.05/11 Errors 0 Electrical tests - page 1 of 8

Technical Manual

- T1Al15VDwOff (0)

Solution

- T1Al15VDwOff (1)

- C26VBrkOn (0)

- C26VBrkOn (1)

- P26VBrkOn (0)

- P26VBrkOn (0)

- uncorrect reference on the CPU board
- SelfHoldingOn (1)
5 31 Error detected by control while carrying out start-up Check the following settings:
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

- Water has not fallen in the tank
- LT operation
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
Errors 0 Electrical tests - page 2 of 8 ENG - Ed.05/11

Technical Manual

start-up tests - Water did not fall in tank
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
start-up tests - water does not rise in tank
- EV status
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (0)
start-up tests - Water level does not drop
- LT operation
- delivery pump
- PIC operation
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
start-up tests - PIC operation (EV1 does not open)
- EVWaterPicOn (1)
- LT operation
- Ev4Drain (0)
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (1)

Technical Manual

- LT operation
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (0 ℃)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (39 ℃)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- LT operation
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- EV status
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (1)
- DigWaterLevel (0)

Technical Manual

- LT operation
- delivery pump
- PIC operation
- LTDisableOn (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- EVWaterPicOn (1)
- FlowSetIn (0)
- LT operation
- Ev4Drain (0)
- LTDisableOn (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (1)
- LT operation
- DigWaterLevel (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (0 ℃)
- CHeatOn (1)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (1)
- PHeatPowerOff (0)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (1)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (100 °C)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)
- Ev1WaterOn (0)
- DegasMotOn (0)
- Ev4Drain (1)
- TempSet (39 ℃)
- CHeatOn (0)
- PHeatOn (0)
- HeatOn (0)
- PHeatPowerOff (1)

Technical Manual

Technical Manual
5.5.2.2 ERRORS 0
For type-5 codes: xxx and 6: xxx see sections Errors 0 Electrical Tests

0 21 Error detected by protection while carrying Check: - FoamDetTestOn signal and relative
out T0 test on the air detector. A time hardware chain
interval >1.3 sec has elapsed since the
previous T0 test.
0 25 Error detected by protection relative to the Check: - heparin pump drive signals (control),
drive frequency of the heparin pump and protection frequency reading chain and motor
to the rotation of the heparin pump motor rotation (with encoder).
(by means of an encoder).
0 26 Error detected by protection relative to the Check: - CPU / RAM PC operation
control of the heparin pump speed setting
delivered at double speed by the PC.
blood detection.

venous pump control. Venous pump in
operation during the arterial phase in SN.

arterial pump control. Arterial pump in
operation during the venous phase in SN.
0 42 Error detected by protection relative to the Check: - frequency of oscillation of the
control of the time measured by the PC in microprocessor quartz crystals (XT) - h:min:sec
single needle. increases of PC.
0 43 Error detected by protection on the control Check: switching pressure reading chain (venous
of high switching pressure. The protection pressure transducer or SNsp and infusion for
has detected that the maximum switching SNdp) for both control and protection.
pressure has been exceeded without the
control enabling the venous phase.

scale correction >12.5%.
0 57 Error detected by protection on the set Check: - venous potentiometer.
infusion control.
In Formula Therapy models: Error In the Therapy models, check: - the infusion
detected by protection in priming (no connector
blood) DN/SN/SNsp following an
inconsistency concerning the state of the
infusion connector and the presence of
the corresponding alarm.
preparation alarms.
ENG – Ed. 03/10 Errors 0 - page 1 of 24

Technical Manual

0 74 Error detected by protection on the failure Check: - Cond1 signal read for both control and
of the partial conductivity probe relative to protection.
0 75 Error detected by protection on the failure Check: - Cond TOT signal read for both control
of the total conductivity probe relative to and protection.
out the T0 test of conductivity probe 1. crystal oscillation frequency - test signal status
The tests were not performed according (see test table)
to the established times.
out the T0 test of conductivity probe 3. crystal oscillation frequency - test signal status
The tests were not performed according (see test table)
to the established times.
0 114 Error detected by protection relative to the Check:

the BLD alarm, detected by the PC - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
0 154 Error detected by protection on level Check:

transducer switching time control. - performance of level transducer
- delivery flow and UF, deg. pump performance
- no obstructions
- Delivery pump overflow signal
- N.B.: if this error occurs, error 0 (4-5) will also
intervene requiring to zero the flag (resistance
overheating).
0 155 Error detected by protection on the Check:

heating element supply control - drive chain and heating element control
- N.B.: if this error occurs, error 0 (4-5) will also
intervene requiring the flag to be zero set
(resistance overheating).

control of the difference between - difference between TempDialC and TempDialP
TempDialC and TempDialP. The signals.
difference is > 2°C.

calculation of the UF set value.
0 194 Error detected by protection relative to the Check: - BLD signal
control of the BLD zero setting.
concentrate, delivery and bypass pumps. - operation of the concentrate pumps, delivery
Phase: Disinfection or Maintenance (only pump and switching of the by-pass electrovalves
in Therapy models). (also see flow switch).
Causes (Therapy models): the bypass

remained open longer than 25'' in the fast
rinse phase at the end of a maintenance
cycle - the bypass remained closed for
more than 35'' in the fast rinse phase at
the end of a maintenance cycle – the
delivery flow is less than 250 ml/min – the
concentrate pumps do not turn enough
Errors 0 - 2 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual
0 197 Error detected by protection relative to concentrate, Check: - operation of the concentrate,
delivery and bypass pumps. Phase: Warm-up rinsing delivery and switching of the by-pass
during T1 tests or in infinite rinsing. electrovalves (also see flow switch).
Causes (Therapy models): the bypass has remained

open longer than 30'' in the rinsing phase – the
bypass has remained closed longer than 30'' in the
rinsing phase – the delivery flow is less than 250
ml/min – the concentrate pumps do not turn enough.
0 199 Error detected by protection while checking the Check: - signal sensor reading chain:
congruency between machine status, flow setting flow250off. - position of clip (or patient
and flow value indicated by the flowswitch. (e.g.: bypass clip in therapy models) inside
bypass open and flow rate higher than 250 cc/min: the flowswitch
upper flowswitch sensor on - flow250off=0; clip (or - air inside hydraulic circuit
patient bypass clip in therapy models) high.
0 200 Error detected by protection while checking the Check:

congruency between machine status, flow setting - signal sensor reading chain:
and flow value indicated by the flowswitch. (e.g.: flowswitchon. - position of clip (or
bypass open and flow rate higher than 250 cc/min: patient bypass clip in therapy models)
lower flowswitch sensor on - flowswitchon=5V; clip inside the flowswitch
(or patient bypass clip in therapy models) high. - air inside hydraulic circuit

tests relative to the parallel port. - configuration of the parallel port.
1 2 Error detected by the PC relative to communication Check:

failure of the parallel port. - operation of the control and protection
microprocessors on CPU (flashing LED)
- connection of the parallel port cable.
1 3 Error detected by the PC while carrying out start-up

tests relative to the check of data sent by control and
protection to the PC.
tests relative to a delay or sudden interruption of the - CPU microprocessor status at start-up
parallel port communication. (reset signal)
1 5 Error in communication through the parallel port -

Parallel port not initialised.
2 1 Error while restoring machine status. Check:

- CPU back-up battery.

tests relative to the check on the software revision of - the control system software revision
the control system. (chip replacement may be required)
tests relative to the check on the software revision of - the protection system software
the protection system revision (chip replacement may be
required)
3 3 Error detected by the PC while carrying out start-up Verify CPU board dip switch positioning
tests relative to the check on CPU board dip switch
position.
3 4 Error detected by the PC while carrying out start-up Check EEPROMs (reconfigure the
tests relative to the CRC of the control and machine): they could be damaged or
protection EEPROMs incorrectly programmed.

Technical Manual

4 1 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Check:
start-up tests relative to the different reset flag - PowerResetOn signals of C and P.
position (power fail) between control and
protection.
4 2 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Check the EEPROMs and zero set the
start-up tests relative to the different relative flags in the relative configuration
sterilisation flag position (or maintenance in the page.
therapy models) between control and
protection.
start-up tests relative to the different dwell flag relative flags in the relative configuration
position between control and protection. page.
4 4 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Repeat machine configuration.
start-up tests relative to the different help
request flag position between control and
protection.
4 5 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Check error cause in file Err0.log (Errors
start-up tests relative to the different resistance during start-up test of the heating element
overheating flag position between control and 005:046, 005:047, error 000:154 on the tank
protection. level transducer, error 000:155 on the
heating element drive) and then perform the
checks specified for each code.
4 8 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Repeat machine configuration
start-up tests, relative to the different
configuration request flag position between
control and protection. Configuration data
differing between control and protection.
start-up tests relative to the different relative flags in the relative configuration
sterilisation flag position after error 1 (or page.
maintenance after error 1 in the therapy
models) between control and protection.
4 11 Error detected by the PC while carrying out The machine has been configured with a
start-up tests relative to the presence of the sterilisation cycle in progress (or
sterilisation flag in progress (or maintenance in maintenance cycle in progress in the therapy
progress in the therapy models) with models) without zero setting the flags.
inconsistent machine status. Repeat flag configuration.
4 12 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Check back-up batteries and CPU rams.
start-up tests, relative to the flag of positive test
results, misalignment between control and
protection.
4 13 Error detected by the PC while carrying out Check CPU EEPROM. Zero set the relative
start-up tests relative to the incongruent state flags
(Disinfection or Maintenance (only in the
Therapy models)) /dwell.
Dwell in progress without disinfection (or
maintenance in the therapy models).
7 1 Error detected by control relative to the type of Zero set the flag (disinfection or
Disinfection or Maintenance (only in the maintenance) in configuration and repeat the
Therapy models) not recognised. disinfection or maintenance.
7 2 Error detected by control relative to the phase Zero set the flag (disinfection or
of Disinfection or Maintenance (only in the maintenance) in configuration and repeat the
Therapy models) not recognised disinfection or maintenance.
Errors 0 - 4 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

7 3 Error detected by control relative to the Zero set the flag (disinfection or
subphase of Disinfection or Maintenance (only maintenance) in configuration and repeat the
in the Therapy models) not recognised. disinfection or maintenance.
7 4 Error detected by control during SVUOT TANK Check:

and SVUOTASS emptying phases. The error is - operation of tank level transducer
due to absence of detection of level transducer - operation of delivery pump
switching within 120 sec from its beginning. - operation of UF pump
- operation of concentrate pump
7 5 Error detected by control in the CHK_TANK Check:
phase (after an emptying phase and before a - operation of tank level transducer
filling phase). The level transducer has - operation of delivery pump
detected a level presence despite the tank - operation of UF pump
being empty. - operation of concentrate pump
7 6 Error detected by the PC relative to the code in Check: - congruence of the programme file
execution (FIT test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (EV test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (EV test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
9 1 Error detected by control: temperature in the Check:

tank > 50 °C for more than 120 s. - operation of thermoregulation system
- Set temp
- Pt100 TS1 and relative hardware reading
chain
9 2 Error detected by control relative to the Check:
misalignment between C and P of the - operation of thermoregulation system
temperature detected by the respective probes - Signals: TEMP READ, TEMP LOW RANGE
at the inlet of the dialyser filter. Besides the T1 ON, TEMP DIAL C, TEMP DIAL P, TEMP C
tests, the temperature read by the control probe TEST OFF, TEMP P TEST OFF and relative
differs by more than 25°C compared with the hardware reading chain.
value measured by the protection probe in the
read range [25°C, 50°C].
10 1 Error detected by control: during the heating Check:

and cooling phase, the delivery flow is < 200 - air inside circuit.
ml/min for more than 60 sec. - Electrovalve positions and drives.
execution (BLD test routine). dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (BLD test routine). dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (partial conductivity test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (partial conductivity test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (total conductivity test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.

Technical Manual

execution (total conductivity test routine). dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (connectors test routine) dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (UF test routine). dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
execution (UF test routine). dialrd.exe and HD integrity.
17 1 Error detected by the PC relative to the code in Check:

execution (flowswitch test routine). - congruency of the programme dialrd.exe
and HD integrity.
- occlusions in the hydraulic circuit.
19 Errors relative to non-recognition of T1 Check:

hydraulic test phases - Disk On Chip integrity
20 2 Error relative to non-recognition of data Check:
- Disk On Chip integrity
21 Errors caused by non-loading of the supporting Check:
files by the PC programme. - Disk On Chip integrity
22 Errors caused by non-recognition of data or Check:

supporting files by the PC programme during - Disk On Chip integrity
configuration.
23 Errors caused by absence of or corrupt support Check:

files, insufficient space in the Disk On Chip - Disk On Chip integrity
memory.
24 1 Error detected by the PC relative to the code in Check: - congruency of the programme
execution (graphic initialisation test routine). dialrd.exe and HD integrity
25 210 Error due to an overlap between the mains Check:

voltage and that generated by the continuity - continuity group
group.
PROFILER.LOG file
PROFILER.LOG file.
PROFILER.LOG file.
26 3 Error detected by the PC relative to the space Check: - space on Hard Disk
on the HD during the writing of
PROFILER.LOG.
27 Error detected by the PC relative to the CRC of Check: - congruency of the file in question
the PROFILER.LOG file.
DIALPROF.LOG file
Errors 0 - 6 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

FILTER.LOG file
ACIDCOMP.LOG file
BASCOMP.LOG file
DIALBKUP.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG file
FILTER.LOG file
ACIDCOMP.LOG file
BASCOMP.LOG file
DIALPROF.LOG file
FILTER.LOG file
ACIDCOMP.LOG file
BASCOMP.LOG file

DIALPROF.LOG.
DIALCOPY.LOG file
DIALBKUP.LOG file
29 Error detected by the PC relative to the Check: - congruency of the file in question
DIALPROF.LOG file
100 Error generated by the PC software due to

the misalignment of the error message
copies sent by protection.
203 Error generated by protection: failure of the Check:

protection microcontroller operation test - - 68HC11 microcontroller operation
CPU board.
N.B.: error not displayed on the PC monitor
as the CPU goes out of the normal loop and
disconnects the communication, the monitor
remains black, the CPU red led does not
flash.
204 Error generated by protection: failure of the Check:

protection RAM operation test - CPU board. - protection RAM operation
N.B.: error not displayed on the PC monitor
as the CPU goes out of the normal loop and
disconnects the communication, the monitor
remains black, the CPU red led does not
flash.

Technical Manual

205 Error generated by protection when an Check:
unexpected interrupt intervenes. N.B.: error not - protection CPU operation
displayed on the PC monitor as the CPU goes out
of the normal loop and disconnects the
codes relative to the latter situation, the CPU red
led does not flash.

led does not flash.

led does not flash.

led does not flash.

led does not flash.
217 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_SELFHOLD Check:
- incorrect selfholding signal - SelfHodingOn (1) signal
218 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_26VBREAK Check:
- 26 volt not present - power input values
- VoltAlarmOn signal
- Power input test signals

P_TRK_CP_REFERENCE – misalignment of - control and protection reference
references C and P.
P_CHK_C_REFERENCE - incorrect C reference - control and protection reference
221 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_OVERRIDE Check:

- max. override time exceeded. - total time in override
- PC and CPU clocks
222 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_NO_ADJ -

adjust not performed.
Errors 0 - 8 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

223 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_TIMER_FAIL –
timer management error.

P_CHK_COPIA_STATO_FAIL - control machine status
different from protection machine status.
P_CHK_COPIA_STATO_RECOVER_FAIL - recover
copy machine status error.
NOT USED

P_CHK_COPIA_STATO_ALL_FAIL - copy machine
status error
NOT USED
227 Error detected by protection: P_CHK_NO_TIMER -

timer protection buffer terminated.
N.B.: error not displayed on the PC monitor as the CPU
goes out of the normal loop and disconnects the
flash.

relative to CRC on the protection code. - Protection flash memory
N.B.: error not displayed on the PC monitor as the CPU - red protection led flashes
goes out of the normal loop and disconnects the Reprogramme the protection FLASH.
communication, the monitor should remain black, the
CPU red led does not flash.

relative to the software control revision of the control. - correct software revision

relative to the control of the PC software revision. - software revision of the PC
programme
relative to the data stored in EEPROM: CRCs different - EEPROM by retrying a complete
between control and protection. configuration

P_CHK_TRACK_DIPSWITCH - dip switch reading - stability of the dip switch signals.
misalignment between Control and Protection.

P_CHK_STATETRANSITION - the set treatment (DN,
SNsp, …) does not correspond to the machine status
identified by FORMULA.

P_CHK_DPRCOMM_LOST – Loss of communication - communication hardware
on the parallel port. - PC operation
Used to put the machine into the safety state, - microcontroller operation
whenever the PC or the control microcontroller fail to
work properly (with consequent loss of
communication).

Technical Manual

P_CHK_DPRCOMM_REPEAT - Incorrect parallel
communication.
241 29 Error detected by protection: Non-zero flow detected Check:

on turbine flowmeter or differential flowmeter: the - signals relative to the turbine
absence of blood flow requires the bypass to be closed - signals relative to the differential
and the absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter

absence of infusion flow requires the bypass to be - signals relative to the differential
closed and the absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter

machine status requires the absence of dialysate flow. - signals relative to the differential
flowmeter
machine status requires the absence of dialysate flow. - signals relative to the differential
flowmeter
on turbine flowmeter or differential flowmeter: the NO - signals relative to the turbine
WATER alarm detected by the PC software requires - signals relative to the differential
the absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter

TEMPERATURE alarm detected by the PC software - signals relative to the differential
requires the absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter

TOTAL CONDUCTIVITY alarm detected by the PC - signals relative to the differential

BICARBONATE CONDUCTIVITY alarm detected by - signals relative to the differential
the PC software requires the absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter

on turbine flowmeter or differential flowmeter: the TMP - signals relative to the turbine
alarm detected by the PC software requires the - signals relative to the differential
absence of dialysate flow. flowmeter

on turbine flowmeter or differential flowmeter: the UF - signals relative to the turbine
NEGATIVE PRESSURE alarm detected by the PC - signals relative to the differential
Errors 0 - 10 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

flowmeter: the CONCENTRATE ERROR alarm - signals relative to the differential
detected by the PC software requires the absence flowmeter
of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the REVERSE UF alarm detected by - signals relative to the differential
the PC software requires the absence of dialysate flowmeter
flow.

flowmeter: the END UF alarm detected by - signals relative to the differential

flowmeter: the FLOW SET TO ZERO alarm - signals relative to the differential
of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the BLD alarm detected by the PC - signals relative to the differential

flowmeter: the NO INFUSION FLOW alarm - signals relative to the differential
of dialysate flow.

(total conductivity) detected by protection requires flowmeter
the absence of dialysate flow.
flowmeter: the difference between the weight - signals relative to the differential
loss calculations of the Control and Protection flowmeter
systems requires the absence of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the NO WATER alarm detected by the - signals relative to the differential
Protection software requires the absence of flowmeter
dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the TOTAL CONDUCTIVITY alarm - signals relative to the differential
detected by the Protection software requires the flowmeter
absence of dialysate flow.

Technical Manual

flowmeter: the BICARBONATE CONDUCTIVITY - signals relative to the differential
alarm detected by the Protection software flowmeter
requires the absence of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the TEMPERATURE alarm detected - signals relative to the differential
by the Protection software requires the absence flowmeter
of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the TMP alarm detected by the - signals relative to the differential
dialysate flow.

(partial conductivity) detected by the Protection flowmeter
software requires the absence of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the REVERSE UF alarm detected by - signals relative to the differential
the Protection software requires the absence of flowmeter
dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the BLD alarm detected by the - signals relative to the differential
dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the END UF alarm detected by the - signals relative to the differential
dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the UF NEGATIVE PRESSURE alarm - signals relative to the differential
detected by the Protection software requires the flowmeter
absence of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: the alarm of connectors out of place - signals relative to the differential
during rinsing detected by the Protection software flowmeter

during dialysis detected by the Protection flowmeter
Errors 0 - 12 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

during sterilisation (or maintenance for Therapy flowmeter
models), detected by the Protection software
flowmeter: the misalignment, detected by the - signals relative to the differential
Protection software, between the conductivity flowmeter
probe (total conductivity) and the probe at the
bypass (total) requires the absence of dialysate
flow.

flowmeter: failure of the T0 test on the partial - signals relative to the differential
conductivity probe detected by the Protection flowmeter

flowmeter: misalignment of the variables relative - signals relative to the differential
to ultrafiltration control, detected by the Protection flowmeter
software, requires the absence of dialysate flow.

flowmeter: misalignment, detected by the - signals relative to the differential
Protection software, between the value set for the flowmeter
ultrafiltration servosystem and the UF rate read
value requires the absence of dialysate flow.


flowmeter: failure of the T0 test on the total - signals relative to the differential
conductivity probe detected by the protection flowmeter
242 1 Error detected by protection relative to the arterial Check:

pump control: the arterial pump has completed at - if caused by manual pump rotation
least a revolution while the PV OUT OF RANGE - arterial pump drive
alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
signals

Technical Manual

least a revolution while the PA MINMAX alarm, - arterial pump drive
detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
signals
least a revolution while the PA OUT OF RANGE - arterial pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the AIR DETECTED - arterial pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the PV MINMAX alarm, - arterial pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the ART. PUMP COVER - arterial pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the ARTERIAL PUMP - arterial pump drive
REVOL. alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the CLAMP OPEN alarm, - arterial pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the WRONG ARTERIAL - arterial pump drive
LINE alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
signals
least a revolution while the PFILT: OUT OF - arterial pump drive
RANGE alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
present. signals

relative to the control of the arterial pump in the - if caused by manual pump rotation
presence of dialysate part and blood part on - arterial pump drive
online HDF/PHF cut-off alarms: the arterial pump - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
has completed at least a revolution while the stop signals
arterial pump request due to machine status is
present.

least a revolution while the arterial pump - arterial pump drive
maximum speed exceeded alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
protection, is present. signals
Errors 0 - 14 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

completed at least a revolution while the - arterial pump drive
VENOUS PUMP COVER alarm, detected by - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

ARTERIAL PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

VENOUS PHASE TIMEOUT alarm, detected - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals


STROKE VOLUME alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

maximum switching pressure exceeded alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

completed at least a revolution while it should - arterial pump drive
have stopped due to the machine status. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

protection relative to the control of the arterial - if caused by manual pump rotation
pump while the infusion connector in priming - arterial pump drive
(no blood) DN/SN/SNsp alarm is present: the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
arterial pump has completed at least a
revolution while the stop arterial pump request
due to machine status is present.

completed at least a revolution while the stop - arterial pump drive
arterial pump request due to machine status is - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
present.

protection on online HDF/PHF patient
disconnetction relative to dialysate and blood
alarms.

completed at least a revolution while the PFILT: - arterial pump drive
OUT OF RANGE alarm, detected by the - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

Technical Manual

pump control: the arterial pump has completed at least - if caused by manual pump rotation
a revolution while the PV OUT OF RANGE alarm, - arterial pump drive
detected by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
signals
a revolution while the PA OUT OF RANGE alarm, - arterial pump drive
signals
a revolution while the PV MINMAX alarm, detected by - arterial pump drive
the PC software, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
signals
a revolution while the PA MINMAX alarm, detected by - arterial pump drive
the PC software, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
signals
a revolution while the ART. PUMP COVER alarm, - arterial pump drive
signals
a revolution while the ARTERIAL PUMP REVOL. - venous pump drive
alarm, detected by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
a revolution while the WRONG ARTERIAL LINE alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
a revolution while the venous pump cover alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
a revolution while the BLD alarm, detected by the PC - venous pump drive
software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
a revolution while the arterial phase timeout alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
a revolution while the venous phase timeout alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
Errors 0 - 16 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual


STROKE VOLUME alarm, detected by the PC - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

venous pump speed alarm, detected by the PC - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals
242 120 In the Formula models: Error detected by Check:

protection relative to the arterial pump control: - if caused by manual pump rotation
the arterial pump has completed at least a - arterial pump drive
revolution while the UNSTABLE LOAD alarm, - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

protection relative to the control of the arterial
pump in the presence of dialysate part and
blood part in priming on HDF/PHF line: the
pump has completed at least a revolution in the
presence of a stop arterial pump request due to
machine status.

completed at least a revolution while the BLD - arterial pump drive
alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole arterial encoder and related signals

at least a revolution while the PV OUT OF - venous pump drive
present.

at least a revolution while the PA MINMAX - venous pump drive

at least a revolution while the PA OUT OF - venous pump drive
present.

at least a revolution while the AIR DETECTED - venous pump drive

at least a revolution while the PV MINMAX - venous pump drive

Technical Manual

least a revolution while the ART. PUMP COVER - venous pump drive
alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
least a revolution while the ARTERIAL PUMP - venous pump drive
REVOL. alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the CLAMP OPEN alarm, - venous pump drive
detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
least a revolution while the WRONG ARTERIAL - venous pump drive
LINE alarm, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
RANGE alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

present. signals

relative to the control of the venous pump in the - if caused by manual pump rotation
presence of dialysate part and blood part on - venous pump drive
online HDF/PHF cut-off alarms: the venous pump - 1-hole venous encoder and related
has completed at least a revolution in the signals
machine status.

least a revolution in the presence of the arterial - venous pump drive
pump maximum speed exceeded alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related
by the protection. signals

least a revolution while the VENOUS PUMP - venous pump drive
COVER alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the ARTERIAL PHASE - venous pump drive
TIMEOUT alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the VENOUS PHASE - venous pump drive
TIMEOUT alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the - venous pump drive
SwitchingPressureFault alarm, detected by the - 1-hole venous encoder and related
Errors 0 - 18 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

least a revolution while the STROKE VOLUME - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the maximum switching - venous pump drive
pressure exceeded alarm, detected by the - 1-hole venous encoder and related

least a revolution while the venous pump speed - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution in the presence of the venous - venous pump drive
pump maximum speed exceeded alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related
by the protection. signals

least a revolution while the infusion cover open - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the infusion pump speed - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the infusion pressure out - venous pump drive
of range alarm, detected by the protection, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the UNSTABLE LOAD - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the scale error greater - venous pump drive
than 300 g, detected by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
the infusion connector in priming (no blood) - venous pump drive
DN/SN/SNsp alarm is present: the venous pump - 1-hole venous encoder and related
machine status.

least a revolution while preparatory alarms, - venous pump drive
detected by the protection software, requesting a - 1-hole venous encoder and related
machine stop, are present. signals

Technical Manual

dialysate part and blood part in priming online - venous pump drive
HDF/PHF alarms are present: the venous pump - 1-hole venous encoder and related
machine status.
least a revolution in the wrong direction. - venous pump drive
- 1-hole venous encoder and related
In Therapy models: Error detected by protection signals
relative to the control of the correct direction of
rotation of the venous pump in priming, dialysis
and cut-off on line in HDF and PHF treatments.

least a revolution in the presence of a stop - venous pump drive
venous pump request due to machine status. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
243 93 In Therapy models: Error detected by protection
on online HDF/PHF cut-off relative to dialysate
and blood alarms.

present. signals

present. signals

least a revolution while the PV OUT OF RANGE - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the PA OUT OF RANGE - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the PV MINMAX alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the PA MINMAX alarm, - venous pump drive
signals
Errors 0 - 20 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

least a revolution while the ART. PUMP COVER - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the ARTERIAL PUMP - venous pump drive
REVOL. alarm, detected by the PC software, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the WRONG ARTERIAL - venous pump drive
LINE alarm, detected by the PC software, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the venous pump cover - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the BLD alarm, detected - venous pump drive
by the PC software, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
least a revolution while the arterial phase timeout - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the venous phase timeout - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the - venous pump drive
SwitchingPressureFault alarm, detected by the - 1-hole venous encoder and related
PC software, is present. signals

least a revolution while the STROKE VOLUME - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the venous pump speed - venous pump drive
signals
protection relative to venous pump control: the - if caused by manual pump rotation
venous pump has completed at least a revolution - venous pump drive
while the UNSTABLE LOAD alarm, detected by - 1-hole arterial encoder and related
the PC software, is present. signals

relative to the control of the venous pump while
dialysate part and blood part in priming online
HDF/PHF alarms are present: the pump has
completed at least a revolution in the presence of
a stop arterial pump request due to machine
status.

Technical Manual

protection relative to venous pump control: the - if caused by manual pump rotation
venous pump has completed at least a revolution - venous pump drive
while the scale error greater than 300 g, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related
by the PC software, is present. signals

relative to venous pump control: the venous pump
has completed at least a revolution, detected by
the PC software, while alarms in dialysis or
priming with HDF/PHF bags are present that must
generate stop infusion pump.

least a revolution while the stop infusion - venous pump drive
requested by the bypass closure alarm, detected - 1-hole venous encoder and related
by the PC software, is present. signals

least a revolution while the infusion pump speed - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the infusion cover open - venous pump drive
signals
least a revolution while the infusion pressure out - venous pump drive
of range alarm, detected by the PC software, is - 1-hole venous encoder and related
present. signals

least a revolution while the BLD alarm, detected - venous pump drive
by the protection, is present. - 1-hole venous encoder and related
signals
clamp control: clamp open when the AIR - if clamp is kept open by the operator
DETECTED alarm, detected by the protection, is - clamp operation
present. - clamp drive signals and position reading
245 69 Error, detected by protection, relative to the Check:

actuator voltage input control (26VBRK): input - PAL U62 CPU operation
voltage remains in situations that require it to - drive and reading of signals involved
drop. - power input alarm system operation

following a protection microcontroller failure (red
led doe not flash) and a communications failure;
the code on the PC monitor should be relative to
the latter consequence.
Errors 0 - 22 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual

following a protection microcontroller failure






Technical Manual
Errors 0 - 24 of 24 ENG – Ed. 03/10

Technical Manual
5.5.2.3 TECHNICAL ALARMS 000:XXX

The TECHNICAL alarms 000:XXX replace the zero errors type 000:XXX following the failure of tracking tests
between protection and control. This alarm can be overridden 10 seconds after it returns to normal. There
are Technical Alarms on the dialysate part that stop the hydraulic pumps, and Technical Alarms on the
haematic part that stop the peristaltic pumps.
TECHNICAL ALARMS ON THE HAEMATIC PART

0 12 Alarm detected by protection Check: - prefilter pressure reading
relative to tracking between C-P chain for both control and protection.
of prefilter pressure.
0 14 Alarm detected by protection Check: - additional pressure reading
of TMPH.
0 17 Alarm detected by protection Check: - venous pressure reading
of venous pressure.
0 18 Alarm detected by protection Check: - that the
relative to control of the venous Pres200TestOn,Pres460TestOn and
and arterial and scale pressure 15KgTeston test signals are zero set
test signals. in all phases except the test ones.
0 19 Alarm detected by protection Check: - arterial pressure reading
of arterial pressure.
0 22 Alarm detected by protection Check: - encoder positioning -
relative to tracking between C-P hardware chain relative to 1-hole
on the number of revolutions encoder reading, for both control and
read by the 1-hole encoder. protection
0 23 Alarm detected by protection Check: - arterial potentiometer
relative to tracking between C-P integrity- hardware chain relevant to
on the positioning of the arterial arterial potentiometer reading.
potentiometer or value read by
the signal protection that can be
set with the arterial
potentiometer greater than the
maximum settable value.
0 24 Alarm detected by protection Check: - venous potentiometer
relative to tracking between C-P integrity- hardware chain relevant to
on the positioning of the venous venous potentiometer reading -
potentiometer or value read by potentiometer connection.
the signal protection set with the
venous potentiometer greater
than the maximum settable
value.
0 27 Alarm detected by protection Check: - clamp drive signal and
relative to tracking between C-P position reading
of ClampRead signal.
0 28 Alarm detected by protection Check: - BloodDetOn signal hardware
relative to tracking between C-P chain relative to both control and
on BloodDetOn signal. protection.
0 39 Alarm detected by protection
relative to tracking between C-P
of the duration of the arterial
phase in SN.
on the number of encoder encoder reading, for both control and
pulses read during the arterial protection
phase in SN
0 41 Alarm detected by protection Check: - switching pressure reading
relative to tracking between C-P chain for both control and protection
of minimum and maximum (peak value).
switching pressure (single
needle).
ENG - Ed.03/10 Technical Alarms 000:xxx - page 1 of 4

Technical Manual

relative to tracking between C-P of
the duration of the venous phase
in single needle.
on the number of revolutions of encoder reading, for both control
the venous pump during the and protection
venous phase (ASdp).
0 48 Alarm detected by protection Check: - reading hardware chain
relative to C-P tracking on the for the venous pump speed
speed of the venous pump. (frequency) for both control and
protection systems.
0 52 Alarm detected by protection Check: - infusion pressure
relative to C-P tracking on reading chain for both control and
haemodiafiltration pressure. protection. Values incorrect or
unstable.
0 53 Alarm detected by protection Check: - BLDH reading chain for
relative to C-P tracking on BLDH both control and protection.
sensor. Values incorrect or unstable.
0 59 Alarm detected by protection Check: - scale reading chain for
relative to C-P tracking on scale. both control and protection.
relative to C-P tracking on scale
algorithm variables.
In Therapy models: Alarm

detected by protection on online
HDF/PHF priming relative to
dialysate and blood alarms.
Technical Alarms 000:xxx - page 2 of 4 ENG - Ed.03/10

Technical Manual
TECHNICAL ALARMS ON THE DIALYSATE PART

0 152 Alarm detected by protection Check: - that the NoWaterPicOn
relative to tracking between C-P signal arrives equally to control
on position of NoWaterPicOn and protection.
signal.
0 153 Alarm detected by protection Check: - that the WaterLevel
relative to tracking between C-P signal arrives equally to control
on position of WaterLevel signal. and protection.
0 156 Alarm detected by protection Check: - reading chain of the
relative to tracking between C-P connector position transducers.
concerning the position of the
connectors (sterilisation or
maintenance in the therapy
models, concentrate, bypass,
perforation and infusion cartridge)
0 160 Alarm detected by protection Check: - CondT signal read for
relative to tracking between C-P both control and protection.
of CondT.
0 161 Alarm detected by protection Check: - Cond2 signal read for
of Cond2.
0 163 Alarm detected by protection Check: - hydraulic test signal
relative to C-P tracking on signals: status
conduct. probes, temperature
transd., pressure transd. and BLD
tests. Preparation phases,
Pressure loop.
0 164 Alarm detected by protection Check: - hydraulic test signal
tests. Filter rinse and UF phases.
0 165 Alarm detected by protection Check: - Cond1 signal read for
relative to tracking between C-P both control and protection
of Cond1.
0 166 Alarm detected by protection Check: hydraulic test signal
tests. Phases: Disinfection or
Maintenance (only in Therapy
models).
0 167 Alarm detected by protection Check: - TempDialC signal for
of TempDialC. The difference is >
2 .
0 168 Alarm detected by protection Check: - TempDialP signal for
relative to tracking between C-P both control and protection
of TempDialP. The difference is >
2 .
0 171 Alarm detected by protection Check: - hardware chain relative
relative to tracking between C-P to PressDial signal of both
of PressDial measurement. control and protection
0 172 Alarm detected by protection Check: - FreqCond1Mot signal
relative to tracking between C-P read for both control and
of FreqCond1Mot signal. protection.
0 173 Alarm detected by protection Check: - FreqCond2Mot signal
relative to tracking between C-P read for both control and
of FreqCond2Mot signal. protection.
0 193 Alarm detected by protection Check: - BLD signal
on BLD.
ENG - Ed.03/10 Technical Alarms 000:xxx - page 3 of 4

Technical Manual

0 195 Alarm detected by protection Check: - COND STER signal
relative to tracking between C-P should equally reach both the
of COND STER signal. control and the protection.
0 198 Alarm detected by protection Check: - signal sensor reading
relative to tracking between C-P chain: flowswitchon and flow250off.
on flowswitchon and flow250off
signals (lower and upper
flowswitch sensor)
regarding TMP calculation.
Technical Alarms 000:xxx - page 4 of 4 ENG - Ed.03/10

Technical Manual
5.5.2.4 HYDRAULIC ALARMS:XXX

The HYDRAULIC alarms XXX replace zero errors with code 240:XXX when the expected state of the
flowswitch becomes inconsistent with the machine status in the presence of an alarm situation. When the
hydraulic alarm in question trips, the machine will perform tests on the dialysate flow, checking the turbine
and differential flowmeter in order to ensure the patient remains safe even if the clip blocks and does not
return to its expected state. If the checks confirm the flow has stopped and the clip returns to its correct state,
the alarm can be overridden.
Hydraulic: Description Solution

xxx
In the Formula models: Alarm detected by protection
15 on online HDF/PHF cut-off relative to dialysate and
blood alarms.
Alarm detected by protection: position of clip (or Check:
29 patient bypass clip in therapy models) not in zero - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
flow position: the absence of blood flow requires the models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
Alarm detected by protection. position of clip (or Check:
flow position: the absence of infusion flow requires models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
- position of clip
- position of clip
- position of clip
flow position: the TEMPERATURE alarm detected models) blocked in the conic pipe
by the PC software requires the bypass to be closed. - flowswitch signals
- position of clip
detected by the PC software requires the bypass to be - flowswitch signals
ENG - Ed.03/10 Hydraulic Alarms - page 1 of 6

Technical Manual

xxx
- position of clip

101
flow position: the CONCENTRATE ERROR alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
detected by the PC software requires the bypass to be - flowswitch signals
Hydraulic Alarms - page 2 of 6 ENG - Ed.03/10

Technical Manual

xxx
Alarm detected by protection. position of clip Check:
103 (or patient bypass clip in therapy models) not in - if clip (or patient bypass clip in therapy
zero flow position: the REVERSE UF alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
detected by the PC software requires the bypass - flowswitch signals
to be closed. - position of clip
zero flow position: the END UF alarm detected models) blocked in the conic pipe
zero flow position: the NULL BLOOD FLOW models) blocked in the conic pipe
zero flow position: the BLD alarm detected by models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
zero flow position: the NULL INFUSION models) blocked in the conic pipe
FLOW alarm detected by the PC software - flowswitch signals
ERROR (total conductivity) alarm detected by - flowswitch signals
protection requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
zero flow position: the difference between the models) blocked in the conic pipe
weight loss calculations of the Control and - flowswitch signals
Protection systems requires the bypass to be - position of clip
closed. - protection and PC clock
zero flow position: the NO WATER alarm models) blocked in the conic pipe
bypass to be closed - position of clip

Technical Manual

xxx
CONDUCTIVITY alarm detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
flow position: the TEMPERATURE alarm detected models) blocked in the conic pipe
by the Protection software requires the bypass to be - flowswitch signals
flow position: the TMP alarm detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
(partial conductivity) alarm detected by the - flowswitch signals
Protection software requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
flow position: the REVERSE UF alarm detected by models) blocked in the conic pipe
flow position: the BLD alarm detected by the models) blocked in the conic pipe
- position of clip
- position of clip
alarm detected by the Protection software requires - flowswitch signals
the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
during rinsing, detected by the Protection software - flowswitch signals

Technical Manual

xxx
during dialysis, detected by the Protection software - flowswitch signals
models), detected by the Protection software requires - position of clip
the bypass to be closed.
Protection software, between the conductivity probe - flowswitch signals
(total conductivity) and the probe at the bypass - position of clip
(total) requires the bypass to be closed.
flow position: misalignment of the variables relative models) blocked in the conic pipe
to ultrafiltration control, detected by the Protection - flowswitch signals
software, requires the bypass to be closed. - position of clip
ultrafiltration servosystem and the UF rate read value - position of clip
Alarm detected by protection while checking the Check:
199 congruency between machine status, flow setting and - signal sensor reading chain: flow250off.
flow value indicated by the flowswitch. (e.g.: bypass - position of clip (or patient bypass clip in
open and flow rate higher than 250 cc/min: upper therapy models) inside the flowswitch
flowswitch sensor on - flow250off=0; clip (or patient - air inside hydraulic circuit
bypass clip in therapy models) high
Alarm detected by protection while checking the Check:
200 congruency between machine status, flow setting and - signal sensor reading chain:
flow value indicated by the flowswitch. (e.g.: bypass flowswitchon.
open and flow rate higher than 250 cc/min: lower - position of clip (or patient bypass clip in
sensor flowswitch off - flowswitchon=5V; clip (or therapy models) inside the flowswitch
patient bypass clip in therapy models) high) - air inside hydraulic circuit
flow position: failure of T0 test on the total models) blocked in the conic pipe

Technical Manual

Technical Manual
5.5.2
5.5.2.5 ERRORS 1 – Dialysate
detected by control when performing repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both the
the T1 test. Failure of the FIT test Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine back
following drop in operating pressure on and perform a "Replace Forclean" by
inside one or both the filtering stages spilling both filters.
(Forclean ultrafilters).
detected by control when performing repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both the
the T1 test. Failure in the integral Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine back
measurement of the flow from the two on and perform a "Replace Forclean" by
filtering stages and read by the spilling both filters.
differential flowmeter.
detected by protection when executing repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both the
the T1 test. Failure to maintain Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine back
operating pressure inside one or both on and perform a "Replace Forclean" from
the filtering stages (Forclean the "filter management" menu by spilling
ultrafilters). both filters.
detected by protection when repeated FIT TEST failures, replace both the
performing the T1 test. Failure in the Forclean ultrafilters, switch the machine back
integral measurement of the flow from on and perform a "Replace Forclean" from
the two filtering stages and read by the "filter management" menu by spilling
the differential flowmeter. both filters.
32 2 Error detected by control when Check: - electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
executing the negative pressure test. (especially electrovalves EV4- EV7) –
The pressure of -300 mmHg was not ultrafiltration operation
reached within 30".
32 4 Error detected by control when Check: - electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
executing the negative pressure test. (especially electrovalves EV4 - EV7 - EV9 -
Pressure increased (Pressure>-300 EV10) - air in hydraulic circuit
mmHg) while checking maintenance of
same at negative values.

detected by control when performing (Only for Therapy models) check: -
the negative pressure test. The electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
pressure of 250 mmHg was not (especially electrovalves EV4-EV8-EV9-
reached within 20". EV10-EV11-EV15-EV18) – delivery pump
operation
32 6 Error detected by control when Check: - electrovalve status - especially EV9
performing negative pressure tests. - EV10
Pressure did not drop when EV10 was
opened.
32 8 Only for Therapy models: Error Check: - electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
detected by control when executing (especially electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV8-EV11)
the negative pressure test. The – ultrafiltration pump operation
pressure of -300 mmHg was not
reached within 20".
ENG - Ed.05/11 ERRORS 1- Dialysate - page 1 of 18

Technical Manual

by control when executing the negative - electrovalve status
pressure test. Pressure increased - hydraulic leaks (especially electrovalves
(Pressure>-200 mmHg) while checking EV4-EV7-EV8-EV11) - air in hydraulic
maintenance of same at negative values. circuit
No negative pressure in auxiliary pressure
sensor PresAux (PT3), with values < -700
mmHg or > 0 mmHg.
by control when performing negative - electrovalve status
pressure tests. Pressure did not increase - especially EV9-EV10
pressure tests. Pressure did not increase - especially EV15-EV8-EV9-EV10-EV11-
when EV15 was opened. EV17
performing negative pressure test. Same - state of electrovalve command
reasons for failure of Control; moreover, - state of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff signal
the command status of electrovalves
EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10 and of the
RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not match
the current test phase (see phases relative
to control).
RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not match
the current test phase (see phases relative
to control).
the command status of electrovalves - hydraulic leaks
RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not (Only for Therapy models) check:
match the current test phase (see phases - state of electrovalve command
relative to control). Pressure greater than - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
-270 mmHg. signal
Only for Therapy models: Error detected

by protection when performing negative
pressure test. Same reasons for failure of
electrovalves
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does
not match the current test phase (see
the command status of electrovalves - by-pass electrovalve seal

Technical Manual

phases relative to control). The decrease
in test pressure was not detected.

detected by protection when - state of electrovalve command
performing negative pressure test. - state of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff signal
Same reasons for failure of Control;
electrovalves
EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10/EV11 and of
match the current test phase (see
Same reasons for failure of Control; - hydraulic leaks
electrovalves EV4/EV7/EV8/EV11 and
of the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does not
match the current test phase (see
phases relative to control). Pressure
greater than -170 mmHg.
Same reasons for failure of Control; - by-pass electrovalve seal
electrovalves EV4/EV7/EV8/EV9/EV10
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) e
UFMotOff signals does not match the
current test phase (see phases relative
to control). The increase in test
Same reasons for failure of Control; - seal of by-pass and infusion block
moreover, the command status of electrovalves
electrovalves
EV7/EV8/EV8/EV9/EV10/EV11/EV17
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) e
UFMotOff signals does not match the
current test phase (see phases relative
to control). The increase in test
The pressure of +300 mmHg was not - hydraulic leaks (especially seal of
reached within 20". electrovalves EV4-EV7)
- ultrafiltration pump operation
Only for Therapy models: Error (Only for Therapy models) check:
detected by control when executing - electrovalve status
the negative pressure test. The - hydraulic leaks (especially electrovalves

Technical Manual
pressure of -330 mmHg was not EV4-EV7-EV8-EV9-EV10-EV11-EV15-

reached within 20". EV18) – ultrafiltration pump operation

Pressure decrease (Pressure < 300 - hydraulic leaks (especially seal of
mmHg) during control of maintenance electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV9-EV10)
of same at positive values. - air in the hydraulic circuit
48 8 Error detected by control when performing Check: - probable problem in the seal of
positive pressure tests. Pressure did not electrovalves EV9-EV10.
drop when EV10 was opened.
(Only for Therapy models) check: -
Only for Therapy models: Error detected electrovalve status - hydraulic leaks
by control when performing positive (especially electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV8-
pressure tests. The pressure of +250 EV9-EV10-EV11-EV15-EV18) delivery
mmHg was not reached within 20". pump operation
by control when performing positive - electrovalve status
pressure tests. Pressure decrease - hydraulic leaks (especially seal of
(Pressure < 250 mmHg) during control of electrovalves EV4-EV7-EV8-EV11)
maintenance of same at positive values. - air in the hydraulic circuit
No positive pressure in auxiliary pressure
sensor PresAux (PT3), with values < 1400
mmHg or > 0 mmHg.
by control when performing positive - probable problem in the seal of
pressure tests. Pressure did not drop electrovalve EV15
pressure tests. Pressure did not drop - especially EV9-EV10
performing positive pressure test. Same - electrovalve command status – state of
reasons for failure of Control; moreover, RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff signals
do not match the current test phase (see (Only for Therapy models) check:
phases relative to control). - state of electrovalve command
- state of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff signal
by protection when performing negative
electrovalves
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) signal does
performing positive pressure test. Same - state of electrovalve command
reasons for failure of Control; moreover, - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
the command status of electrovalves signal

Technical Manual


reasons for failure of Control; moreover, - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff -
the command status of electrovalves hydraulic leaks

reasons for failure of Control; moreover, - status of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
the command status of electrovalves signals - seal of by-pass electrovalves
RevUfShiftOff (1) and PFlowMotOff signals (Only for Therapy models) check:
do not match the current test phase (see - state of electrovalve command
phases relative to control). - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
signal
by protection when performing positive
electrovalves
and of the RevUfShiftOff (1) and
PFlowMotOff signals does not match the
control).
by protection when performing positive - state of electrovalve command
pressure test. Same reasons for failure of - state of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff -
Control; moreover, the command status of hydraulic leaks
electrovalves EV4/EV7/EV8/EV11 and of
the RevUfShiftOff (1) and PFlowMotOff
signals do not match the current test
phase (see phases relative to control).
Pressure less than 220 mmHg.
by protection when performing positive - state of electrovalve command
pressure test. Same reasons for failure of - status of RevUfShiftOff, FlowMotOff
Control; moreover, the command status of signals - seal of infusion block
electrovalves EV15 - EV18 and of the electrovalves
by protection when performing negative - electrovalve command status – state
pressure test. Same reasons for failure of of RevUfShiftOff, UFMotOff signals
Control; moreover, the command status of - by-pass electrovalve seal
electrovalves EV9/EV10 and of the

Technical Manual

80 1 Error detected by control while executing Check:
T1 tests relative to the temperature - TempDialC TempDialP signals and
sensors (phase 1), TempDialC and relative reading hardware chain -
TempDialP out of range (37.5 , 41) °C. PT100 connection control
by control while executing T1 tests
relative to the temperature sensors (phase
1), TempDialC and TempDialP out of
range (36.5 , 40) °C.
80 2 Error detected by control while executing Check:
T1 tests relative to the temperature - TempDialC signal and relative
sensors (phase 2), TempDialC and hardware reading chain
TempDialP out of range (37.5 , 41) °C. - PT100 connection control
by control while executing T1 tests
relative to the temperature sensors (phase
2), TempDialC and TempDialP out of
range (36.5 , 40) °C.

TempDialC did not reach 41 °C. - PT100 connection control
detected by control while executing T1
tests relative to the temperature
reach 40 ℃.
TempDialC out of range (37.5, 41 °C). - PT100 connection control
sensors (phase 4) TempDialC out of
range (36.5, 40 °C).
TempDialP out of range (37.5, 41 °C). - PT100 connection protection
range (36.5, 40 °C).
TempDialC did not reach 41 ℃. - PT100 connection protection

Technical Manual

reach 40 ℃.
sensors
(phase 7) TempDialP out of range
(36.5, 40°C).
performing the T1 test relative to the - TempDialC and TempDialP signals and
temperature sensors (phase 1): relative hardware reading chain
TempDialC and TempDialP out of - PT100 connection control
range (37.5 , 41°C). The following - effective water temperature
TempLowRangeOn = 1.

TempDialC and TempDialP out of
range (36.5 , 40°C). The following
TempLowRangeOn = 1.

Technical Manual

performing the T1 test relative to the - TempDialC signal and relative hardware
temperature sensors (phase 2): reading chain
TempDialC out of range (37.5 , 41°C). - PT100 connection control
The following signals are not in the - effective water temperature
correct state: TempCTestOff = 1
TempPTestOff =1 TempLowRangeOn
= 1.

TempDialC out of range (36.5 , 40°C).
The following signals are not in the
= 1.
TempDialC did not reach 41°C - PT100 connection control
TempCTestOff = 0 TempPTestOff =1 - status of TempCTestOff signal
TempLowRangeOn = 1.

TempDialC did not reach 40 ℃
TempLowRangeOn = 1.
TempDialC out of range (37.5 , 41°C). - PT100 connection control
The following signals are not in the - status of TempCTestOff signal
= 1.

TempDialC out of range (36.5 , 40°C).
= 1.

Technical Manual

detected by protection while executing
range (36.5, 40 °C).
= 1.
xxx: xxx Description

performing the T1 test relative to the - TempDialP signal and relative hardware
TempDialC did not reach 41°C. The - PT100 connection protection
following signals are not in the correct - status of TempPTestOff signal
state TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff

TempDialC did not reach 40 ℃. The
following signals are not in the correct
state TempCTestOff = 1 TempPTestOff
performing the T1 test relative to the - TempDialP signal and relative hardware
TempDialP out of range (37.5 , 41°C). - PT100 connection protection
The following signals are not in the - status of TempPTestOff signal
= 1.

TempDialP out of range (36.5 , 40°C).
= 1.
performing T1 tests relative to BLD. - BLD ampoule (if opaque, dirty or incorrectly
BLD value not within range : positioned)
(4.1, 4.9) V until sw 5860 Formula and - BLD signal and relative hardware chain -
6080 Therapy BldTestOff signal at 0
(3.1, 4.9) V from sw 5870 Formula and
6090 Therapy

performing T1 tests relative to BLD. - BLD signal and relative hardware chain -
BLD not less than 5% of the mean BldTestOff signal at 1

Technical Manual
value in the previous phase (phase 2)

BLD not less than 5% of the mean positioned)
value in phase 2 - BLD signal and relative hardware chain -
BldTestOff signal at 0
BLD value not within positioned)
(4.1, 4.9) V until sw 5860 Formula and - BLD signal and relative hardware chain
6080 Therapy faulty - BldTestOff signal at 0
(3.1, 4.9) V from sw 5870 Formula
and 6090 Therapy
performing T1 tests relative to BLD. - BLD signal and relative hardware chain -
BLD not less than 5% of the mean BldTestOff signal at 1
value in the previous phase (phase 2)
BldTestOff signal at 1
BLD not less than 5% of the mean positioned)
value in phase 2 BldTestOff signal at 0 - BLD signal and relative hardware chain
faulty
- BldTestOff signal at 0
performing the A/D converter test. - converter
The converter output did not return - amplification chain
low (500 mV ± 100 mV) - ultrafiltration block signal status

Technical Manual

converter test. The converter output is not high - converter
(4,500 mV ± 100 mV) - amplification chain
- ultrafiltration block signal
status
converter test. The converter output did not return - converter
low (500 mV ± 100 mV) - amplification chain
- ultrafiltration block signal
status
converter test. The converter output is not low (500 - converter
mV ± 100 mV) The state of the following signals is - amplification chain
incorrect. PressLoopOff=0 UfMotOff=0 - ultrafiltration block signal
UfcLoopOff=1 RevUfShiftOff=1 UfServoOn=1 status
DiffFlm=1
converter test. The converter output is not high - converter
(4,500 mV ± 100 mV) The state of the following - amplification chain
signals is incorrect. PressLoopOff=0 UfMotOff=0 - ultrafiltration block signal
UfcLoopOff=1 RevUfShiftOff=0 UfServoOn=1 status
DiffFlm=1
A/D converter test. The converter output did not - converter
return low (500 mV ± 100 mV). The state of the - amplification chain
following signals is incorrect: PressLoopOff=0 - ultrafiltration block signal
UfMotOff=0 UfcLoopOff=1 RevUfShiftOff=1 status
UfServoOn=1 DiffFlm=1
128 2 Error detected by control while performing the T1 Check:
test relative to the conductivity probes (phase 1): - conductivity of inlet water
Correct values - (and configured threshold)
CondWater=CondSter<MAX_CONDWATER(configured probes
(0,1.0) mS/cm ) - state of test signals - Cond1,
Cond2, CondT signals and
relative hardware reading
(14+CondWater-0.5, 14+CondWater+0.5)mS/cm - status of test signals
(0,1.0) mS/cm ) - status of test signals
chains.

Technical Manual
129 2 Error detected by protection while performing the T1 Check:

Correct values - (and configured threshold) -
> CondP<2.4 mS/cm CondT,Cond2<12mS/cm; connection of conductivity
(0,1.0) mS/cm ) - state of test signals (they must
all be at 1, see test table) -
Cond1, Cond2, CondT signals
chains for protection

Technical Manual

T1 test relative to the conductivity probes (phase - conductivity of inlet water (and configured
2): Correct values - threshold)
> CondP app. (5+CondWater-0.2, - connection of conductivity probes
5+CondWater+0.2)mS/cm, CondT and Cond2 - state of test signals (they must all be at 0,
app. (14+CondWater-0.5, see test table) - Cond1, Cond2, CondT
14+CondWater+0.5)mS/cm signals and relative hardware reading chains
for protection
T1 test relative to the conductivity probes (phase - conductivity of inlet water (and configured
4): Correct values - threshold) - connection of conductivity
> CondP<2.4 mS/cm CondT,Cond2<12mS/cm; probes
CondWater=CondSter<MAX_CONDWATER(configu - state of test signals (they must all be at 1,
red (0,1.0) mS/cm ) see test table) - Cond1, Cond2, CondT
signals and relative hardware reading chains
Only for Therapy models: Error detected by for protection
protection at the end of the long self-calibration
test.
144 2 Error detected by control when performing the T1 Check: - clip (blocked low)
test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 0. Patient bypass - FlowSwitchOn signal incorrect - drive/state
closed (no flow). of bypass electrovalves
Only for Therapy models: (flow reduction caused
by opening of EV8 or EV11). (Only for Therapy models) check:
- patient bypass clip (blocked low)
- FlowSwitchOn signal incorrect
- drive/state of bypass electrovalves
- drive/state of electrovalves EV8 and EV11
144 3 Error detected by control when performing the T1 Check:
test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 1. Patient bypass - clip (blocked high)
open (flow present). - FlowSwitchOn signal incorrect - drive/state
of bypass electrovalves
(Only for Therapy models) check:

- patient bypass clip (blocked high)
- FlowSwitchOn signal incorrect
- drive/state of bypass electrovalves
T1 test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 0. Patient - clip (blocked low)
bypass closed (no flow). Faulty control in the - incorrect signals
following signals: FlowSwitchOn = 1 Flow250Off - drives of bypass electrovalves - delivery
= 0 EV9/EV10 = ON operation
Only for Therapy models: (flow reduction caused (Only for Therapy models) check:
by opening of EV8 or EV11). Faulty control in - patient bypass clip (blocked low)
the following signals: FlowSwitchOn = 1 - incorrect signals
Flow250Off = 0 EV9/EV10 = ON and/or - drive of bypass electrovalves - drive of
EV8/EV11=OFF electrovalves EV8 and EV11
T1 test. FlowSwitchOn incorrectly at 1. Patient - clip (blocked high)

Technical Manual
bypass open (flow present). Faulty control in the - incorrect signals

following signals: FlowSwitchOn = 0 Flow250Off - drives of bypass electrovalves - delivery
= 1 EV9/EV10 = OFF operation

- incorrect signals
- drives of bypass electrovalves - delivery
operation
T1 test. Faulty control in the following signals: - clip (blocked high)
FlowSwitchOn = 0 Flow250Off = 1 EV9/EV10 = - incorrect signals
OFF - drives of bypass electrovalves - delivery
operation

- incorrect signals
- drives of bypass electrovalves

Technical Manual

the self-calibration test. Instable - PresCal signal – delivery pump
calibration pressure detected. WaitCal. operation (instable flow)
phase Faulty control in the following - pressure transducer operation -
signals: PresCal > -0.41 mmHg e PresCal ultrafiltration block operation
< 0.41 mmHg
the self-calibration test. Self-calibration - flowmeter operation (flowmeter
result clogged or subject to drifting
until software rev. 5.8-59 e 6.0-78 - N.B.: CHECK AUTOCAL. LOG FILE)
• >10 g/m (absolute value - Formula) - flowmeter connection cable -
• >10 g/m (absolute value - Therapy) flowmeter mechanically blocked -
delivery unstable
from software rev. 5.8-60 e 6.0-80 - pressure transducer operation
• > 5 g/m (absolute value - Formula) - ultrafiltration block operation
• >10 g/m (absolute value - Therapy)
output readings equal - self-calibration
not completed within the defined time
interval.
performing the self-calibration test. - PresCal signal
PresCal out of range PresCal - delivery pump operation (unstable
out of range [-0.41, 0.41] mmHg flow)
- transducer operation
Only for non-Therapy models: Error pressure
detected by protection at the end of the - ultrafiltration block operation
long self-calibration test.
performing the self-calibration test. - - flowmeter operation (flowmeter
flowmeter output reading equal - UF clogged or subject to drifting
signals (see A/D converter test) not - flowmeter connection cable
consistent with current phase. Pressure - flowmeter mechanically blocked
instability detected. Dialysate tracking - delivery unstable
pressure out of range. - pressure transducer operation N.B.:
CHECK AUTOCAL. LOG
161 15 Self-calibration result > 5g/min (absolute Check:
value). Self-calibration not completed - flowmeter operation (flowmeter
within the defined interval of time. clogged or subject to drifting
- flowmeter connection cable
- flowmeter mechanically blocked -
delivery unstable
- pressure transducer operation N.B.:
CHECK AUTOCAL. LOG
176 3 Error detected by control while performing Check:
T1 tests relative to the EV8 spilling - Clip operation
electrovalve (phase 3): Correct values: - delivery operation
FlowSwitch250Off = 0 (Flow sensor > 200 - any leaks from electrovalve EV9.
of the patient bypass flowswitch (upper
proximity sensor) on). (Only for Therapy models) check
- Patient bypass clip operation
- eventual leaks from electrovalves
EV8 - EV9.
176 5 Error detected by control while performing Check:
T1 tests relative to the EV8 spilling - If forclean spilling pipe obstructed

Technical Manual
electrovalve (phase 5): Correct values: (tube kinked, EV8 electrovalve

FlowSwitch250Off = 1 (Flow sensor > 200 clogged)
of the patient bypass flowswitch (upper
proximity sensor) off). (Only for Therapy models) check:
- Patient bypass clip operation - If
forclean spilling pipe obstructed (tube
kinked, EV8 electrovalve clogged)

performing T1 tests relative to the EV8 - Clip operation
spilling electrovalve (phase 3): Correct - delivery operation
values: FlowSwitch250Off = 0 (Flow sensor - any leaks from electrovalve EV9.
> 200 of the patient bypass flowswitch
(upper proximity sensor) on). Signals (Only in the Therapy models) check -
relative to bypass electrovalves and spilling Patient bypass clip operation -
not consistent with the current phase. delivery operation - any leaks from
Electrovalves EV8-EV9.
performing T1 tests relative to the EV8 - Clip operation
spilling electrovalve (phase 3): Correct - delivery operation
values: FlowSwitch250Off = 0 (Flow sensor - any leaks from electrovalve EV9.
(upper proximity sensor) on). Signals (Only for Therapy models) check
relative to bypass electrovalves and spilling - Patient bypass clip operation -
not consistent with the current phase. delivery operation
- eventual leaks from Electrovalves
EV8-EV9.
performing T1 tests relative to the EV8 - If forclean spilling pipe obstructed
spilling electrovalve (phase 5): Correct (tube kinked, EV8 electrovalve
values: FlowSwitch250Off = 1 (Flow sensor clogged)
(upper proximity sensor) off). Signals (Only for Therapy models) check:
relative to bypass electrovalves and spilling - Patient bypass clip operation
not consistent with the current phase. - Forclean spilling pipe (tube kinked,
EV8 electrovalve clogged)
208 8 Only for Therapy models: Error detected by Check: ultrafilter block clip (blocked
control when performing the T1 test. low)
Fluss-LO signal incorrectly at 0. Reduction - Fluss-LO signal incorrect
or absence of flow caused by the incorrect - drive/EV17 electrovalve state
closing of EV17 (in configuration 1-3) - delivery operation
detected.
208 9 Only for Therapy models: Error detected by Check: ultrafilter block clip (blocked
control when performing the T1 test. Flow high)
caused by the incorrect opening of EV17 - Fluss-LO signal incorrect
(in configuration 1-2) detected. - drive/EV17 electrovalve state
protection when performing the T1 test. - ultrafilter block clip (blocked low)
Fluss-LO signal incorrectly at 0. Reduction - incorrect signals
or absence of flow caused by the incorrect - EV17 electrovalve drive
closing of EV17 detected. Faulty control - delivery operation
in the following signals: Fluss-LO = 1

Fluss-HI = 0 EV17 = 1-2.

Technical Manual

protection when performing the T1 test. - ultrafilter block clip (blocked high)
Fluss-LO signal incorrectly at 1. Flow - incorrect signals
caused by incorrect opening of EV17 - EV17 electrovalve drive
detected. Faulty control in the following - delivery operation
signals: Fluss-LO = 0 Fluss-HI = 1 EV17 =
1-3.

Technical Manual

Technical Manual
5.5.2.6
5.5.2.6 ERRORS 1 - Haematic
signals
signals
signals
performing the T1 test. Clamp closed - state of ClampCmdOn (1),
with open command enabled CClampCmdOn(1), PClampCmdOn (1)
signals
- clamp blocked closed
transducer
performing the T1 test relative to arterial - arterial pressure transducer
pressure. Arterial pressure PresArt is - Pres200TestOn(1) signal
outside the range (-240,-160) mmHg.
transducer
- the pressure transducer has memorised the
pressure.
performing the T1 test relative to venous - venous line connected to the venous pressure
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is transducer
transducer

Technical Manual
performing the T1 test relative to venous - reading of venous pressure transducer.
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is - Pres460TestOn(1) signal.
outside the range (+520,+400) mmHg.

performing the T1 test relative to venous - venous line connected to the venous
pressure. Venous pressure PresVen is pressure transducer
transducer
pressure.
performing the T1 test relative to the - BloodDet signal
blood sensor. Sensor output is greater - BloodDetTestOn(1) signal
than 780 mV.
performing the T1 test relative to the - sensor obscured (line inserted) or dirty
blood sensor. Sensor output is less than - BloodDet signal
1250 mV. - BloodDetTestOn(0) signal
76 0 Error detected by control during the Check:
haemofilter test. - air in infusion line
performing the T1 test of the scale. - If weight is hung
Weight detected >100 gr. - If weight is left hanging from the scale
for some time, wait for the memory effect
on the zero to be cancelled
- Scale offset value: =+120mV±25mV.
performing the T1 test of the scale. The - Value of balance signal with test enabled
measured weight is not within 15Kg 15 Kg: +3870mV±100mV.
±400gr.
performing the T1 test of the scale. - Scale offset value: +120mV±25mV.
Weight detected >100 gr.
pressure transducer. Pressure outside the pressure transducer
range 0±20mmHg. - zero value of PHF pressure transducer =
+1600mV±80mV
pressure.

Technical Manual
1C 2C Description
T1 test of the PHF pressure transducer. Pressure - value of PHF pressure transducer:
outside the range 460mmHg±40mmHg. +3440±160mV.
- PresHTestOn incorrectly at 0.
T1 test of the PHF pressure transducer. Pressure - infusion line connected to the PHF
outside the range 0±20mmHg. pressure transducer
- zero value of PHF pressure transducer
+1600mV±80mV
pressure.
mV. - value of BLDH sensor with air: 3,05V ±
550 mV
T1 test relative to the BLDH sensor. Sensor - BLDHTestOn (1) test line
output >250 mV
mV. - adjustment of BLDH sensor with air:
3,05V ± 550 mV
transducers. The pressure value of the Out Art Check congruence between the type of
prefilter or the pressure value of the UF/Infusion card and configuration set parameter
prefilter is out of range (+420,+500). The card and configuration set parameter
pressure value of UF/Infusion Out UF is out of
range (-260,-140)
prefilter or the pressure value of the UF/Infusion card and configuration set parameter

Technical Manual
performing the T1 test. Clamp open - ClampCmdOn (0) signal status
without open command enabled - state of VoltAlarmOn (0) signal
performing the T1 test. Clamp closed with - ClampCmdOn (1) signal status
open command enabled - state of VoltAlarmOn (1) signal
- clamp blocked erroneously closed
PLowBDIntOn(0)
within the range -200 ± 40 mmHg. haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(1),
Haematic section test signals in incorrect Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
position PLowBDIntOn(0)
PLowBDIntOn(0)
PLowBDIntOn(0)
within 460± 60 mmHg. Haematic section haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
test signals in incorrect position Pres460TestOn(1) PBlodDetTestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(0)
PLowBDIntOn(0)

Technical Manual
performing the T1 test relative to the - BloodDetOn signal read by protection
blood sensor. The detector outlet - status of protection signals relative to
reading is greater than 780 mV. Blood haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
section test signals in wrong position. Pres460TestOn(0) PBlodDetTestOn(1),
PLowBDIntOn(0)
performing the T1 test relative to the - sensor obscured or dirty
blood sensor. The detector outlet - BloodDetOn signal read by protection
reading is less than 1250 mV. Blood - status of protection signals relative to
section test signals in wrong position. haematic tests: PPres200TestOn(0),
PLowBDIntOn(0)
PLowBDIntOn(1)
PLowBDIntOn(0)
haemofilter test. Phases 83 to 89 - air in infusion line
haematic tests:
PKg15TestOn(0), PPresHTestOn(0),
PBldHTestOn(0)
performing the T1 test of the scale. - Value of balance signal with test
Measured weight outside the range enabled: 15 Kg =+3870mV±100mV.
15Kg ±400gr. Haematic section test - status of protection signals relative to
signals in incorrect position haematic tests: PKg15TestOn(1),

Technical Manual
performing the T1 test of the PHF - infusion line connected to pressure
pressure transducer. Pressure outside transducer
the range 0±20mmHg. Haematic PHF
section test signals in incorrect position - zero value of PHF pressure transducer:
+1600mV±80mV
pressure.
performing the T1 test of the PHF - value provided by PHF pressure
pressure transducer. Pressure outside transducer: +3440±160mV.
the range 460mmHg±40mmHg. Blood - PresHTestOn (1) signal
section test signals in wrong position. - status of protection signals relative to
pressure transducer. Pressure outside pressure transducer
the range 0±20mmHg. Blood section - zero value of PHF pressure transducer:
test signals in wrong position. +1600mV±80mV
pressure.
performing the T1 test relative to the - BLDHTestOn (1) test line
BLDH sensor. Sensor output <250 mV - status of protection signals relative to
Haematic section test signals in haematic tests: PKg15TestOn(0),
incorrect position PPresHTestOn(0), PBldHTestOn(1)

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
6.1 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
WARNING
This chapter specifies which components should be checked or replaced, as well as how often these checks
should be made.
If either the blood line or blood catcher is broken, check the internal line.
After scheduled maintenance carry out checks specified in the paragraph “controls and checks”.
Check/Replace Check/Replace Check/Replace

Components Frequency Frequency Frequency
3000 hours 6000 hours 12000 hours
Therapy
Internal tube (T112) Replace T112 internal tube to
Replace T112 internal tube to Replace T112 internal tube to
(connection assure the sterility of infusion
assure the sterility of infusion assure the sterility of infusion
between line.
line. line.)
EV18/infusion
connector)
Therapy
Antibacterial filter
Replace filter to assure sterility Replace filter to assure sterility Replace filter to assure sterility
(see FT11 in
hydraulic diagram)
Therapy
Assembly infusion Replace Assembly infusion Replace Assembly infusion cover
Check sealing and cleaning
cover cover and small barrel and small barrel
Replace O-ring
Small barrel
O-ring
Therapy
Check sealing and cleaning Check sealing and cleaning Check sealing and cleaning
Ultrafilter
Replace O-ring Replace O-ring Replace O-ring
connectors
Check sealing and cleaning Check sealing and cleaning
Replacement of damaged pipes Replacement of damaged pipes
Internal tubes and
or with deposits or with deposits
filters
Replacing dirty filters. Replacing dirty filters.
Replacement of
Replacement of EV9, EV10, EV4, EV5, EV6, EV8, Total replacement of EV1
Solenoid valve EV12, EV13, EV14 valves EV9,EV10, EV11, EV12, Replacement of all valves
shutters EV13, EV14, EV15, EV17, shutters
EV18 valves shutters
Check that the keys and leds Check that the keys and leds Check that the keys and leds are
Keypad
are working. are working. working.
Check for vibrations, leaks, the Check for vibrations, leaks, the Check for vibrations, leaks, the
Differential
accuracy of the weight loss and accuracy of the weight loss and accuracy of the weight loss and
flowmeter
autocalibration. autocalibration. autocalibration.
ENG-Ed. 05/11 chap.6.1-Scheduled maintenance - 1 of 4

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM

Replace the whole line, check
the correct working of the
DCL pump Replacement/Check 6000
motor and the ensure the line is
properly sealed.
Make sure the distance Make sure the distance Make sure the distance between
between the rollers and stator is between the rollers and stator is the rollers and stator is such that
Blood pump such that rollers are free; check such that rollers are free; check rollers are free; check for
for metallic dust, and make for metallic dust, and make metallic dust, and make sure the
ART/VEN sure the rotors can be taken out sure the rotors can be taken out rotors can be taken out and put
and put back in without and put back in without back in without difficulty.
difficulty. difficulty.
Clean connectors with descaler
Dialysis connectors and replace the internal o-ring Replace the quick joints. Replace the quick joints.
if necessary.
Clean connectors with descaler
Concentrate
and replace the seal ring if Replace connectors Replace connectors
connectors
necessary
Clean the connector with
Disinfectant
descaler and replace the seal Replace connectors Replace connectors
connector
ring if necessary.
Clean the connector with
Bidry connector Replace Replace
descaler
Solucart connectors Replace Replace Replace
Check and replace the pump
and motor assembly if
Replace
necessary. Motor brushes
Degassing pump cannot be replaced. See the chapter 5.4.3 of User
Manual
See the chapter 5.4.3 of User
Manual
Check and replace the pump Check and replace the pump
and motor assembly if and motor assembly if
necessary. Motor brushes necessary. Motor brushes
Delivery pump cannot be replaced. cannot be replaced. Replace
Check the voltage at the ends Check the voltage at the ends
of the motor and check for of the motor and check for
dispersion. dispersion.
Check and replace the pump Check and replace the pump
and motor assembly if and motor assembly if
necessary. Motor brushes necessary. Motor brushes
UF pump cannot be replaced. cannot be replaced. Replace
Check the voltage at the ends Check the voltage at the ends
of the motor and check for of the motor and check for
dispersion. dispersion.
Check that the fans are working Check that the fans are working
Fans
and remove any dust. and remove any dust.
Check that the fans are working
PC Fan
and remove any dust.
2 of 4 – chap.6.1-Scheduled maintenance ENG-Ed. 05/11

Technical Manual
TM
form ula
Make sure there are no traces Make sure there are no traces
of blood. If blood is detected of blood. If blood is detected
replace the lines, the pressure replace the lines, the pressure
transducers and the blocks transducers and the blocks
Internal lines containing the luer lock. Check containing the luer lock. Check
the seal of the lines. the seal of the lines. Replace the lines kit
and DCL Pump
DCL Pump: Replace the entire DCL Pump: Replace the entire
line, check the operation of the line, check the operation of the
engine and check the seal of engine and check the seal of
the line the line
Make sure the tubing are Make sure the tubing are Make sure the tubing are
properly connected to the quick properly connected to the quick properly connected to the quick
Connection of ultrafilter connectors. Replace ultrafilter connectors. Replace ultrafilter connectors. Replace
tubing to Forclean the damaged cable ties. the damaged cable ties. the damaged cable ties.
filters Replace the cable ties in the
equipment manufactured
before 2004.
ENG-Ed. 05/11 chap.6.1-Scheduled maintenance - 3 of 4

Technical Manual
fo rm u la
TM
4 of 4 – chap.6.1-Scheduled maintenance ENG-Ed. 05/11

Formula Technical Manual Ed. 10 18 (Rev 04)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Formula Technical Manual Ed. 10 18 (Rev 04)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Formula Technical Manual Ed. 10 18 (Rev 04)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Manual

1.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION (Ed.07/16)

1.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA – (Standard non Therapy models (Ed.07/16)

1.3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA – ( Formula 2000 HDF version )(Ed.07/16)

1.3.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FORMULA – ( Standard Therapy models )(Ed.07/16)

1.3.3 DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES (Ed.07/16)

ENG –Ed. 10/18 Contents - 1 of 8

I.V. pole support

1.4 FORMULA DOMUS (HOME CARE SYSTEM): HOME DIALYSIS EQUIPMENT

1.5 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Ed.10/18)

2 of 8 - Contents ENG-Ed. 10/18

Installing the on board disinfectant kit

2.2 CHECKING AND TESTING (Ed.07/16)

2.2.1 ADDITIONAL DEVICES PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE (Ed.07/16)

2.3 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION (Ed.02/09)

2.4 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION (Ed.05/11)

2.5 CONFIGURATION PAGES (software rev. 5.8 – 6.0) (Ed.07/16)

2.6 CHANGE PC OR LOSS OF PC BIOS CONFIGURATION (Ed.02/09)

2.7 SOFTWARE REVISION UPDATE (Ed.07/16)

ENG –Ed. 10/18 Contents - 3 of 8

2.8 DOWNLOADING FORMULA *.LOG FILES (Ed.07/16)

2.9 DESCRIBING AND USING *.LOG FILES (Ed.05/11)

2.10 TRANSFERRING PROFILE FILES FROM ONE FORMULA MACHINE TO ANOTHER

2.11 TEST SOFTWARE (Ed.02/10)

2.12 INSTALLING AND RUNNING THE DEFRAG APPLICATION (Ed.02/09)

4 of 8 - Contents ENG-Ed. 10/18

3.1.1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM- Therapy Models (Ed.07/16)

3.2 BLOOD CIRCUIT- Therapy Models (Ed.07/16)

ENG –Ed. 10/18 Contents - 5 of 8

4.2 BLOCK DIAGRAMS (Ed.05/11)

5.2 TESTING THE ULTRAFILTRATION SYSTEM (Ed.02/10)

5.3 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES (Ed.10/18)

5.4 ALARMS AND WARNINGS (Ed.07/16)

5.5 DESCRIPTION AND INTERPRETATION OF ERROR CODES (Ed.02/10)

5.5.1.1 Errors 0 - electrical tests up to rev. 5.8-09 e 6.0-39 (Ed.03/10)

6 of 8 - Contents ENG-Ed. 10/18

5.5.2.2 Errorr 0 (Ed.03/10)

ENG –Ed. 10/18 Contents - 7 of 8

8 of 8 - Contents ENG-Ed. 10/18

1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

To contact the Technical Service Department:

Tel : ++39 0535 29271 (Italy)

ENG - Ed. 10/18 chap. 1.1 - General description - 1 of 12

MAIN FEATURES OF THE MACHINE

As regards the preparation of the dialysis solution:

2 of 12 – chap.1.1 - General description ENG – Ed. 10/18

formula formula formula formula formula formula

formula has an electronic multiprocessor architecture composed of control and protection

ENG - Ed. 10/18 chap. 1.1 - General description - 3 of 12

formula optimises the consumption of:

4 of 12 – chap.1.1 - General description ENG – Ed. 10/18

formula combines technological innovations with tradition, maintaining a rapidly accessible

ENG - Ed. 10/18 chap. 1.1 - General description - 5 of 12

SYMBOLS ON THE MACHINE

Applied part TYPE B

Applied part TYPE BF

IP21 Degree of protection against penetration of solids and/or liquid

Off (not powered)

Potential equalization hollow connector

Water inlet and drain